Metal

RU/FORMAT/030/JR Metal Chennai Ltd
DRAFT REIA-EMP REPORT
FOR
PROPOSED
2 x 350 TPD SPONGE IRON / 2 x 8 MW WHRB / 16 MW CFBC /

SECONDARY STEEL PLANT
3 a (b) – Primary Metallurgical Industry – SPONGE IRON Manufacturing  200 TPD
at
Survey # 91 to 95 & 97 to 103

13°23’46.47”N 80°02’35.89”E
13°23’54.34”N 80°02’52.57”E
13°23’33.33”N 80°02’51.94”E
13°23’34.39”N 80°02’37.14”E
AMIRTHAMANGALAM VILLAGE, GUMMIDIPOONDI TK, THIRUVALLUR DT, TAMIL NADU
DECEMBER 20, 2019 – MARCH 20, 2020
A-Super-19, TVK Industrial Estate,

Guindy, Chennai – 600 032.
Certificate No. NABET/EIA/1922/IA0045

i
CONTENTS
1 APPROVED TERMS OF REFERENCE (TOR) ..............................................................................................1-1
2 MATRIX TOR COMPLIANCE ...................................................................................................................2-1
3 EXECUTIVE SUMMARY ..........................................................................................................................3-1
3.1 PROJECT DESCRIPTION ....................................................................................................................... 3-1
3.1.1 Proposed Project ............................................................................................................................ 3-1
3.1.2 Project Location ............................................................................................................................. 3-1
3.1.3 Project Proponent .......................................................................................................................... 3-3
3.1.4 Production Capacity ....................................................................................................................... 3-3
3.1.5 Proposed Equipments .................................................................................................................... 3-3
3.1.6 Land Requirement .......................................................................................................................... 3-3
3.1.7 Raw Material Requirement ............................................................................................................ 3-4
3.1.8 Raw Water Requirement ............................................................................................................... 3-5
3.1.9 Energy Requirement ...................................................................................................................... 3-8
3.1.10 Man Power Requirement ........................................................................................................... 3-8
3.1.11 Manufacturing Process .............................................................................................................. 3-8
3.1.12 Air Emissions .............................................................................................................................. 3-9
3.1.13 Waste Water Generation .......................................................................................................... 3-9
3.1.14 Solid Waste Generation & Method of Disposal ....................................................................... 3-10
3.1.15 Estimated Project Cost & Schedule .......................................................................................... 3-11
3.2 BASELINE ENVIRONMENTAL STATUS.......................................................................................................... 3-11
3.2.1 AMBIENT AIR QUALITY ................................................................................................................. 3-11
3.2.2 Surface Water Quality.................................................................................................................. 3-12
3.2.3 Ground Water Quality.................................................................................................................. 3-12
3.2.4 Soil Quality ................................................................................................................................... 3-12
3.2.5 Flora & Fauna .............................................................................................................................. 3-13
3.2.6 Socio Economic Status ................................................................................................................. 3-13
3.2.7 Land Use Classification ................................................................................................................ 3-13
3.2.8 Ground Water .............................................................................................................................. 3-14
3.3 ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT AND MANAGEMENT PLAN ................................................................................... 3-14
3.3.1 Air Impact .................................................................................................................................... 3-14
3.3.2 Water Impact ............................................................................................................................... 3-14
3.3.3 Land Impact ................................................................................................................................. 3-14
3.3.4 Emergency Preparedness Plan ..................................................................................................... 3-15
3.3.5 Occupational Health Measures .................................................................................................... 3-15
3.3.6 Identification of Hazards .............................................................................................................. 3-15
3.4 POST PROJECT MONITORING PLAN........................................................................................................... 3-15
3.5 PROJECT BENEFITS................................................................................................................................. 3-16
4 INTRODUCTION .................................................................................................................................... 4.1
4.1 EIA CONSULTANT ............................................................................................................................... 4.1
4.1.1 CONSULTANT UNDERTAKING ........................................................................................................ 4.3
4.1.2 PROPONENT UNDERTAKING .......................................................................................................... 4.4
4.2 PROJECT PROPONENT ........................................................................................................................ 4.4
4.3 PROJECT SIGNIFICANCE ...................................................................................................................... 4.6


ii
5 PROJECT DESCRIPTION .........................................................................................................................5-1

5.1 PROJECT COST & SCHEDULE ............................................................................................................... 5-1
5.1.1 PROJECT COST ................................................................................................................................ 5-1
5.1.2 PROJECT SCHEDULE ....................................................................................................................... 5-1
5.2 PRODUCT & CAPACITY ........................................................................................................................ 5-3
5.3 LAND EXTENT USAGE & REQUIREMENT ............................................................................................. 5-3
5.4 RAW MATERIAL .................................................................................................................................. 5-4
5.4.1 MATERIAL BALANCE – SPONGE IRON (PELLET) .............................................................................. 5-4
5.4.2 MATERIAL BALANCE – SPONGE IRON (IRON ORE) ......................................................................... 5-5
5.4.3 MATERIAL BALANCE – SMS/ROLLING MILL.................................................................................... 5-6
5.4.4 RE-ROLLING MILL ........................................................................................................................... 5-7
5.4.5 POWER PLANT ............................................................................................................................... 5-8
5.5 WASTE GENERATION & MANAGEMENT ............................................................................................. 5-9
5.5.1 AIR EMISSION ................................................................................................................................. 5-9
5.5.2 EFFLUENT & MANAGEMENT ........................................................................................................ 5-12
5.5.3 SOLID WASTE / HAZARDOUS WASTE ........................................................................................... 5-14
5.6 UTILITIES ........................................................................................................................................... 5-15
5.6.1 WATER ......................................................................................................................................... 5-15
5.6.2 SOURCE OF POWER & CONSUMPTION ........................................................................................ 5-18
5.6.3 MANPOWER REQUIREMENT........................................................................................................ 5-18
5.7 MANUFACTURING PROCESS ............................................................................................................ 5-19
5.7.1 SPONGE IRON DRI PROCESS ......................................................................................................... 5-19
5.7.2 STEEL MELTING SHOP .................................................................................................................. 5-20
5.7.3 ROLLING MILL .............................................................................................................................. 5-22
5.7.4 CAPTIVE POWER PLANT ............................................................................................................... 5-22
5.8 HAZARD IDENTIFICATION & SAFETY PRECAUTION ........................................................................... 5-30
5.8.1 INTRODUCTION ............................................................................................................................ 5-30
5.8.2 IDENTIFICATION OF HAZARD& RISK ............................................................................................. 5-31
6 SITE DETAILS .........................................................................................................................................6-1
6.1 SITE JUSTIFICATION ............................................................................................................................ 6-1
6.1.1 LOCATION ...................................................................................................................................... 6-1
6.1.2 GOOGLE MAP – PLANT BOUNDARY ............................................................................................... 6-2
6.1.3 COORDINATES OF PROPOSED PROJECT SITE ................................................................................. 6-3
6.1.4 SURVEY OF INDIA TOPO SHEET ...................................................................................................... 6-5
6.1.5 PLANT LAYOUT ............................................................................................................................. 6-10
6.1.6 SITE PHOTO GRAPHS .................................................................................................................... 6-11
6.1.7 LAND USAGE ................................................................................................................................ 6-12
6.1.8 MAJOR INDUSTRIES WITHIN 10KM RADIUS ................................................................................ 6-16
6.1.9 GEOLOGICAL FEATURES ............................................................................................................... 6-17
6.1.10 HYDROLOGY & DRAINAGE ....................................................................................................... 6-19
6.1.11 GEOMORPHOLOGY & STRUCTURE .......................................................................................... 6-31
6.2 REHABILITATION AND RESETTLEMENT (R&R) PLAN ......................................................................... 6-33
6.3 CONCLUSION .................................................................................................................................... 6-33
6.4 LAND OWNERSHIP ............................................................................................................................ 6-34
7 FOREST & WILDLIFE ..............................................................................................................................7-1


iii
8 BASELINE ENVIRONMENTAL STATUS ....................................................................................................8-1

8.1 INTRODUCTION .................................................................................................................................. 8-1
8.2 MICROMETEOROLOGY ....................................................................................................................... 8-1
8.2.1 LOCATION ...................................................................................................................................... 8-2
8.2.2 PERIOD ........................................................................................................................................... 8-2
8.2.3 TEMPERATURE ............................................................................................................................... 8-2
8.2.4 RELATIVE HUMIDITY ...................................................................................................................... 8-2
8.2.5 WIND SPEED................................................................................................................................... 8-2
8.2.6 WIND DIRECTION ........................................................................................................................... 8-3
8.2.7 RAINFALL ........................................................................................................................................ 8-4
8.2.8 MIXING HEIGHT ............................................................................................................................. 8-4
8.2.9 CONSOLIDATED 90 - DAYS METEOROLOGICALDATA ..................................................................... 8-5
8.3 AMBIENT AIR QUALITY ....................................................................................................................... 8-9
8.3.1 LOCATION OF AAQ STATION .......................................................................................................... 8-9
8.3.2 FREQUENCY & PERIOD OF DATA .................................................................................................. 8-13
8.3.3 SAMPLING EQUIPMENT & CALIBRATION ..................................................................................... 8-13
8.3.4 RAW DATA ................................................................................................................................... 8-26
8.3.5 CONSOLIDATED 90-DAY DATA ..................................................................................................... 8-28
8.4 WATER QUALITY ............................................................................................................................... 8-36
8.4.1 GROUND WATER.......................................................................................................................... 8-36
8.4.2 SURFACE WATER QUALITY ........................................................................................................... 8-43
8.5 NOISE LEVEL ..................................................................................................................................... 8-47
8.5.1 LOCATION .................................................................................................................................... 8-48
8.5.2 METHODOLOGY ........................................................................................................................... 8-50
8.5.3 NOISE LEVELS ............................................................................................................................... 8-52
8.5.4 INFERENCE ................................................................................................................................... 8-52
8.6 SOIL CHARACTERISTICS .................................................................................................................... 8-53
8.6.1 LOCATION .................................................................................................................................... 8-53
8.6.2 METHODOLOGY ........................................................................................................................... 8-55
8.6.3 RESULTS OF ANALYSIS .................................................................................................................. 8-56
8.6.4 INFERENCE ................................................................................................................................... 8-57
8.7 ECOLOGY & BIO DIVERSITY ............................................................................................................... 8-58
8.7.1 Ecology of the study area ............................................................................................................. 8-58
8.7.2 Objective of the Ecological study ................................................................................................. 8-58
8.7.3 Methodology................................................................................................................................ 8-58
8.7.4 Sampling Locations ...................................................................................................................... 8-59
8.7.5 Floral diversity .............................................................................................................................. 8-61
8.7.6 Faunal Diversity ........................................................................................................................... 8-68
8.7.7 Conclusion .................................................................................................................................... 8-74
8.8 SOCIO ECONOMIC STATUS ............................................................................................................... 8-76
8.8.1 STUDY AREA ................................................................................................................................. 8-76
8.8.2 PROJECT INFLUENCED AREA ........................................................................................................ 8-79
8.8.3 METHODOLOGY FOR THE SOCIO – ECONOMIC STUDY ................................................................ 8-79
8.8.4 DEMOGRAPHIC PROFILE .............................................................................................................. 8-80
8.8.5 SEX RATIO .................................................................................................................................... 8-85
8.8.6 LITERACY ...................................................................................................................................... 8-85
8.8.7 WORK FORCE PROFILE ................................................................................................................. 8-91


iv
8.8.8 ECONOMIC PROFILE OF THE STUDY AREA ................................................................................... 8-97

8.8.9 HOUSEHOLDS - BELOW POVERTY LINE ........................................................................................ 8-98
8.8.10 MGNREGA PROGRAM ............................................................................................................. 8-98
8.8.11 WOMEN WORK PARTICIPATION .............................................................................................. 8-99
8.8.12 EDUCATION PROFILE ............................................................................................................. 8-100
8.8.13 HEALTH ASPECTS ................................................................................................................... 8-102
8.8.14 ANIMAL HUSBANDRY AND FISHERIES ................................................................................... 8-103
8.8.15 FOREST RESOURCES ............................................................................................................... 8-104
8.8.16 WELFARE ASPECTS ................................................................................................................. 8-104
8.8.17 COMMUNICATION FACILITIES ............................................................................................... 8-106
8.8.18 CULTURAL ASPECTS ............................................................................................................... 8-106
8.8.19 INFERENCE ............................................................................................................................. 8-107
8.9 TRAFFIC STUDY ............................................................................................................................... 8-108
8.9.1 METHODOLOGY ......................................................................................................................... 8-108
8.9.2 TRAFFIC DENSITIES ..................................................................................................................... 8-109
9 IMPACT ASSESSMENT & ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN ............................................................9-1
9.1 AIR IMPACT ASSESSMENT .................................................................................................................. 9-1
9.1.1 IMPACT PREDICTION ...................................................................................................................... 9-1
9.1.2 POINT SOURCE EMISSION CONTROL .............................................................................................. 9-8
9.1.3 FUGITIVE EMISSION CONTROL ....................................................................................................... 9-8
9.2 WATER QUALITY MODELLING ............................................................................................................ 9-9
9.3 TRAFFIC IMPACT ASSESSMENT ........................................................................................................... 9-9
9.4 WASTE WATER TREAMENT & RE USE ............................................................................................... 9-11
9.5 HAZARDOUS WASTE GENERATION & DISPOSAL ............................................................................... 9-12
9.6 FLYASH UTILIZATION ........................................................................................................................ 9-13
9.7 GREEN BELT DEVELOPMENT............................................................................................................. 9-13
9.8 RAIN WATER HARVESTING ............................................................................................................... 9-16
9.8.1 Rain Water Harvesting Calculation .............................................................................................. 9-17
9.9 POLLUTION CONTROL COST ............................................................................................................. 9-18
9.10 POST PROJECT ENVIRONMENT MONITORING.................................................................................. 9-19
9.10.1 AMBIENT ENVIRONMENT MONITORING................................................................................. 9-19
9.10.2 ONLINE CONTINUOUS MONITORING ...................................................................................... 9-19
9.11 RISK ASSESSMENT & DISASTER MANAGEMENT ............................................................................... 9-20
9.11.1 RISK ASSESSMENT.................................................................................................................... 9-20
9.11.2 DISASTER MANAGEMENT ........................................................................................................ 9-25
10 OCUPATIONAL HEALTH ...................................................................................................................... 10-1
10.1 OCCUPATIONAL HAZARD & SAFETY PRECAUTIONS .......................................................................... 10-1
10.1.1 OBJECTIVE ................................................................................................................................ 10-1
10.1.2 HEALTH & SAFETY RULES & GUIDELINES ................................................................................. 10-1
10.1.3 WORK AREA SAFETY & HEALTH PRECAUTIONS ....................................................................... 10-2
10.1.4 OPERATIONAL INSTRUCTION TO WORKERS ............................................................................ 10-2
10.1.5 APPROACH TO ELIMINATE UNSAFE ACTS/CONDITIONS .......................................................... 10-2
10.1.6 Personnel protective equipment .............................................................................................. 10-3
10.1.7 INDUSTRIAL HYGIENE .............................................................................................................. 10-4
10.1.8 MEASURES TO PROMOTE HEALTH SAFETY & HYGIENE ........................................................... 10-9


v
10.2 PROPOSED HEALTH STATUS EVALUATION ..................................................................................... 10-10

10.2.1 STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE (MEDICAL EXAMINATION) ......................................... 10-10
10.2.2 ANNUAL MEDICAL CHECK-UP PLAN/SCHEDULE .................................................................... 10-11
10.2.3 MEDICAL EXAMINATION FOR NEW EMPLOYEE ..................................................................... 10-12
11 CORPORATE ENVIRONMENT POLICY .................................................................................................. 11-1
11.1 ENVIRONMENT POLICY .................................................................................................................... 11-1
11.2 STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE ............................................................................................... 11-1
11.3 ENVIRONMENT CELL ........................................................................................................................ 11-2
12 LABOUR INFRASTRUCTURE ................................................................................................................. 12-1
12.1 DWELLING UNITS.............................................................................................................................. 12-1
12.2 SANITATION ..................................................................................................................................... 12-1
12.3 DRINKING WATER ............................................................................................................................. 12-1
12.4 WASH AREA ...................................................................................................................................... 12-1
12.5 GROCERY & VEGETABLES ................................................................................................................. 12-1
12.6 DOCTOR............................................................................................................................................ 12-1
12.7 HEALTH CHECK UP ............................................................................................................................ 12-1
12.8 EDUCATION ...................................................................................................................................... 12-1
12.9 FUEL FOR COOKING .......................................................................................................................... 12-1
13 CORPORATE ENVIRONMENTAL RESPONSIBILITY ................................................................................ 13-1
14 LITIGATION IF ANY.............................................................................................................................. 14-1


vi
1 APPROVED TERMS OF REFERENCE (TOR)


1-1


1-2


1-3


1-4


1-5


1-6


1-7


1-8


1-9


1-10


1-11


1-12
2 MATRIX TOR COMPLIANCE
TOR REIA-EMP REPORT CHAPTER REFERENCE REMARKS

Reference TERMS OF REFERENCE
CHAP REF PAGE NO.
APPROVED TERMS OF REFERENCE (TOR) 1 1-1
MATRIX TOR COMPLIANCE 2 2-1
Annexue 1
STANDARD TERMS OF REFERENCE
1. EXECUTIVE SUMMARY 3 3-1
2. INTRODUCTION
i. Details of the EIA Consultant including 4.1 4-1

NABETaccreditation
ii. Information about the project proponent 4.2 4-4
iii. Importance and benefits of the project 4.3 4-6
3. PPROJECT DESCRIPTION
i. Cost of project and time ofcompletion. 5.1 5-1


2-1

CHAP REF PAGE NO.
ii. Products with capacities for the proposed project. 5.2 5-3
iii. If expansion project, details of existing products with 5.3 5-3 This is a Green Field
capacities and whether adequate land is available for Project.
expansion, reference of earlier EC ifany. Details of Adequacy
of Land
iv. List of raw materials required and their source along 5.4 5-4
with mode of transportation.
v. Other chemicals and materials required with -- -- NOT APPLICABLE

quantities and storagecapacities
vi. Details of Emission, effluents, hazardous waste 5.5 5-9

generation and their management.
vii. Requirement of water, power, with source of supply, 5.6 5-14

status of approval, water balance diagram, man-
power requirement (regular and contract)
viii. The project proponent shall furnish the requisite 5.6.1.2 5-15
documents from the competent authority in support
of drawl of ground water and surface water and
supply of electricity.


2-2

CHAP REF PAGE NO.
ix. Process description along with major equipments and 5.7 5-19
machineries, process flow sheet (quantitative) from
raw material to products to be provided
x. Hazard identification and details of proposed 5.8 5-30

safetysystems.
xi. Expansion/modernizationproposals:
(a) Copy of all the Environmental Clearance(s) including

Amendments thereto obtained for
theprojectfromMOEF/SEIAAshallbeattachedasanAnnexur
e.Acertifiedcopyofthe
latestMonitoringReportoftheRegionalOfficeoftheMinistryof
EnvironmentandForests aspercirculardated30thMay,
NOT APPLICABLE Green Field Project
2012onthestatusofcomplianceofconditionsstipulated
inalltheexistingenvironmentalclearancesincludingAmend
mentsshallbeprovided.In addition, status of compliance
of Consent to Operate for the ongoing existing operation
of the project from SPCB shall be attached with the EIA-
EMP report.


2-3

CHAP REF PAGE NO.
(b) In case the existing project has not obtained

environmental clearance, reasons for not taking EC
under the provisions of the EIA Notification 1994 and/or
EIA Notification 2006 shall be provided. Copies of
Consent to Establish / No Objection Certificate and
NOT APPLICABLE Green Field Project
Consent to Operate (in case of units operating prior to
EIA Notification 2006, CTE and CTO of FY 2005-2006)
obtained from the SPCB shall be submitted. Further,
compliance report to the conditions of consents from the
SPCB shall be submitted.
Annexure 2
ADDITIONAL TERMS OF REFERENCE
1 Complete process flow diagram describing each unit, 5.7 5-19

its processes and operations, alongwith material and 5.4 5-4
energy inputs & outputs (material and energy 5.6 5-14
balance).
2 Emission from sulphuric acid plant and sulphur much
NOT APPLICATBLE
management.
3 Details on installation of Continuous Emission
Post Project
Monitoring System with recording with proper 9.10.2 9-19
Monitoring
calibration system.
4 Details on toxic metals including fluoride emissions. NOT APPLICABLE
5 Details on stack height. 5.5.1.6 5-12
6 Details on ash disposal and management 5.5.3 5-14


2-4

CHAP REF PAGE NO.
7 Complete process flow diagram describing process of

NOT APPLICABLE
lead/zinc/copper/aluminium, etc.
8 Details on smelting, thermal refining, melting, slag
NOT APPLICABLE
fuming, and Waetz kiln operation.
9 Details on Holding and de-gassing of molten metal
from primary and secondary aluminium, materials
NOT APPLICABLE
pre-treatment, and from melting and smelting of
secondary aluminium.
10 Details on toxic metal content in the waste material
and its composition and end use (Particularly of slag). 5.5.3.3 5-14
11 Trace metals in waste material especially slag.
12 Plan for trace metal recovery NOT APPLICABLE
13 Trace metals in water NOT APPLICABLE
SPECIFIC TERMS OF REFERENCE
i. Provision of air-cooled Condenser shall be made by 5.6.1.4 5-16
the project proponent to conserve water
ii. Scheme for rain water harvesting shall be carried out
9.8.1 9-17
to the extent of 200% of annual water consumption.
iii. Public Hearing is to be conducted by the concerned
Yet to be conducted
State Pollution Control Board.


2-5

CHAP REF PAGE NO.
iv. The issues raised during the public hearing and

commitment of the project proponent to address the
same shall be complied and submitted in a time
bound action. The action plan shall, interalia, contain
the year-wise activities with corresponding financial
allocations.
Annexue 1
STANDARD TERMS OF REFERENCE
4. SITE DETAILS
i. Location of the project site covering village, 6.1.1 6-1

Taluka/Tehsil, District and State, Justification for
selecting the site, whether other sites were 6.1.4.2 6-7
considered. 6.3 6-33 Site Justification
ii. A topo sheet of the study area of radius of 10km and

site location on 1:50,000/1:25,000 scale on an A3/A2
6.1.4 6-5
sheet. (including all eco-sensitive areas and
environmentally sensitive places)
iii. Co-ordinates (lat-long) of all four corners of thesite. 6.1.3 6-3
iv. Google map-Earth downloaded of the projectsite. 6.1.2 6-2


2-6

CHAP REF PAGE NO.
v. Layout maps indicating existing unit as well as

proposed unit indicating storage area, plant area,
greenbelt area, utilities etc. If located within an
6.1.5 6-10
Industrial area/ Estate/ Complex, layout of Industrial
Area indicating location of unit within the Industrial
area/ Estate.
vi. Photographs of the proposed and existing (if

applicable) plant site. If existing, show photographs 6.1.6 6-11
of plantation/greenbelt, in particular.
vii. Landuse break-up of total land of the project site

(identified and acquired), government/ private–
agricultural, forest, wasteland, water bodies, 6.1.7 6-12
settlements, etc shall be included. (not required for
industrial area)
viii. A list of major industries with name and type within

study area (10km radius) shall be incorporated. Land 6.1.8 6-16
use details of the study area
ix. Geological features and Geo-hydrological status of

6.1.9 6-17
the study area shall beincluded.


2-7

CHAP REF PAGE NO.
x. Details of Drainage of the project upto 5km radius of

study area. If the site is within 1 km radius of any No Major River
major river, peak and lean season river discharge as within 1 km of
well as flood occurrence frequency based on peak Project Site, and
rainfall data of the past 30 years. Details of Flood 6.1.10 6-19 hence details of
Level of the project site and maximum Flood Level of flood/inundation/
the river shall also be provided. (mega greenfield discharge are not
projects) required
xi. Status of acquisition of land. If acquisition is not

complete, stage of the acquisition process and Fully Owned Private
expected time of complete possession of theland. 6.4 6-34
Land
xii. R&R details in respect of land in line with state

Government policy. 6.2 6-33 Not Applicable
5. Forest and wildlife related issues (ifapplicable)
i. Permission and approval for the use of forest land 7 7-1

(forestry clearance), if any, and recommendations Not Applicable
of the State Forest Department. (if applicable)


2-8

CHAP REF PAGE NO.
ii. Landuse map based on High resolution satellite

imagery (GPS) of the proposed site delineating the
forestland (in case of projects involving forest land Not Applicable
more than 40 ha)
iii. Status of Application submitted for obtaining the

stage I forestry clearance along with latest status
Not Applicable
shall be submitted.
iv. The projects to be located within 10 km of the

National Parks, Sanctuaries, Biosphere Reserves,
Migratory Corridors of Wild Animals, the project
proponent shall submit the map duly authenticated
Not Applicable
by Chief Wildlife Warden showing these features vis-
à-vis the project location and the recommendations
or comments of the Chief Wild life Warden-thereon.
v. Wildlife Conservation Plan duly authenticated by the No Schedule I

Chief Wildlife Warden of the State Government for Fauna in the
conservation of Schedule I fauna, if any exists in the Studya Area, and
studyarea. hence Wildlife
Conservation Plan
is not required.


2-9

CHAP REF PAGE NO.
vi. Copy of application submitted for clearance under the

Wildlife (Protection) Act, 1972, to the Standing Not Applicable
Committee of the National Board for Wildlife.
6. ENVIRONMENTAL STATUS
i. Determination of atmospheric inversion level at the Inversion data ie
project site and site-specific micro- meteorological Mixing height is
data using temperature, relative humidity, hourly taken from “Atlas of
wind speed and direction andrainfall. Hourly Mixing Height
8.2 8-1
&Assimilatative
Capacity of
Atmosphere of India
(IMD)”
ii. AAQ data (except monsoon) at 8 locations for PM10,
PM2.5, SO2, NOX, CO and other parameters relevant
to the project shall be collected. The monitoring
stations shall be based CPCB guidelines and take into 8.3 8-9
account the pre-dominant wind direction, population
zone and sensitive receptors including reserved
forests.


2-10

CHAP REF PAGE NO.
iii. Raw data of all AAQ measurement for 12 weeks of all

stations as per frequency given in the NAQQM
Notification of Nov. 2009 along with - min., max.,
average and 98% values for each of the AAQ 8.3 8-9 As per NAAQS
parameters from data of all AAQ stations should be
provided as an annexure to the EIA Report.
iv. Surface water quality of nearby River (100m Although this is a

upstream and downstream of discharge point) and Standard TOR, the
other surface drains at eight locations as per approved location for
CPCB/MoEF&CC guidelines. Surface Water
8.4.2 8-43 Sampling, as was
approved during TOR
Meeting was only 2-
Locations
v. Whether the site falls near to polluted stretch of river There are no
identified by the CPCB/MoEF&CC, if yes give details. identified polluted
stretch of River in
-- -- the Study area as
identified by
CPCB/MoEF&CC.


2-11

CHAP REF PAGE NO.
vi. Ground water monitoring at minimum at 8 locations

shall beincluded. 8.4.1 8-36
vii. Noise levels monitoring at 8 locations within the

study area.
8.5 8-47
viii. Soil Characteristic as per CPCB guidelines.

8.6 8-53
ix. Traffic study of the area, type of vehicles, frequency
of vehicles for transportation of materials, additional
traffic due to proposed project, parking arrangement
8.9 8-108
etc.
x. Detailed description of flora and fauna (terrestrial and

aquatic) existing in the study area shall be given with
special reference to rare, endemic and endangered
There are no
species. If Schedule I fauna are found within study
8.7 8-58 Schedule I Fauna
area, a wildlife conservation plan shall be prepared
in the Study Area
and furnished.
xi. Socio-economic status of the studyarea.

8.8 8-76


2-12

CHAP REF PAGE NO.
7. IMPACT AND ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENTPLAN
i. Assessment of ground level concentration of

pollutants from the stack emission based on site-
specific meteorological features. In case the project is
located on a hilly terrain, the AQIP Modelling shall be
done using inputs of the specific terrain
characteristics for determiningthe potential
limpactsoftheprojectontheAAQ.Cumulativeimpactofall
9.1 9-1
sources of emissions (including transportation) on the
AAQ of the area shall be assessed. Details of
themodelusedandtheinputdatausedfor modelling
shallalsobeprovided.Theairquality contours shall be
plotted on a location map showing the location of
project site, habitation nearby, sensitive receptors,
ifany.
ii. Water Quality modeling – in case, if the effluent is There is no discharge

proposed to be discharged in to the local drain, then of Treated Waste
Water Quality Modelling study should be conducted Water from the
9.2 9-9
for the drain water taking into consideration the Plant, and hence no
upstream and downstream quality of water of the water modelling is
drain. necessitated.


2-13

CHAP REF PAGE NO.
iii. Impact of the transport of the rawmaterials and end Feasibility does not
products on the surrounding environment shall be exist for either Rail
assessed and provided. In this regard, options for or Converyor
transport of raw materials and finished products and 9.3 9-9 Transportation of
wastes (large quantities) by rail or rail-cum-road Materials.
transport or conveyor-cum-rail transport shall be
examined.
iv. A note on treatment of waste water from different Use of dry adiabatic
plant operations, extent recycled and reused for cooling system for
different purposes shall be included. Complete scheme Induction Coil
of effluent treatment. Characteristics of untreated and Cooling and Air
treated effluent to meet the prescribed standards of Cooled System in the
discharge under E(P) Rules. 9.4 9-11 entire power plant
substantially reduces
water requirement,
and hence eliminates
substantial waste
water generation.
v. Details of stack emission and action plan for control 9.1.1.2 9-2
of emissions to meetstandards.
9.1.2 9-8
vi. Measures for fugitive emissioncontrol 9.1.3 9-8


2-14

CHAP REF PAGE NO.
vii. Details of hazardous waste generation and their

storage, utilization and disposal. Copies of MOU
regarding utilization of solid and hazardous waste
shall also be included. EMP shall include the concept 9.5 9-12
of waste-minimization, recycle/reuse/ recover
techniques, Energy conservation, and natural
resource conservation
viii. Proper utilization of fly ash shall be ensured as per

Fly Ash Notification, 2009. A detailed plan of action 9.6 9-13
shall beprovided.
ix. Action plan for the green belt development plan in

33% area i.e. land with not less than
1,500treesperha.Givingdetailsofspecies,widthofplanta
tion,planningscheduleetc.shall be included. The green 9.7 9-13
belt shall be around the project boundary and a
scheme for greening of the roads used for the project
shall also beincorporated.


2-15

CHAP REF PAGE NO.
x. Action plan for rainwater harvesting measures at

plant site shall be submitted to harvest rainwater
from the roof tops and storm water drains to
recharge the groundwater and also to use for the
various activities at the project site to conserve fresh 9.8 9-16
water and reduce the water requirement from other
sources.
xi. Total capital cost and recurring cost/annum for

environmental pollution control measures shall
beincluded. 9.9 9-18
xii. Action plan for post-project environmental monitoring

shall besubmitted. 9-10 9-19
xiii. Onsite and Offsite Disaster (natural and Man-made)

Preparedness and Emergency Management Plan
including Risk Assessment and damage control. 9.11 9-20
Disaster management plan should be linked with
District Disaster Management Plan.


2-16

CHAP REF PAGE NO.
8. Occupationalhealth
i. Details of existing Occupational & Safety Hazards.

What are the exposure levels of hazards and whether
they are within Permissible Exposure level (PEL). If
these are not within PEL, what measures the
company has adopted to keep them within PEL so
that health of the workers can be preserved.
ii. Details of exposure specific health status evaluation

of worker. If the workers' health is being evaluated 10.1 10-1
by pre designed format, chest x rays, Audiometry,
Spirometry, Vision testing (Far & Near vision, colour
vision and any other ocular defect) ECG, during pre
placement and periodical examinations give the
details of the same. Details regarding last month
analyzed data of above mentioned parameters as per
age, sex, duration of exposure and department wise.
iii. Annual report of heath status of workers with special

10.2 10-10
reference to Occupational Health and Safety.
iv. Plan and fund allocation to ensure the occupational Cost of PPE & OHS
health & safety of all contract and casual workers. 9.9 9-18 Indicated both
Capital & Recurring.


2-17

CHAP REF PAGE NO.
9. Corporate EnvironmentPolicy
i. Does the company have a well laid down

Environment Policy approved by its Board of 11.1 11-1
Directors? If so, it may be detailed in the EIAreport.
ii. Does the Environment Policy prescribe for standard

operating process / procedures to bring into focus
any infringement / deviation / violation of the 11.2 11-1
environmental or forest norms / conditions? If so, it
may be detailed in theEIA.
iii. What is the hierarchical system or Administrative

order of the company to deal with the environmental
issues and for ensuring compliance with the
environmental clearance conditions? Details of this
system may begiven.
11.3 11-3
iv. Doesthecompanyhavesystemofreportingofnoncomplia
nces/violationsofenvironmental norms to the Board of
Directors of the company and / or shareholders or
stakeholders at large? This reporting mechanism shall
be detailed in the EIAreport


2-18

CHAP REF PAGE NO.
10. Details regarding infrastructure facilities such as

sanitation, fuel, rest room etc. to be provided to the
labour force during construction as well as to the 12 12-1
casual workers including truck drivers during
operation phase.
11. Corporate Environment Responsibility (CER)
i. To address the Public Hearing issues, an amount as

specified under Ministry’s Office Memorandum vide F.No.
st
22-65/2017-IA.III dated 1 May 2018 amounting to Rs.
_____ Crores shall be earmarked by the distinct CER
projects shall be carved out based on the local public
hearing issues. Project estimate shall be prepared based
on PWD schedule of rates for each distinct item and
schedule for time bound action plan shall be prepared. Public Hearing is yet
13 13-1
The CER projects as indicated by the project proponent to be conducted
shall be implemented alongwith the main project.
Implementation of such program shall be ensured by
constituting a Committee comprising of the project
proponent, representatives of village Panchayat & District
Administration. Action taken report in this regard shall be
submitted to the Ministry’s Regional Office. No free
distribution/donations and or free camps shall be
included in the above CER budget.


2-19

CHAP REF PAGE NO.
12. Any litigation pending against the project and/or any

direction/order passed by any Court of Law against
the project, if so, details thereof shall also be
There is no litigation
included. Has the unit received any notice under the
14 14-1 against the project
Section 5 of Environment (Protection) Act, 1986 or
at present.
relevant Sections of Air and Water Acts? If so, details
thereof and compliance/ATR to the notice(s) and
present status of thecase.
13. A tabular chart with index for point wise compliance Matrix
of aboveToRs. 2 2-1
TOR Compliance
14. The ToRs prescribed shall be valid for a period of

three years for submission of the EIA-EMP reports
1 1-1
alongwith Public Hearing Proceedings (wherever
stipulated)


2-20
3 EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
3.1 PROJECT DESCRIPTION
3.1.1 Proposed Project
The proposed project is a Greenfield Sponge Iron Plant with Secondary Steel Plant
consisting of Melting Shop, Billet Caster, Rolling Mill & Power Plant based on WHRB
(Waste Heat Recovery Boiler) & CFBC (Circulating Fluidized Bed Combustion) using
Dolochar.
3.1.2 Project Location
The proposed project will be located at Survey Nos. 91 to 95 & 97 to 103 of

Amirthamanagalam Village, Gummidipoondi Taluk, Thiruvallur District, Tamil Nadu ie
bounded by
13°23‟46.47”N 80°02‟35.89”E
13°23‟54.34”N 80°02‟52.57”E
13°23‟33.33”N 80°02‟51.94”E
13°23‟34.39”N 80°02‟37.14”E
and is devoid of any notified Eco-Sensitive area within 10 kms radius of plant site.


3-1
Locatoin Map – Survey of India Map


3-2
3.1.3 Project Proponent
M/s. J.R. Metal Chennai Limited a company with 2-decade long experience in Steel
Making and Marketing Business with its registered office at No.3, Manali Express Road,
TKP Nagar, Thiruvottiyur, Chennai – 600 019.
3.1.4 Production Capacity
Products Production Details (TPA)

PHASE – I PHASE - II PHASE – III
Sponge Iron (2 x 350 T) 1,50,000 1,50,000 --
Intermediate Product – M.S. Billets -- 4,50,000 1,50,000
Induction Furnace with Billet Caster
(2 x 40 T & 1 x 30 T)
Re-Rolled Steel Products (M.S. Rounds, Flats, -- 5,00,000 --
Angles, etc.,) 1 No x 40 T Reheating Furnace *
Power Plant – CFBC (65 TPH) -- 16 MW --
Waste Heat Recovery Boiler (WHRB) 8 MW 8MW --
* Reheating Furnace will be sparsely used, because, hot billet from Billet Caster
will be directly fed into Roling Mill.
3.1.5 Proposed Equipments
FACILITY CONFIGURATION
SPONGE IRON PLANT
Rotary Kiln (DRI) 2 x 350 Tons
STEEL MELTING UNIT
Electric Induction Furnace 2 x 40 Tons
1 x 30 Tons
ROLLING MILL 500000 TPA
CAPTIVE POWER PLANT
CFBC (65 TPH) using Dolochar from DRI 1 x 16 MW
WHRB [Waste Heat Recovery Boiler] 2 x 8 MW
3.1.6 Land Requirement
The total land area acquired for this proposed greenfield Project is 17.321 Hectares of
which 11.039 Hectares will be required for Plant and utilities, and about 5.716 Hectares
will be earmarked for greenbelt development.


3-3
LAND AREA
SL. NO. FACILITY DESCRIPTION
(InHa.)
1 Sponge Iron Kiln & Power Plant 3.236
2 Melting Shop/Billet Caster/Rolling Mill 4.047
3 Switch Yard 0.405
4 Greenbelt 5.716
5 Iron Ore Stock Yard 0.725
6 Coal Storage 0.566
7 Ash dyke 0.809
8 Slag Storage 0.809
9 Scrap Yard 0.442
10 Road 0.566
Total Land Area 17.321
About 33% of the Total Land Area has been exclusively earmarked for “GREEN BELT
DEVELOPMENT” predominantly around the Periphery of the Plant Boundary.
3.1.7 Raw Material Requirement
The major raw material is Iron-Ore Pellet or Iron-Ore Lumps/Fines & Coal for Sponge
Iron Plant apart from M.S Scrap, which will be used along with Sponge Iron in the
Induction Furnace / Billet Caster for making Billets, which are then rolled into the final
product i.e. Rolled Products.
CFBC Boiler will use a mix of Dolochar& Coal to produce power, whereas, WHRB will
make use of Waste Flue Gases from the DRI ie Sponge Iron Kiln.
Sponge Iron (Based on Iron-Ore Pellet)
RAW MATERIAL QUANTITY (TPA) SOURCE TRANSPORT

MODE
Iron Ore Pellet 4,26,000 Indigenous
Coal 2,70,000 Imported Road/Ship
Dolomite/Limestone/ Quartz 15,000 Indigenous
Sponge Iron (Based on Iron Ore Lumps/Fines)
RAW MATERIAL QUANTITY (TPA) SOURCE TRANSPORT

MODE
Iron Ore 3,50,000 Indigenous


3-4
Steel Melting Shop/Rolling Mill
Raw Material Quantity (TPA) Source TRANSPORT

MODE
Sponge Iron 3,00,000 Captive – In House -
Melting Scrap 3,70,000 Indigenous/Imported
Ferro Alloy 6,000 Indigenous Road/Ship
Re Rolling Mill
The Billet produced by the Steel Melt Shop will be the Raw Material for Re-Rolling Mill
Sl. Raw Material Quantity Source TRANSPORT

No. (Re-Heating MODE
Furnace)*
1. Coal 23,000 TPA Imported/Indigenous
2. Furnace Oil 4 KL/day Indigenous Road/Ship
*Billet from Billet Charger will be Directly Fed into Rolling Mill, & Re-Heating Furnace will
not be used, & is only a Standby in case of the instances when Raw Billets are Procured,
and hence will not be using Coal or Furnace Oil at all for Billet Reheating purpose, and is
only a stand-by, and estimated requirement to the maximum will only be upto 2% of the
Operation in a Year.
Power Plant
Dolochar from sponge iron plant will be the main raw material that will be used in the
CFBC Boiler for power generation of 16MW, wherein about 14-30% fuel will be coal
blended to obtain necessary calorific value & heat for generation of steam
Sl. Raw Material Quantity

No.
1. Imported Coal (South Africa) 106 TPD
2. Dolochar 247 TPD
The Coal used will be with Sulphur Content < 1%.
3.1.8 Raw Water Requirement
The proposed plant intends to use Dry Adiabatic Air Cooling System for Electric
Induction Coil Cooling, Main & Auxiliary Cooling in Power Plant.
The Water Requirement will be for cooling water make-up of Furnace, Rotary Kiln,
Concast Mill & Rolling Mill.

3-5
S.No POINT OF USAGE QUANITY (KLD)

COOLING WATER MAKE-UP
1 Rotary Kiln Cooling 160
2 Electric Induction Coil Cooling 60
3 Concast Cooling 30
4 Rolling Mill Cooling 75
BOILER FEED MAKE-UP
5 CFBC 10
6 WHRB 10
7 D.M.PLANT REGENRATION 15
8 DOMESTIC 15
Total 375
The raw water requirement will be 375 KLD. Which will be met by recycling 178 KLD of
treated waste water and 197 KLD will be drawn from ground water.
Water balance diagram is as follows.


3-6
WATER BALANCE DIAGRAM

All values are in KLD.
Evaporation Loss – 40
60 Induction Furnace 20
Cooling
30 Concast Cooling
10
178
45
RO Plant RO Reject
75 Rolling Mill
50
Recycled
Cooling
178
223
Guard
Pond 10
Boiler Water
10 9
Raw Water Make-up (CFBC)
Coal Dust
375 375 Suppression /
Cooling Ash Dyke
Evaporation Loss – 1 Pond II
Boiler Water
10 9 Cooling
Make-up (WHRB) 208
Pond I
Water/ Borewell
Harvested Rain
Evaporation Loss – 50 35
197
Rotary Kiln Cooling 110

160
15 D.M. Plant 15 Neutralizati 15

Regeneration on Pit
Domestic 13.5 STP 13.5 Green Belt

15
Consumption


3-7
3.1.9 Energy Requirement
The total power required will be 60MW, of which 24MW will be through captive
generation & balance 36MW will be met from state utility ie TANGEDCO.
PROCESS UNIT POWER CONSUMPTION(MW)

Sponge Iron Plant 10
Steel Melting & Billet Caster 40
Rolling Mill 10
TOTAL 60
The energy balance considering captive generation will be as follows,
SOURCE OF POWER PLANT CAPACITY ACTUAL GENERATION

GENERATION (MW) MW (85%PLF)
WHRB 2X8
27
CFBC 1 X 16
Auxiliary Power Consumption 3
NET POWER AVAILABLE FROM CAPTIVE GENERATION 24
3.1.10 Man Power Requirement
About 300-employees would be needed for the operation of the proposed plant, including
direct and indirect workers.
3.1.11 Manufacturing Process
The main raw material required in Sponge Iron Plant will be Iron-ore Pellet or Iron Ore
Lump/fines, Imported South Africa Non-Coking Coal, and Dolomite/Limestone. The raw
material from respective bins will be conveyed in closed gantry conveyors to the feeding
platform and then to the kiln. In-order to maintain the heat at top of the rotary kiln, coal
is injected through coal burners in the kiln. The preheated Iron-ore pellet or iron-ore are
then reduced to sponge iron, where as, carbon and volatile matter are reduced to char.
The Sponge Iron is then separated in a magnetic separator.
The Sponge Iron thus produced alongwith M.S. Scrap / Ferro Alloy is melted in the
Electric Induction Furnace.

3-8
The molten metal is cast into Billets in a Billet castor.
The billet at 1050°C – 1250°C are then fed to different rolling mills to produce rolled
products as per requirement.
3.1.12 Air Emissions
POINT SOURCES
S.No SOURCES OF POINT EMISSION PREDOMINANT POLLUTANT

1 Sponge Iron Kiln/WHRB Particulates
2 Sponge Iron Screening Particulates
3 Electric Induction Furnace Particulates
4 Reheating Furnace* Particulates, SO2, NOX
5 Coal Crusher Particulates
6 CFBC Boiler Particulates, SO2, NOX
* Reheating Furnace will be sparsely used as billet from billet caster will be directly
charged to Rooling Mill.
CONTROL MEASURE – POINT SOURCE EMISSION
S.No SOURCES OF POINT EMISSION CONTROL MEASURE

1 Sponge Iron Kiln/WHRB ESP/Stack(50M)
2 Sponge Iron Screening Bag Filter/Stack(15M)
3 Electric Induction Furnace Bag Filter/Stack(30M)
4 Reheating Furnace* Scrubber/Stack(30M)
5 Coal Crusher Bag Filter/Stack(15M)
6 CFBC Boiler ESP/FGD/Stack(41M)
Apart from above there will also be D.G.Set to be used as a standby during power shut
down or exigencies, and will use low sulphur fuel provided with a stack of adequate
height as per CPCB Norms.
3.1.13 Waste Water Generation
The plant predominantly uses Air Cooled System, however, cooling water make-up is
required for certain operations in furnace, concast mill, rolling mill apart from Boiler
Feed, and the waste water generated will be blowdon from these operations.


3-9
S.No POINT OF GENERATION QUANITY (KLD)

COOLING WATER BLOW DOWN
BOILER BLOW DOWN
5 CFBC 9
6 WHRB 9
8 DOMESTIC SEWAGE 13.5
TOTAL 236.5
The waste water generated from the domestic use ie domestic sewage will be treated in
a full fledged sewage treatment plant proposed to be installed, which will be based on
Activated Sludge Process, and will have a capacity to treat 15 KLD of domestic sewage.
The D M Plant Regeneration waste water will be treated in a Neutralization Tank, and
then mixed with other waste water in the Guard Pond, which will be the collection tank
to collect composite waste water, and will then be the feed to R.O.Plant for re-use of the
treated waste water back into the process.
3.1.14 Solid Waste Generation & Method of Disposal
There are no HAZARDOUS WASTE generation from the process operation.
The hazardous waste generated is only from maintenance activity such as Used
Lubricating Oils & Cotton Waste Containing Oil.
S.No WASTE WASTE SOURCE WASTE QUANITY(TPA)

CATEGORY DESCRIPTION
HAZARDOUS WASTE
1 5.1 Lubrication/Maintenance Used or Spent Oil 2.0
2 5.2 Lubrication/Maintenance Waste Containing Oil 2.0
SOLID WASTE
3 - Sponge Iron Kiln Dolochar 90000
4 - Melting Furnace Slag 60000
5 - CFBC Boiler Fly-Ash 60000
6 - CFBC Boiler Bottom-Ash 15000
All the solid waste generated find useful application in many upstream/downstream
industries, where as, hazardous waste is disposed to Authorized Agencies.


3-10
WASTEDESCRIPTION END USE/DISPOSAL

HAZARDOUS WASTE
Used or Spent Oil Authorised Waste Oil Recyclers
Waste Containing Oil Incinerated at CPCB Authorised TSDF
SOLID WASTE
Dolochar CFBC Boiler Within Plant for Power Generation
Slag Cement Manufacturers/Concrete Road Making
Fly-Ash/Bottom-Ash Cement/Brick Manufacturers
3.1.15 Estimated Project Cost & Schedule
The estimated project cost is Rs. 350 Crores and the estimated time of completion will
be 24-month (Phase-I), 60-month (Phase-II), and 84-months (Phase-III) from zero
date.
3.2 Baseline Environmental Status
3.2.1 AMBIENT AIR QUALITY
PARTICULATE MATTER (PM10)
The concentration of PM10 in ambient air during the present study varied between 30
and 87 g/Nm³. The 98thpercentile value of PM10 recorded during the study period
varied between 40.5 and 86.1 g/Nm³.
PARTICULATE MATTER (PM2.5)
The concentration of PM2.5 in ambient air during the present study varied between 9 and
29 g/Nm³. The 98thpercentile value of PM2.5 recorded during the study period varied
between 12 and 29 g/Nm³.
SULPHUR-DI-OXIDE
The concentration of SO2 in ambient air during the present study was found to vary
between 7.1 and 21.8 g/Nm³. The 98thpercentile value of SO2 recorded during the
study period varied between 11.2 and 21.8 g/Nm³.


3-11
NITROGEN OXIDES
The concentration of NOx in ambient air during the present study varied between 11.2
and 26.7 g/Nm³. The 98thpercentile value of NOx recorded during the study period
varied between 14.9 and 26.1 g/Nm³.
Whereas, Carbon Monoxide (CO), Ammonia (NH3), Nickel (Ni), Arsenic (As), Lead (Pb),
Ozone (O3), Benzene and Benzo Pyrene were all Below Detectable Levels during Study
Period.
3.2.2 Surface Water Quality
None of the Surface Water Samples Tested had any Semblance of Industrial Pollution, or
Microbial Contamination, except Turbidity, which may be because of Inability of
Suspended Solids to percolate due to absence of desilting, that had not been carried out
for long time.
3.2.3 Ground Water Quality
All the Ground Water Samples Tested were devoid of Heavy or Toxic Metals, Pesticides
or Microbial Contamination, and were within permissible limits as per IS 10500 Standard
for Drinking Water.
3.2.4 Soil Quality
The soil at all locations, where sample was tested was free of toxicity, and with a less
than moderate fertility indicated by the presence of Nitrogen, Phosphorous & Potassium.
The soil also had low Sodium Absorbtion Ratio, thus indicating that the nutrient present
in the soil will remain undamaged. The soil in general were free of any Industrial
Pollution.


3-12
3.2.5 Flora & Fauna
The study area was devoid of any Schedule I fauna and had also been devoid of any
rare, endemic or endangered floral species as per IUCN, most of the species identified as
per IUCN were of least concern.
3.2.6 Socio Economic Status
The project site is devoid of any settlement, and hence a detailed rehabilitation study
was not required, and site falls under “S3” Category, wherein there is no impact on the
families due to the project.
The study area in general has better sex ratio, literacy rate, better employment in
agriculture and industry, better per-capita income, and also better facility for higher
education.
Although the district had good health facility, the core zone is lacking primary health
care facility, and also ambulance facility.
Sanitation facility available in the core-zone have been largely scattered, and most
people still follow open defecation.
There were substantial availability of fair price shops in the study area. There was also
ample supply of LPG for cooking, and was also well connected by Communication & Road
Network.
The working population had largely shifted to Industrial work moving away from the
Agriculatural Labour mainly due to proximity to Chennai & rapid industrialization of the
region, and this offering them regular & better incomes than Agricultural activity.
3.2.7 Land Use Classification
The present land for proposed project is a Dry Agriculture Land as per Revenue Records
and unclassified as per DTCP Records.


3-13
3.2.8 Ground Water
As per G.O.M.S. No. 161 dated 23.10.2019, The Public Works Department of
Government of Tamil Nadu, the present site falls under Poovalambedu Revenue Firka,
which is Categorized as Safe Zone thus permitting drawal of ground water with
permission for drawalfromState Ground Water Board, however, the proposed project will
have extensive rain water harvesting system, thus negating any impact on the existing
ground water regime.
3.3 Environmental Impact and Management Plan
3.3.1 Air Impact
All Point Source of Emission are provided control measures to limit emission to within
permissible levels, however, the maximum predicted incremental ground level pollutants
will be as follows.
CONCENTRATION (µg/Nm3)
PARAMETER
BASELINE INCREMENTAL CUMULATIVE
SO2 11.60 10.39 21.99
NOX 15.20 3.06 18.26
SPM 77.00 1.07 78.07
3.3.2 Water Impact
The entire waste water is treated and reused back in the process. The ground water
drawl will also be adequately compensated by rainwater harvesting. The plant ensures
Zero Discharge, and least impact on water environment in the surrounding environment.
3.3.3 Land Impact
The plant does not generate any hazardous waste of major nature.
The run off from raw material storage is also averted by storage of all these raw material
in closed shed, more-over control of Air/Water pollution to negligible levels will
alsoensure least impact on the Land Environment.


3-14
3.3.4 Emergency Preparedness Plan
There is a robust offsite and onsite Emergency Preparedness Plan and Disaster
Management proposed, wherein disaster / emergency are identified, and responsibilities
will be assigned to within the organization, communications and co-ordination within
other civic authorities and government identified agencies.
3.3.5 Occupational Health Measures
With objective to ensure health & Safety of workers, a well delineated system consisting
of health & Safety guidelines, work area safety and health precautions standard
operating procedures, elimination of unsafe acts, provision of PPE‟s and other industrial
hyginene measures are provided for to ensure “ZERO ACCIDENT & ZERO INCIDENT”.
3.3.6 Identification of Hazards
The only major hazard is due to spontaneous ignition of coal in the stock yard, wherein,
the control measure such as restricting the coal height to <1.6m, and constant water
sprinkling will keep coal dump moist, and prevent fire hazards.
Other identified hazards in the process will be provided with sensors and probes for
temperature control, flow control, leak detection, and PLC systems to control any
deviations.
3.4 Post Project Monitoring Plan
Area of Number and Frequency of Parameters to be

Monitoring location of sampling analysed
sampling stations
Ambient Air Quality 4 stations Once a month As per NAAQS
Stack Emission Stack emission Once every 15- days SPM, SO2 and NOx
measurement – All
Stacks
Surface Water 1 nearest surface Once every 3- Physical, chemical

Quality water bodies months and biological
parameters


3-15
Ground Water 4 locations adjacent Once every 3- Physical, chemical

Quality to the ambient air months and bacteriological
quality stations. parameters. Heavy
metals and toxic
constituents.
Soils At the plant site and Once every 3- Physical, chemical,
from close to the air months cat ion exchange
quality monitoring value, permeability,
stations. heavy metals
Noise 4 locations Once every month Ambient soundlevels
(Leqvalues).
CONTINUOUS ONLINE MONITOIRNG will be installed and connected to Care Air Center of
TNPCB/CPCB of Stack Connected to DRI Kiln, Electic Induction Furnace & CFBC Boiler.
3.5 Project Benefits
The Present Project is proposed in a land which is fallow at present, and in an area
devoid of any Environmental Sensitivity, thus 17.321 ha. Land is being put to better
utilization ensuring least pollution of environmental impact on land or the surrounding
environment.
Further,
- Availability of Additional Long Product ie TMT Bars will give an Impetus for
Construction Industry
- The project as such would generate Large scale Direct/Indirect Employment apart
from Large Scale Direct/In Direct commerce resulting in Social & Economic Uplift
with a multiplier effect in multiple layers & extent of the society
- Availability of Additional Long Product ie TMT Bars will generate huge employment
as well as Social & Economic development by enabling large scale Infrastructure
project such as Roads, Highways, Airports, Ports, Water Supply, Sanitation,
Schools, Hospitals, Government Buldingsetcof the Government thus resulting in
development & growth of the country
- Apart from this proposed project aiding Infrastructure, it will also enable
additional growth in Housing Sector both in the Private & Public sector , this
additional will result in Social & Economic Growth
- All the above benefits will not only result in the social & economic growth as
mentioned above, but project per se will directly contribute to the Government

3-16
coffer in the form of Direct/Indirect Taxes to the tune of Rs 650- Crores, enabling
government revenues to aid social & infrastructure development, apart from
direct contribution from the project per se, the resultant other development
activities given impetus by availability of this additional long product ie TMT Bars
will also contribute to the Government coffers in the form of Direct Taxes,
Indirects Taxes , Levies etc , which will further enable Government to undertake
rapid development of Infrastructure etc thus enabling prosperity & growth of the
country.
All benefits accrueing above, is still being achieved with adequate protection to
environment by controlling environmental impact & ensuring negligible impact to the
environment, which is a huge positive for the project.


3-17
4 INTRODUCTION
4.1 EIA CONSULTANT
Chennai Testing Laboratory Private Limited is an NABL, NABET, fssai,& MoEF&CC

Accredited / Certified / Recognized Laboratory
A Laboratory that is proud of its immaculate work force, highly skilled, professional,
highly qualified and at best the most disciplined, dedicated and sincere. This trait of our
work force of Chennai Testng Laboratory Private Limited has been immensely and largely
appreciated by the personnel at each of the clientele Chennai Testing Laboratory Pvt Ltd
had serviced.
By word or adage of Chennai Testng Laboratory Private Limitedis "Customer

Service" at its best. A fair measure of control is exercised to optimize customer
satisfaction, within the realms of standard requirements as per
NABL/NABET/MoEF&CC Accreditation.
Skill force of Chennai Testng Laboratory Private Limitedcovers wide spectrum

of testing and analysis with respect to
Environment
Ambient air quality monitoring, Indoor air quality monitoring, Stack gas
emission monitoring, Testing of - Raw water Treated water Drinking water RO
permeate &reject Treated and Raw sewage Treated and Raw effluent Sea
Water, Cooling tower water, Boiler water, Irrigation water, Swimming pool
water, DM water, Construction water, Packaged drinking water, Soil, Sludge,
Hazardous waste, Heavy metals and used oils”
EIA/EMP
Accredited by National Accreditation Board for Education & Training (NABET),

New Delhi as an EIA Consultant Organization for conducting EIA/EMP studies
for new/expansion projects for various sectors.
Details of Personnel
No. Name Contribution Expertise
1. TGH ASHOK KUMAR EIA Co-ordinator& Expert EIA Coordinator & AP, AQ, WP, N
2. M SADASIVAM Expert EB, SW, HW
3. PUGAZHENDHI V Expert SC, LU, HG
4. VIJAYA V Expert SE
5. G S VENKAT RATNAM Expert RH


4.1
NABET Accreditation details of Chennai Testing Laboratory as follows.
Certificate No.: NABET/EIA/1922/IA0045 dated 13/03/2019, Valid upto : 12/02/2022,

Copy of which is as follows.


4.2
4.1.1 CONSULTANT UNDERTAKING
I, hereby, certify that I was a part of the EIA team in the following capacity that
developed this EIA Report for JR Metal Chennai Ltd.
EIA coordinator:
Name: TGH ASHOK KUMAR
Signature and Date:...............................................................................................
Period of involvement: December 20, 2019 to until now
Contact information: CHENNAI TESTING LABORATORY PRIVATE LIMITED,

A-SUPER-19, TVK INDUSTRIAL ESTATE,
GUINDY, CHENNAI – 600 032.
Functional area experts:

S. Functional Name of the Involvement Signature and
No. areas expert/s (period and date
task)
1 AP TGH ASHOK KUMAR
2 WP TGH ASHOK KUMAR
3 SW & HW M SADASIVAM
4 SE V VIJAYA
5 EB M SADASIVAM
December 20,
6 HG V PUGAZHENDHI 2019 to until now
7 GEO --
8 SC V PUGAZHENDHI
9 AQ TGH ASHOK KUMAR
10 NV TGH ASHOK KUMAR
11 LU V PUGAZHENDHI
12 RH G S VENKATRATNAM


4.3
Declaration by the Head of the accredited consultant organization/ authorized

person
I, TGH ASHOK KUMAR, hereby, confirm that the above mentioned experts prepared the
EIA Report for this proposed project of JR Metal Chennai Limited. I also confirm that the
consultant organization shall be fully accountable for any mis-leading information
mentioned in this statement.
Signature:.............................................................................................................
Name: TGH ASHOK KUMAR
Designation: Managing Director / EIA Co-ordinator
Name of the EIA consultant organization: CHENNAI TESTING LABORATORY PVT LTD
NABET Certificate No. & Issue : NABET/EIA/1922/IA0045, 13/03/2019,

Valid Till : 12/02/2022
Date:
4.1.2 PROPONENT UNDERTAKING
I, PRAMOD SINGH, representing, JR Metal Chennai Limited, in the capacity of Managing

Director owe full responsibility and accountability for all details furnished as part of this
Environment Impact Assessment of the proposed Greenfield project at
Amirthamangalam Village, Gummidipoondi Taluk, Thiruvallur District, Tamil Nadu, and in
case of suppression or false data the Autority shall reject or cancel the environmental
clearance, awarded.
For J.R. Metal Chennai Limited,
Authorized Signatory.
4.2 PROJECT PROPONENT
J.R. Metal Chennai Limited (J.R. Metal) is a part of J.R. Group and is a continuously
performing company with more than 4-decades of experience in the field of steel/metal
trading, manufacturing and marketing. J.R. Metal Chennai Ltd is a privately owned
company.
The group started in the 1980‟s producing M S Bars at its Rolling Mill in Manali,
Thiruvallur District of Tamilnadu, and has progressively grown with its up-gradation


4.4
forproduction of MS Rolled Bars for use in Reinforcement concrete of the construction

Industry.
JR Group had there-after ventured into a Green Field Secondary steel plant consisting of
facility to produce Billet & TMT Bars at Periyapuliyur Village in Gummidipoondi Taluk of
Thiruvallur District Tamilnadu with a capacity to produce 1,05,000 TPA of M S Billets &
1,00,000 TPA of TMT Bars in the year 2007.
JR Metal concentrates on quality steel making. Quality is the goal of the organization. JR
Metal has a high-end infrastructure with fully modern and automated plant that ensures
the output of highest quality TMT Re-bars and Mild Steel Billets. JR Metal has a highly
skilled team of employees. Fully automated computer-controlled system from the start
till end. Straight and continuous mill with world class cooling bed, and equipment with
electromagnetic arrays. Each of the manufacturing / processing centres of JR Metal
conforms to total commitment in controlling the degradation of the environment by
maintaining greenbelt and open space around the manufacturing / Processing
complexes.
The quality of steel can make all the difference between a construction that will just last,
and one that will last for generations. That‟s exactly why JR Metal TMT Stands apart from
the rest.
JR Metal TMT Ribs are unique and different from other brands. This unique pattern
ensures cent per cent bonding which results in bearing more load than the conventional
Rebars. This uniqueness also minimizes the damages to the structures in the event of
seismic activities in the region. The research team of JR METAL CHENNAI LTD has done
extensive research to improve the rebar bonding with concrete to increase the stability
of the structures during earthquakes with a Geometric RIBS for better bonding, and also
ensures better ductility, & weldability.
The unique Quenching process adopted by JR Metal ensures TMT Bars are highly
corrosion resistant,and suited for coastal areas. High ductility and elongation make
thebars earth-quake resistant and suitable for use in seismic zones 4 and 5. Due to its
composite structure it resists huge load and can also withstand high temperature
ensuring safety.
Since its founding, J R Group has been moving forward aggressively on many fronts to
capitalize growth opportunities, improve competitiveness & expand global presence.
Knowing that the world is competitive, and market congested, its team is striving
sincerely believing that growth is the only route to survival. The J R Group team not only
brings knowledge & experience but also par excellence in planning, executing &
delivering with perfection.


4.5
4.3 PROJECT SIGNIFICANCE
Government of India has approved the National Steel Policy (NSP) 2017, as it seeks to
create a globally competitive Steel Industry in India. NSP 2017 targets 300 million
tonnes (MT) Steelmaking capacity, and 160 kg/capita steel production by 2030.
Huge Scope for growth is offered by India‟s Comparatively low per capita steel
consumption, and expected rise in consumption due to increased infrastructural
construction and thriving transport industry. Government of India focus on
infrastructure, and restarting road projects is aiding boost in demand for steel. Further,
likely acceleration in rural economy and infrastructure is expected to lead growth in
demand for steel.
India is at present third largest producer of steel, and is all set to be the second largest
producer of steel by 2021. The growth in Indian Steel Industry is largely driven by
domestic availability of raw material such as Iron-ore, and cost-effective labour.
Further,remedial measures taken by Government of India to promote domestic steel

production, such as anti-dumping duties, safeguard duties, and temporary introduction
of minimum import price, notified quality control order etc.
The Policy of Government of India also stipulates adoption of energy efficient

technologies, to improve overall productivity and reduce energy intensity.
The Government of India has also announced a policy for providing preference to
domestically manufactured Iron and Steel products in Government Procurement. This
Policy seeks to accomplish PM‟s Vision of “Make in India” with objective of Nation
Building and encourage domestic manufacturing and is applicable on all Government
Tenders.
India has now emerged as a net exporter of finished steel products. India has emerged
as a top exporter of steel to Vietnam, Bangladesh, Myanmar, Sri Lanka, Nepal and other
European / American Markets. The demand for Indian Steel Products from overseas
market is set to increase, owing to slowing down of Chinese production, overall.
The liberalization of Industrial Policy and other initiatives taken by Government of India
has given an impetus for entry, participation & growth of the private sector in the steel
industry. While the existing units are being modernised & expanded, a large number of
steel plants are also coming up in different parts of the country based on modern, cost
effective state of the art technologies. In the last few years, the rapid& stable growth of
demand has prompted domestic entrepreneurs to set up fresh green field projects.
J R Metal Chennai Private Limited has there-fore embarked on its endeavour to play its
own significant part in fulfilling the Government of India Dream of a
“AtmanirbharBharat”& making domestic steel industry globally competitive, and

4.6
thus play its significant part in augmenting the per capita steel production to
160kgs/capita.
The JR Metal Chennai Private Limited proposed green field project at Amirthamangalam
Village in Gummidipoondi Taluk of Thiruvallur District, Tamil Nadu will enable fulfil the
domestic steel demand.
The J R Metal Chennai Private Limited proposed green field project at Amirthamangalam
Village in Gummidipoondi Taluk of Thiruvallur District, Tamil Nadu will also generate
Employment to 300 Nos of workers both direct and indirect.
The J R Metal Chennai Private Limited proposed green field project at Amirthamangalam
village in Gummidipoondi Taluk of Thiruvallur District, Tamilnadu will accrue benefit to
the State Government of Tamil Nadu as also to Government of India by way of revenue
in the form of Direct/Indirect Taxes to the tune of Rs 650 Crores, which will aid the
State & Central Government in Developing Social & Economic Infrastructure of
the region.


4.7
5 PROJECT DESCRIPTION
5.1 PROJECT COST & SCHEDULE

5.1.1 PROJECT COST
The proposed project will have the facility to produce Sponge Iron, Billet, Rolled Products
apart from production of power by installing WHRB/CFBC Boilers for captive consumption
with its related utilities &off-site facilities such as cooling tower, water treatment,
loading/unloading facility, substation, storage facility, roads, green belt, pollution control
equipment‟s, effluent treatment facility etc. The total project cost envisaged is Rs 350-
Crores, and will be as follows
S.No PLANT FACILITY RUPEES CRORES
1.0 Sponge Iron Plant Including Storage Handling Shed etc 60
2.0 Induction Furnace/Billet Caster Including Storage Handling Shed etc 60
3.0 Rolling Mill Including Storage Handling Shed etc 40
4.0 WHRB/CFBC Power Plant Including Storage Handling Shed etc 144
5.0 Pollution Control Equipment‟s Including APC/ETP/STP/Solid Waste 31
6.0 Roads Green Belt & Other Offsite Facilities 15
TOTAL 350
5.1.2 PROJECT SCHEDULE
The project will involve various works consisting of Mechanical, Electrical, Civil,
Structural & Instrumentation of the Sponge Iron Plant, Melting Furnace, Billet Caster,
Rolling Mill & Power Plant. Each will be implemented as a package in 3-separate phases
on a turnkey basis, whereas off-site facilities such as Compound Wall, Roads, Storm
Water Drains, Rain Water Harvesting etc including Green Belt Development will form part
of a separate package & will be implemented parallelly in each of the phases.
The prime & critical requirement is timely achievement of financial closure for each of
the phases, and timely receipt of regulatory approvals after obtaining environmental
clearance such as Town & Country Planning approval, Fire & Health Clearances,
Electricity Grid Connectivity for off loading of the Captive power generated etc.
The schedule of Implementation & Commissioning of the project in entirety will be as

follows, upon obtaining Environmental Clearance/Consent to Establish.


5-1
*HALF YEARLY
PHASES PROJECT ACTIVITY 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
FINANCIAL CLOSURE
I
1 X 350T SPONG IRON PLANT
1 X 8MW WHRB POWER

PLANT
FINANCIAL CLOSURE
II 1 X 350T SPONG IRON PLANT
2 X 40T ELECTRIC
INDUCTION FURNACE
ROLLING MILL
WHRB/CFBC
III 1 X 30T ELECTRIC

INDUCTION FURNACE
*Half Yearly = 6 Months
START DATE :- 1st Day after obtaining Consent to Establishment


5-2
5.2 PRODUCT & CAPACITY
The main product produced from the proposed project will Rolled Steel Products
consisting of M.S. Rounds, Flats, Angles, etc & will have facility to produce
Billets/Sponge Iron for captive consumption. The Billet required for rolling of Rolled
Products will be produced through the Electric Induction Furnace route with a Billet
Caster. The Sponge Iron required for producing Billet will also be produced in house.
The power required for the plant will also be generated captively by means of a WHRB
(Waste Heat Recovery Boiler) of the Sponge Iron Kiln & waste Dolochar in the CFBC
(Circulating Fluidized Bed Combution) Boiler, and additional power requirement will be
sourced from TNEB Grid.
The product including intermediate & main product & their respective capacities will be as follows
PRODUCTS QUANTITY (TPA/MW)

PHASE – I PHASE – II PHASE – III TOTAL
INTERMEDIATE PRODUCT
Sponge Iron 150000 150000 -- 300000

-- 450000 150000 600000
M.S. Billets
FINAL PRODUCT
ROLLED STEEL PRODUCT -- 500000 -- 500000

(M.S. Rounds, Flats, Angles, Etc)
CAPTIVE POWER GENERATION

WHRB (2 X 8 MW) 8 8 -- 16
CFBC (Using Dolochar) - 16 -- 16
5.3 LAND EXTENT USAGE & REQUIREMENT
The Land Area envisaged for wholesome implementation of the project is around 16.2
ha. (40-Acres), whereas the land under ownership of the proponent is 17.321 ha (42.8
Acres), which is adequate for the main plant facilities & utilities apart from ear-marking
33% of this total extent for Green Belt. The Land extent is also adequate to ensure
sufficient storage facilities for Raw Materials such as Iron Ore, Coal, M S Scrap, Dolomite
etc & Intermediate/Finished products. Specific Area have also been ear-marked for
storage of process waste such as slag, dolochar, ash and other hazardous waste
The extent& layout has been laid to provide for adequate storm water collection & rain
water harvesting.

5-3
LAND AREA
SL. NO. FACILITY DESCRIPTION
(IN Ha.)
1 Sponge Iron Kiln & Power Plant 3.236
2 Melting Shop/Billet Caster/Rolling Mill 4.047
3 Switch Yard 0.405
4 Greenbelt 5.716
5 Iron Ore Stock Yard 0.725
6 Coal Storage 0.566
7 Ash dyke 0.809
8 Slag Storage 0.809
9 Scrap Yard 0.442
10 Road 0.566
Total Land Area 17.321
5.4 RAW MATERIAL
The major raw material is Iron-Ore & Coal for Sponge Iron Plant apart from M.S Scrap,
which will be used along with Sponge Iron in the Induction Furnace / Billet Caster for
making Billets, which are then rolled into the final product i.e. Rolled Products.
CFBC Boiler will use a mix of Dolochar& Coal to produce power, whereas, WHRB will
make use of Waste Flue Gases from the DRI ie Sponge Iron Kiln.
5.4.1 MATERIAL BALANCE – SPONGE IRON (PELLET)
DOLOMITE/
LIMESTONE/
QUARTZ PELLET COAL
15000 426000 270000
DOLOCHAR 1470000(AIR)
DRI KILN
90000
(2 X 350 TPD)
1791000 (FLUE GAS + DUST)
300000
All Values in TPA SPONGE IRON


5-4
RAW MATERIAL QUANTITY SOURCE TRANSPORT

(TPA) MODE
Iron Ore Pellet 4,26,000 Indigenous
5.4.1.1 CHARACTERISTICS OF PELLET/COAL
PELLET COAL
CONTENT COMPOSITION CONTENT COMPOSITION
(%) (%)
Fe 64-65 Total Moisture(ARB) 10-12
SiO2 <3 Fixed Carbon 46-50
Al2O3 <2 Volatile Matter 28-30
Phosphorous <0.045 Gross Calorific Value(Kcal/Kg) 5500-6000
ADB
Na2O 0.05 Ash 12-15
K2 O 0.05 Sulphur <1
TiO2 0.10 - -
Mn 0.10 - -
Tumbler Index 94 - -
SULPHUR 0.03 - -
5.4.2 MATERIAL BALANCE – SPONGE IRON (IRON ORE)
DOLOMITE/
LIMESTONE/
QUARTZ IRON ORE COAL
10000 350000 219990
DOLOCHAR DRI KILN 980000 (AIR)

(2 X 350 TPD)
64000
1296000 (FLUE GAS + DUST)
200000
All Values in TPA SPONGE IRON


5-5
RAW MATERIAL QUANTITY SOURCE TRANSPORT

(TPA) MODE
Iron Ore 3,50,000 Indigenous
Coal 2,19,990 Imported/Indigenous Road/Ship
5.4.2.1 CHARACTERISTICS OF IRON ORE (BELLARY)
IRON ORE (BELLARY)

CONTENT COMPOSITION (%)
Fe 58 - 60
FeO 6-8
SiO2 10-12
Al2O3 0.1 – 0.3
Phosphorous < 0.2
LOI < 0.4
Na2O 0.05
K2 O 0.05
TiO2 0.10
Mn 0.10
Tumbler Index 82 - 85
SULPHUR < 0.10
5.4.3 MATERIAL BALANCE – SMS/ROLLING MILL
RAW MATERIAL QUANTITY (TPA) SOURCE TANSPORT

MODE
Sponge Iron 300000 Captive – In House -
Melting Scrap 370000 Indigenous/Imported Road / Ship
Ferro Alloy 6000 Indigenous


5-6
SPONGE IRON M S SCRAP FERRO ALLOY
300000 370000 6000

OXIDATION
LOSS
8000
INDUCTION FURNACE
60000
MILL SCALE END CUTTING MISS ROLL

SLAG
MOLTEN METAL
50000 50000
SALE
CONCAST MILL
BILLET RETURN
SCRAP
BILLET 550000
BURNING LOSS
8000
ROLLING MILL
42000
All Values in TPA

500000
ROLLED PRODUCTS
5.4.4 RE-ROLLING MILL
The Billet produced by the Steel Melt Shop will be the Raw Material for Re-Rolling Mill
Sl. Raw Material Quantity Source TRANSPORT

No. (Re-Heating Furnace)* MODE
1. Coal 23,000 TPA Imported/Indigenous Road/Ship
2. Furnace Oil 4 KL/day Indigenous
*Billet from Billet Charger will be Directly Fed into Rolling Mill, & Re-Heating Furnace will
not be used, & is only a Standby in case of the instances when Raw Billets are Procured.


5-7
5.4.5 POWER PLANT
Dolochar from sponge iron plant will be the main raw material that will be used in the
CFBC Boiler for power generation of 16MW, wherein about 14-30% fuel will be coal
blended to obtain necessary calorific value & heat for generation of steam
Sl. Raw Material Quantity

No.
1. Imported Coal (South Africa) 106 TPD
2. Dolochar 247 TPD
5.4.5.1 CHARACTERISTICS OF COAL/DOLOCHAR
CONTENT COMPOSITION (%)

COAL DOLOCHAR
Total Moisture (ARB) 10-12 2-3
Fixed Carbon 46-50 12 - 15
Volatile Matter 28-30 1-3
Gross Calorific Value (Kcal/Kg) 5500-6000 1500 - 2000
ADB
Ash 12-15 60 - 80
Sulphur <1 -
5.4.5.2 FUEL CONSUMPTION (CFBC – POWER GENERATION)
Heat Rate = 2300 Kcal/KWhr

Average Calorific Value = 2500 Kcal/kg
Hence, Total Heat Required = 2300 x 16000 ie
36800000 K Cal
Hence, Fuel Required = 36800000/2500 ie
14720 Kg/Hr
FUEL RATIO
DOLOCHAR (70%) COAL (30%)
10.30 TPH 4.42 TPH
247 TPD 106 TPD


5-8
5.5 WASTE GENERATION & MANAGEMENT
5.5.1 AIR EMISSION

5.5.1.1 POINT SOURCES
S.No SOURCES OF POINT EMISSION PREDOMINANT POLLUTANT

1 Sponge Iron Kiln/WHRB Particulates
2 Sponge Iron Screening Particulates
3 Electric Induction Furnace Particulates
4 Reheating Furnace* Particulates, SO2, NOX
5 Coal Crusher Particulates
6 CFBC Boiler Particulates, SO2, NOX
5.5.1.2 CONTROL MEASURE – POINT SOURCE EMISSION
S.No SOURCES OF POINT EMISSION CONTROL MEASURE

1 Sponge Iron Kiln/WHRB ESP/Stack(50M)
2 Sponge Iron Screening Bag Filter/Stack(15M)
3 Electric Induction Furnace Bag Filter/Stack(30M)
4 Reheating Furnace* Scrubber/Stack(30M)
5 Coal Crusher Bag Filter/Stack(15M)
6 CFBC Boiler ESP/FGD/Stack(41)
Apart from above there will also be D.G.Set to be used as a standby during power shut
down or exigencies, and will use low sulphur fuel provided with a stack of adequate
height as per CPCB Norms.
5.5.1.3 LIMIT OF POINT EMISSION
The point source of emission consisting of predominant pollutants will be limited by means of
adequate control measures mentioned above, and will be limited to as follows
PROCESS STACK EMISSION CONCENTRATION(mg/Nm3)
PARTICULATES SO2 N0X
Sponge Iron Kiln/WHRB Boiler 50 - -
Sponge Iron Screening 50 - -
Electric Induction Furnace 50 - -
Reheating Furnace* 50 300 400
Power Plant (After January,2017) 30 100 100
*Hot Billets will be directly charged to Rolling Mill, and Reheating Furnace will be
sparsely used.


5-9
5.5.1.4 FUGITIVE EMISSIONS
5.5.1.4.1 Iron Ore / Coal Dust Extraction and Suppression
Iron-Ore/Coal handling plant will be provided with set of bag filters for extraction of dust
emanating during transfer of Iron-Ore/coal from one conveyer to another. Bag filters will
also be provided at all junction towers, where Iron-Ore/coal is transferred from one
conveyor to another. Bag filter will also be provided at the discharge point from conveyor
belt to a shuttle conveyor at the top of the bunker. Bag filter will also be provided at the
transfer of Iron-Ore/coal from shuttle conveyor to the bunker.
The roads in the entire plant site will be concreted / black topped.
5.5.1.4.2 Iron-Ore / Coal Handling & Preparation plant
Truck Unloading hoppers Dust Suppression System
Belt Conveyor Will be Provided with Steel Hoods to Eliminate spillage

&dust nuisance
Conveyor Tunnel Dust Extractor & Bag filter
Below Truck unloading
hopper
Iron Ore / Coal stock pile Will be Provided with water sprinkler spray System.
Eliminates spontaneous Combustion of coal thereby loss of
coal & pollution due to burning of coal.
5.5.1.4.3 Sponge Iron Screening & Handling Plant
Sponge Iron Dust extractor connected to Bag filter.

Screening/Crusher and
Bunker
Loading equipment Dustless soft loading equipment.
Conveyor/Transfer Point All conveyor & transfer points will be provided with dust
extractor/Bag filter.
Belt Conveyor Continuous hooding along length of Belt Conveyor.
The control measures for arresting fugitive dust emissions along with the envisaged
pollution control equipment are adequate and will help to have a healthy and cleaner
environment inside the plant thereby improve the productivity and the efficiency of the
workers as well as that of plant machinery.


5-10
5.5.1.5 STACK CHARACTERISTICS
Stack No 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Material of Construction RCC M.S M.S M.S M.S M.S M.S M.S
Stack attached to Rotary Kiln Induction Induction Induction Re-Heating Power Plant D.G. Set D.G. Set
2x Furnace Furnace Furnace Furnace 16 MW 750 KVA 625 KVA
350TPD/WHRB 40T 40T 30T 40T (CFBC – 65 TPH)
Stack height Above the ground 50.0 30.0 30.0 30.0 30.0 41.0 9.0 9.0
level, in m
Stack top Round or Circular Circular Circular Circular Circular Circular Circular Circular
Circular
Inside dimensions of the stack at 2000 1390 1390 1320 800 1150 150 140
top, mm
3
Gas quantity – m /hr 249200 120000 120000 90000 40000 75000 1500 1200
o
Flue gas temperature, C 160 115 115 105 110 140 300 250
Exit velocity of the gas, m/s 22.0 22 22 22 21 21.0 19 19
3
Emission concentration, mg/m
SO - --- --- --- 300 100 432 420
2
NO - --- --- --- 400 100 72 60

x
SPM 50 50 50 50 50 30 2.4 3
Emission rate, g/s
SO - --- --- --- 3.33 2.083 0.18 0.14
2
NO - --- --- --- 4.44 2.083 0.03 0.02

x
SPM 3.46 1.67 1.67 1.25 0.56 0.625 0.001 0.001


5-11
5.5.1.6 STACK HEIGHT CALCULATION
5.5.1.6.1 STACK HEIGHT – SPONGE IRON KILN
Coal Consumption per day Tons 818

Sulphur in Coal 1% 1.00
Sulphur dioxide per day Kg/day 16360
Sulphur-dioxde per hour kg/hr 681.7
Sulphur dioxide absorbed 90% Kg/hr 613.5
Sulphur-dioxde per hour kg/hr 68.2
0.3
Stack Height in mts, 14 (Q) , where Q = Mtr 49.69
Sulphur dioxide Emission in kg/hr.
Hence, Stack Height for Sponge Iron Kiln will be 50 mts.
5.5.1.6.2 STACK HEIGHT – CFBC BOILER
SO2 Emission (Kg/Hr)

Dolochar&Coal (1/100)x(4.42)x1000x2 88.4
H = 6.902 (Q x 0.277)0.555 = 6.902 (88.4 x 0.277)0.555 = 40.72 Metres
Hence, Stack Height for Power Plant (16MW, CFBC) will be 41 mts.
5.5.2 EFFLUENT & MANAGEMENT
5.5.2.1 WASTE WATER GENERATION
The cooling requirements in the WHRB (Waste Heat Recovery Boilers), CFBC (Circulating
Fluidized Bed Combustion Boiler) for the main condensate as also for Auxiliary Cooling in
the Power plants are predominantly through Air Cooled Systems, and hence obviates
generation of any cooling water blow down, and no waste water generation from these
processes.
Further use of Dry Adiabatic Cooling Towers for Induction Coil Cooling in the Induction
Furnace also obviates any generation of waste water from the blow downs that could
have resulted if water cooled systems were proposed.
And hence, the sources of generation of waste water will predominantly be from the
cooling requirements of the Rotary Kiln Coolers, Concast Mill, and the Rolling Mills, apart


5-12
from semblance of waste from the Boiler Blow Down of the Feed used for steam
generation & D M (De-Mineralization) Plant that meets the D.M.Water requirements.
The waste water generation will there-fore be as follows

BOILER BLOW DOWN
5 CFBC 9
6 WHRB 9
8 DOMESTIC SEWAGE 13.5
TOTAL 236.5
to collect composite waste water, and will then be the fed to R.O.Plant for re-use of the
treated waste water back into the process, and the treatment scheme will be as follows.
COMPOSITE WASTE WATER
208 KLD
D M REGENERATION WASTE
NEUTRALIZATION PIT GUARD POND
15 KLD
223 KLD
RE USE
R O PLANT
178 KLD
REJECT 45 KLD
COAL DUST SUPPRESSION / GREEN BELT


5-13
5.5.3 SOLID WASTE / HAZARDOUS WASTE

5.5.3.1 WASTE GENERATION
The large portion of solid waste generated is Non-Hazardous in Nature such as Dolochar
from Sponge Iron Kiln, which is used in the CFBC Boiler for power generation, Slag from
the Steel Melting Shop, which finds useful application in production of slag cement or as
an admixture in concrete road making, and Fly-Ash/Bottom-Ash, which also finds useful
application in Cement Production/Brick Making.
S.No WASTE WASTE SOURCE WASTE QUANITY(TPA)

CATEGORY DESCRIPTION
HAZARDOUS WASTE
1 5.1 Lubrication/Maintenance Used or Spent Oil 2.0
2 5.2 Lubrication/Maintenance Waste Containing Oil 2.0
SOLID WASTE
3 - Sponge Iron Kiln Dolochar 90000
4 - Melting Furnace Slag 60000
5 - CFBC Boiler Fly-Ash 60000
6 - CFBC Boiler Bottom-Ash 15000
5.5.3.2 WASTE MANAGEMENT
All the solid waste generated find useful application in many upstream/downstream
industries,where as, hazardous waste is disposed to Authorized Agencies
WASTEDESCRIPTION END USE/DISPOSAL

HAZARDOUS WASTE
Used or Spent Oil Authorised Waste Oil Recyclers
Waste Containing Oil Incinerated at CPCB Authorised TSDF
SOLID WASTE
Dolochar CFBC Boiler Within Plant for Power Generation
Slag Cement Manufacturers/Concrete Road Making
Fly-Ash/Bottom-Ash Cement/Brick Manufacturers
5.5.3.3 CHARACTERISTICS OF SLAG
The chemical composition of Induction Furnace Slag analysed using X-Ray Flourescence
(XRF) showed the major component present were SiO2, Fe2o3, Al2O3, MnO, CaO, and the
trace metals


5-14
CONCENTRATION IN (%)
Cr Pb As Fe Ni Zn Se
12.516 0.00894 0.0031 38.517 0.0126 0.8957 0.0039
The Induction Furnace Slag is a use-ful raw material for cement clinker production,
which has reduced the fuel consumptionin cement plants, and thus reduces the CO 2
emission from cement plants. The Portland Slag Cement consist of upto 60% of ground
granulated slag. Slag Cement has low heat of hydration, high resistance to chlorides and
sulphates & is an ideal replacement to 43 & 53 grade cement in most instances.
Slag is also used as an aggregate in concrete roads, apart from its use as land filling &
ballast in railway tracks. A small quanity of steel slag is also used in Glass Industry for
making slag wool fibres.
5.6 UTILITIES
5.6.1 WATER
5.6.1.1 SOURCE
As per G.O.(MS) No. 161 dated 23.10.2019, The Public Works Department of
Government of Tamilnadu had approved categorisation of Revenue Firkas in the state
based on Estimation of the Dynamic Ground Water Resources as on March, 2017 as Over
Exploited, Critical, Semi-Critical, Safe & Saline/Poor Quality of the various Revenue
Firkas, and as in this Gazette Notification, the entire Gummidipoondi Taluk Falls under
safe firka for drawal of water as follows
Over Exploited Critical Semi Critical Safe Saline

(Greater Than 100%) (Between 90% to 100%) (Between 70% to 90%) (Less Than 70%) (Poor Quality)
GUMMIDIPOONDI TALUK
Elavur
Madharpakkam
Poovalembedu
Gummidipoondi
The present proposed site falls under PoovalembeduFirka, which falls under safe zone,
and hence has no restriction of Drawal of ground water for industrial purpose, however,
ground water resources on the whole are regulated, and will have to obtain No-Objection
Certificate for drawal of ground water from State Ground Water Department, Tamilnadu.
5.6.1.2 PERMISSION FOR DRAWAL OF GROUND WATER
The process of obtaining grond water clearance from State Ground Water Board is in
progress.


5-15
5.6.1.3 QUANTITY
The major water requirement is only for cooling water make up, apart from semblance of
requirement for Boiler Feed Make Up, Regeneration of D.M.Plant Resins & Domestic use
S.No POINT OF USAGE QUANITY (KLD)

COOLING WATER MAKE-UP
BOILER FEED MAKE-UP
5 CFBC 10
6 WHRB 10
8 DOMESTIC 15
TOTAL 375
5.6.1.4 AIR COOLED COOLING TOWERS
While air cooled system‟s for Main Condensate &Auxilliarycoolinginthe WHRB (Waste
Heat Recovery Boilers) of DRI Kilns, and CFBC (Ciculating Fluidized Bed Combustion)
Boilers has been in vogue for a long time, and is quiet proven over the years, and hence
wouldn‟t require any water for the cooling purpose of the proposed power plants, and
hence will conserve an enormous quantity of water.
But,the Dry Adiabatic Cooling Systems have been of recent origin, and has caught the
eyes of the environmentalist, and has now been successfully operated, and is slowly
replacing the water cooled systems of the Induction Coil cooling of the furnaces.
The present proposed project has envisaged to make use of the Dry Adiabtic Air
Cooled System for the Induction Coil Cooling of the furnaces, and thus save the
most needed water.
The dry adiabatic cooling towers operate under 2-modes: Dry & Adiabatic. Dry mode
runs under most of the year round, and in this cooler operates as a dry cooler with no
water consumption. The heat transferred by the water is dissipated in the ambient air by
convection aided by the fans. The mist sprays in “Adiabatic Mode” are automatically
activated when there are periods of high ambient temperature, when dry mode is not
able to maintain the required outlet water temperature. Otherwise, Dry Adiatbatic
Coolers operate under dry mode for substantially large part of the year.


5-16
5.6.1.5 WATER BALANCE
All values are in KLD.
60 Induction Furnace 20
Cooling
30 Concast Cooling
10
178
45
RO Plant RO Reject
75 Rolling Mill
50
Recycled
Cooling
178
223
Guard
Pond 10
Boiler Water
10 9
Raw Water Make-up (CFBC)
Coal Dust
375 375 Suppression /
Cooling Ash Dyke
Evaporation Loss – 1 Pond II
Boiler Water
10 9 Cooling
Make-up (WHRB) 208
Pond I
Water/ Borewell
Harvested Rain
Evaporation Loss – 50 35
197
Rotary Kiln Cooling 110

160
15 D.M. Plant 15 Neutralizati 15

Regeneration on Pit
Domestic 13.5 STP 13.5 Green Belt

15
Consumption


5-17
5.6.2 SOURCE OF POWER & CONSUMPTION
The total power required will be 60 MW, of which 24MW will be through captive
generation & balance 36 MW will be met from state utility ie TANGEDCO.
PROCESS UNIT POWER CONSUMPTION(MW)

Sponge Iron Plant 10
Steel Melting & Billet Caster 40
Rolling Mill 10
TOTAL 60
The energy balance considering captive generation will be as follows,
SOURCE OF POWER PLANT CAPACITY ACTUAL GENERATION

GENERATION (MW) MW (85%PLF)
WHRB 2X8
27
CFBC 1 X 16
Auxiliary Power Consumption 3
NET POWER AVAILABLE FROM CAPTIVE GENERATION 24
5.6.3 MANPOWER REQUIREMENT
About 300-employees would be needed for the operation of the proposed plant, including
direct and indirect workers who will be involved in supply chain, logistics, and related
commercial activities.


5-18
5.7 MANUFACTURING PROCESS
5.7.1 SPONGE IRON DRI PROCESS
The plant consists of raw material preparation unit where Iron OrePellet or Iron Ore, Non
Coking Coal & Dolomite/Limestone of required sizes conveyed to stock house for storing
in the respective bins. The sized materials stored in bins at stock house are charged into
rotary kiln with predetermined feed rates with the help of weigh feeders and volumetric
feeders and also conveyors.
The Iron Ore Pellet or iron ore is preheated and reduced to sponge iron in the rotary kiln
at the required and controlled temperatures and pressure. Carbon and volatile matter in
coal is utilised and converted into char. Dolomite is used for desulfurisation and in the
process becomes dolochar. Sponge iron, char and dolochar travel from kiln to cooler and
are cooled to about 80ºC by indirect cooling, using water as medium.
The material cooled and discharged from the cooler, is conveyed to product separation
system. A junction house is provided in between cooler & product separation system, to
take care of any eventualities occurring due to the breakdown of the product separation
system, which may happen due to breakdown of equipment etc. The cooler discharged
material is screened and separated with the help of magnetic separators. Sponge iron
lumps and sponge iron fines are taken to their respective bins. Dolochar and char which
are non magnetic are taken to a single bin.
The schematic manufacturing process of Steel production is given
Manufacturing process of Steel Production
TMT bars, Wire rod coils, Rounds, Structural products


5-19
5.7.2 STEEL MELTING SHOP
The Steel Melting Process can be subdivided into the following stages
Stage 1: Production of Liquid Metal from Induction Furnace.

Stage 2: Transfer of Liquid Steel to the holding ladle
Stage 3: Billet Casting.
Induction Furnace
Scrap and Direct Reduction Iron (DRI) are the main raw materials for melting in the
Induction Furnace. The scrap brought into the steel melting shop by Tipper / Dumpers /
Trucks and unloaded in the closed scrap yard, whereas, Sponge Iron from DRI Plant will
be conveyed in hooded conveyors to the Steel Melting Shop.
From the stock yard bins in the Melting Bay EOT cranes will load the scrap in to a scrap
bucket which will be charged in to the Induction Furnace by EOT Crane. The first charge
will be of light scrap + cast iron pieces of about 3 T followed by DRI to be fed in 2-3
installments. The balance of heavy scrap is charged towards the end of the heat.
The Induction Furnaces are Melting Units. The heat and stirring in a coreless Induction
Furnace is caused by magnetic forces which result from the interaction of the electrical
current flowing in the induction coil and in the molten bath itself melts the metal and
can increase the bath temp. to required temperature of 1600°C to 1650°C. Slag formed
is taken out in the process.
The first charge of 3 T will consist of scrap and cast iron pieces only. DRI will be fed in
two or three installments. Frequent deslagging will be done to take the slag out. A
mechanical poker is provided to compact the scrap during feeding and to avoid the
formation of a bridge. The mix used is shredded scrap, HMS, Cast Iron and coal based
DRI. Induction Furnace liquid steel output quality is dependent on the quality of charge
mix.
There will be 2 x 40 T Electric Induction Furnaces and 1 x 30 T Electric Induction Furnace.

The tapping temperature is maintained to approx. 1620°C. The final chemistry of Liquid
Metal from the induction furnace is:


5-20
C P S Temp.
0.30 max. 0.070 max 0.05 max. 1620 Deg.C
One heat in one Induction Furnace is estimated to take approximately 85-90 minutes on
an average, which thus will result in 16-17 heats per day per furnace, to produce
600000 TPA with the Induction Furnace Capacity of 2 x 40 T & 1 x 30 T.
Slag handling
The slag generated during melting will be to the extent of 10%. De-slagging will be done
by tilting the Induction Furnace forward during the process while the power is reduced to
a minimum for 1-2 min. During the process of deslagging by forward tilting will be done 5
- 6 times every heat. The slag will fall into in a slag box parked below the Induction
Furnace. The slag pot capacity will be 10 T to take care of the slag of each heat. The slag
pot will be lifted by the EOT crane and either be emptied in a dumper or at the end of the
bay. From there the slag will be taken to the slag dumping area.
Billet Casting
Liquid steel from ladle furnace is now placed in the Turret of the Continuous Casting
Machine. The Turret shall be moved and positioned over the tundish into which the liquid
steel will flow. From the tundish the liquid steel will flow into the mould which shapes
and forms the billet. The required starting ladle temperature for the manufacture of billet
for TMT rebars, wire rod, rounds, structural / grade at the CCM is about 1650° C.
The hot billet goes through a water spray cooling chamber and comes to a straightening
cum withdrawal machine which is a set of individually driven rollers with hydraulically
pressed rollers.
The withdrawal machine also varies the speed of the billet to keep the level of the mould
constant as the steel flow into it varies as the metering nozzle erodes with time. After
the withdrawal machine is the oxy-fuel cutting machine which cuts the billets into 6 m /
12 m length.
The billet by the time it reaches the cutting machine has no liquid core. The billets of the
2 strands then come out onto a run out roller table and go into the run-in roller table.
The Hot Billet of 200 Sq.mm and 6/12 metre length is fed to the Rolling Mill.


5-21
5.7.3 ROLLING MILL
The DRI – IF – CCM – RM route is considered for the plant under consideration, which is
suitably supported by the Captive Power Plant. The main technological facilities in
different processing steps for production of rolled products in DRI-SMS-RM route are as
follows.
S.No Processing step Technological facility

1. Iron making Direct Reduction Plant
2. Steel making Induction Furnace
3. Casting Billet Caster
4. Rolling of Billets/ Blooms Rolling Mill
The Billets from Steel Melting Shop at a temperature of about 1050 OC – 1250OC
(depending upon grade of Steel being rolled) are discharged by an Ejector and fed to
different rolling mills to produce required size of finished products.
The rolled product after last stand is transferred to Turnover Cooling Bed and cut to
specified length and after Quality inspection and requisite Color Coding, bundling etc. is
shifted to dispatch section.
5.7.4 CAPTIVE POWER PLANT
Process Description (WHRB)
The process of sponge iron making by the DRI route produces a large quantity of flue
furnace gas. About 20000 N.Cu.m of flue gas with a calorific value of 900 K.Cal/N.Cu.m
will be generated per ton of hot metal produced. It is estimated to generate about 32
tons per hour of steam, which inturn generates about 8000 KW power per kiln, and
Hence total Power Generated for 2-kilns together will be 16 MW.


5-22
PROCESS FLOW - WHRB
16.0 MW
STEAM
FLUE GAS
STEAM GENERATOR
WHRB TURBINE
FROM ROTARY
KILN
FLUE GAS
&
AIR
DOLOCHAR/COAL
WATER A
I AIR
R
P
R AIR COOLED
E CONDENSOR
H
E
A DEAERATOR
T
FLUE GAS TO
E CHIMNEY THROUGH
R ID FAN


5-23
CFBC (Circulating Fluidized Bed Combustion) Boiler
The proposed captive power plant will have a power generating capacity of 16 MW
(16000 units per hour). This power plant is of regenerative cycle design and mainly
consists of steam generator and auxiliaries with Dolochar as Main Fuel & Coal as
auxiliary feed, regenerative feed heat system with condensing steam turbine and
auxiliaries and all other equipment associated.
The heat energy available in the fuels is used to produce steam at 95 ata; 515 Deg C in
the water tube boiler. The heat energy present in the steam is used to drive the steam
turbine. The turbine and the AC generator are coupled together either directly or through
a gear box. Hence, as the turbine rotates, the heat energy is converted into mechanical
energy which in turn is converted into electrical energy in the AC generator.
The main components of CFBC based Power Plant are
a. Boiler
b. Turbine Generator
c. Fuel and Ash Handling System
d. Air Cooled Condenser for Main Condensate & Auxiliary Cooling
e. Water Treatment Plant
f. Electricals
g. Power Evacuation Equipments
Boiler:
64 tph, 95 ata, Circulating Fluidized Bed Combustion Boiler with single furnace outdoor
with full steel structure, air cooled, membrane wall, high-temperature steam cooled
volute type cyclone separator, natural air circulation and balanced ventilation for gas and
air system.
The steam generator for the proposed power plant will have a boiler working under
Circulating Fluidized Bed Combustion (CFBC) principle. The fluidized bed is a system in
which a gas, distributed by a distributor plate or grid, is blown through solids creating a
“fluidized state”. A sufficient gas velocity is employed to create a vigorous, well mixed
system, which behaves much like boiling water. Due to excellent solid mixing, high heat
transfer rate and mass transfer rates are achieved in a fluidized bed Two (2) 100%

5-24
capacity horizontal multistage, barrel casing centrifugal type, boiler feed pumps, driven
by electric motors, are envisaged. Each pump would supply feed water to the boiler
through the high pressure heaters and feed control station. Inlet feed water temperature
to economiser inlet shall be 210 Deg.C.
Boiler feed water first enter into the economizer inlet header then go through horizontal
economizer bundles, outlet header, connection pipe, drum water zone, and then go to
downcomer.
Economizer shall be non-steam type with bare tube heating surface. Connection between
flue gas duct and economizer shall be expansion joint type. The tubes shall be
configured in line.
The air-preheater is horizontal type. They are arranged at back end of the boiler
connected with gas duct, bifurcated into two (2) air heaters namely primary &
secondary.
The dust in the flue gas shall be reduced to below 30 mg /Nm3, by using an Electro
Static Precipitator (ESP). The flue gas coming out of the ESP is vented to the atmosphere
through single RCC chimney of57mtsheight.
Steam Turbine:
The turbine uses the heat energy available in the steam to produce mechanical energy
which in turn drives the alternator to produce electricity. The steam coming out of the
turbine is condensed using air cooled condensers. The condensate thus produced is
pumped back to the boiler.
Steam turbine shall be 16 MW rating, 6000 RPM single cylinder, horizontally split,
multivalve, multi-stage extraction cum condensing steam turbine with controlled
extractions for regenerative feed heating and steam sealing. The turbine will be designed
to suit the main steam parameters before emergency stop valve of turbine and
exhausting against condenser back pressure of 0.17 ata. The turbo-generator set is
designed for a maximum throttle steam flow at turbine valve wide open (V.W.O)
condition of 110% turbine rating condition.


5-25
Turbine receives the steam supply through stop valves and governing valves. Exhaust
annulus will be sized for an acceptable exhaust steam velocity.
The turbine auxiliaries comprise of seals, governor, turning gear, turning gear oil pump
set, turbine oil system along with centrifuge and vapor extractor with coolers, lube oil
and seal oil systems with coolers.
All essential controls and safety interlocks shall be provided along with a fully automatic
gland sealing system.
The turbine exhaust steam shall be condensed in radial type (transverse to turbine axis)
air cooled condenser. Condensate from the condensate storage tank shall be pumped
back to deaerator by means of condensate extraction pumps through ejectors & gland
steam condenser.
The Generator is a 16000 KW, 6000 rpm, 11 KV, 0.8 pf (lag) brushless type AC
Generator with exciter and bottom mounted coolers.
Fuel & Ash Handling System:
Dolochar& coal is the fuel used. It is envisaged that coal would be received by dedicated
road trucks. Dolochar&Coal will be discharged into the respective below ground hoppers
and is fed to crusher.
The limestone will be unloaded and stored in the limestone stockyard and is discharged
into the limestone hopper, which in turn is fed into the limestone belt conveyor. Then,
the limestone belt conveyor feed the limestone into limestone storage silo near boiler.
Necessary dust suppression system to the coal unloading above ground hoppers willl be
provided.
Capacity of the unloading, crushing system will be to meet peak Dolochar/coal usage.
Dolochar/Coal unloaded into below ground hoppers, will be evacuated by the respective
belt conveyor and fed on to the distribution belt conveyor in the crusher house. There is
also a provision of chutes for bypassing the crushers and screens directly into the belt

5-26
conveyor. In the Crusher House, the distribution belt conveyor shall feed either of the
Primary Screens to screen out (-) 6 mmDolochar / coal present in the feed with the help
of diverter chutes. After primary screening, the (-) 6mm coal is directly fed into the belt
conveyor. Whereas, the Dolochar/coal of size above 6 mm from the Primary Screens
shall be fed to the Crushers for crushing it down to (-) 6 mm size. There are Secondary
Screens available after the Crushers to screen out (-) 6mm Dolochar/coal after crushing.
The Dolochar/coal of size, above 6 mm, after secondary screens, shall be fed into the
recycling conveyor. The Dolochar / coal from recycling conveyor is recycled back to the
belt conveyor in the Transfer Tower. Now, the Dolochar / coal of size (-) 6mm after
Secondary Screens are fed directly into the belt conveyor going to boiler.
The screened / crushed Dolochar / coal from the belt conveyor is conveyed upto the
Transfer Tower. From transfer tower, the motor operated traveling tripper conveyor is
provided to fill the coal into the respective Dolochar / coal bunkers.
Necessary dust extraction units will be provided on the plough feeders for extracting
dustgenerated during unloading of fuel. DE units shall also be provided for fuel Unloading
Hopper area, Crusher House, Bunkers and Bunker floor.
The fly ash handling system will be designed to collect ash in dry form in fly ash silos
through pneumatic pressure conveying system.
The fly ash collected in ESP hoppers shall be gravity fed into individual ash vessels
provided below each hoppers. Each ash vessel shall be provided with one (1) manual
operated knife type gate valve, one (1) stainless steel expansion bellow, one (1)
pneumatic operated ash intake valve (dome type) etc.
The conveying air will be vented to atmosphere through bag filters mounted on top of
silo.
The conveying air required for the system shall be drawn from conveying air
compressors. The instrument air required for the operation of various valves will be
drawn from the plant instrument air service.
The air required for fluidizing ESP hoppers and fly ash silos for establishing free flow of
ash into ash vessels, fly ash silos will be provided. Two (2) Fluidizing Air Blowers (one
working & one standby) with one air heater will be provided.


5-27
One number fly ash silos in RCC construction, having a storage capacity of 150 M³ to
store fly ash generated from CFBC Boilers will be provided.
Fly ash silos shall be provided with two (2) outlets - one for disposal of ash in
conditioned form into open trucks through ash conditioner and other for disposal of fly
ash in dry form to closed container trucks through telescopic unloading spout.
The bed ash generated in CFBC boiler will be collected in water cooled surge hoppers
installed directly below the bed ash cooler outlet. From the surge hoppers, the bed ash
will be fed to the scrapper conveyor, which is located below the bed ash hoppers. The
scrapper conveyor feeds to vibrating screen, which is located in the transfer house
outside the boiler house. The vibrating screen deck separates the bed material of size
between (+) 1mm and (-) 6mm. The bed material is collected and transported through
the bucket elevator, which discharges the same into the bed material storage silo,
located in the boiler bunker house.
The bed ash of large lump size are fed into the clinker grinder located in the transfer
house for crushing it down to (-) 10mm size.
Further conveying of bed ash from clinker grinder to bottom ash silo shall be carried out
by the belt conveyors.
One (1) bed ash silo in RCC construction, having a storage capacity of 40 M³ to store
bed ash generated from CFBC Boiler will be provided.
The bed ash silo will be provided with two (2) out lets one for unloading bed ash in
conditioned form to open trucks through ash conditioner and other one with blind flange
for future use.


5-28
Process Flow Diagram
Fuel Boiler
~
Boiler Blow Turbine
To PRDS
down
Extraction Steam
GENERATOR
Air Cooled
Condenser
Boiler Feed
Pump
CEP
Deaerator
DM Plant
Raw
Regenerant
Water
DM Plant
Tank
Neutralization
Tank


5-29
5.8 HAZARD IDENTIFICATION & SAFETY PRECAUTION
5.8.1 INTRODUCTION
Hazard & Risk Identification are of paramount importance to ensure safety of people
within & surrounding areas of the plant., equipment & the surrounding environment. A
vital tool to minimise the chances of any occurrence of unto ward incidents or accidents
which can lead to hazardous situation. Hence, the primary objective in this present study
is to identify the causes, which can lead to deviation from the intended process, & thus
could result in hazards or operability problems. Therefore, the plant systems including
use/storage of raw materials & process operations were analysed to derive the probable
scenarios causing hazard.
Risk Management can be done in 2- ways
Risk = Hazard x Exposure
The present plant process uses major raw material such as Iron Ore Pellet/Iron-Ore,
Coal and MS Scrap, and transportation of these raw materials through conveyors to the
process equipment‟s. The major processes involved are oxidation of Iron-Ore Pellet/Iron
Ore in the presence of Coal/Air to produce Sponge Iron, the Sponge Iron thus produced
is fed along with M S Scraps to produce Molten Metal. The Molten Metal is then
transferred through Ladle to the Billet Casters. The hot Billets are then rolled into various
Steel Rolled Products.
The probable scenarios of hazard of Major Nature that could occur are
- Spontaneous Fire of Coal at the Stock Yard

- Serious Injury & Accident due to Malfunction in Material Handling System
- Serious Accident due to Molten Metal Coming in Contact with water
- Rupture in Refractory & Molten Metal coming in contact with Induction Coil
causing serious Injury
- Explosive Material in M S Scrap can cause Serious Accident


5-30
5.8.2 IDENTIFICATION OF HAZARD& RISK
S.N0 CAUSES CONSEQUENCES SAFEGUARDS RECOMMENDATIONS

STORAGE & TRANSPORTATION
1.0 Coal Stored beyond a certain height Fire & Dust Water Sprinklers Coal stock Height < 1.6 m
2.0 Finer Particles of Coal Fire & Dust Constant Water Sprinkling
3.0 Finer Particles of Iron Ore Dust Constant Water Sprinkling
4.0 Dry Coal & Higher Ambient Temperature Fire & Dust Constant Water Sprinkling
5.0 Wrong Line up of Coal Conveyor instead of Iron Ore Quality of the Product & Affect Constant Control on
6.0 Wrong Line up of Iron Ore Conveyor instead of Coal Process Operations Material Movement
7.0 Jamming of Conveyor belt Breakage & Physical Injury or Regular Maintenance &
Damage to Electrical Check
Systems& Injury
8.0 Conveyor Motor Malfunction/Failure Rupture Fall & Injury Regular Maintenance &
Check & Provision of
Standby
9.0 Breakage of Conveyor Belt Physical Injury or Damage to Regular Maintenance &
Electrical SYSTEMS & Injury Check
10.0 Conveyor being Overloaded Rupture , Breakage & Injury Provision of sensors
11.0 Mis-alignment of Crane/Conveyor Injury to workers Provision of PLC Control
12.0 Damage of Crane Ropes Fall of material & Injury to Regular Maintenance &
workers Check
13.0 Over Load of Crane Injury to workers Provision of sensors
14.0 Malfunction of Lifting Motor in the Crane Sudden Failure & Injury to Regular Maintenance &
workers Check & Provision of
Standby
15.0 Crane Operator Error Injury to workers Training of Operators
16.0 Limiting Failure of Gantry Crane Damage to structure Injury to Provision of sensors
workers because of falling
objects
17.0 Malfunction of Silo Hopper Valve – Iron Ore Overloading & Failure of Provision of PLC Control
Handling System & Damage
to Material & Men
18.0 Malfunction of Silo Hopper Valve – Coal Overloading & Failure of Provision of PLC Control
Handling System & Damage

5-31
to Material & Men

19.0 Malfunction of Silo Weight Feeder -Iron Ore Affect the quality of product Provision of PLC Control
20.0 Malfunction of Silo Weight Feeder –Coal Provision of PLC Control
MOLTEN METAL TRANSFER

21.0 Over Filling of Ladle Spillage & Injury to Workers Training of Operators
22.0 Crane Rope Damage Injury to Workers Regular Maintenance &
Check
23.0 Damaged Ladle Hot Molten Metal Leakage & Regular Maintenance &
Injury to workers Check
24.0 Rail Damage in Ladle Crane System Falling Objects or Molten Regular Maintenance &
Metal & Injury to workers Check
25.0 Operator Error Hot Molten Metal Falling on Training of Operators
the Workers
26.0 Presence of earlier batch Material in the Ladle Accidental spillage & Hurting Proper SOP & Training of
the Workers Operators
27.0 Presence of Water Around Molten Metal Handling Explosion & Fatal Accident Proper SOP & Training of
Operators
28.0 Inadvertent Touching of Hot Billet By workers Burns & Serious Injury Proper SOP & Training of
Operators
29.0 Malfunctioning of Hydraulic System in Electric Induction Spillage of Hot Molten Metal & Provision of PLC Control &
Furnace Serious Injury Regular Maintenance &
Check
30.0 Malfunctioning of Electric Induction Furnace Tilting Provision of PLC Control
ROTARY KILN
31.0 Higher Temperature in Kiln Thyristor Based
32.0 Lower Temperature in the Kiln Affect the Quality of Product Temperature Sensor
33.0 Higher Coal to Air Ratio Provision of Online

34.0 Lower Coal to Air Ratio Flow Meters
35.0 Blockage in Exhaust Line Provision of Manometer

36.0 Rupture in Exhaust Line Regular Maintenance &
Check


5-32
37.0 Incompatible Material with Raw Material Regular Maintenance &

Check
38.0 Higher Feed Rate of Coal
39.0 Higher Feed Rate of Iron Ore
40.0 Lower Feed Rate of Coal
41.0 Lower Feed Rate of Iron Ore Provision of Online
42.0 Higher Primary Air Feed Rate Flow Meters
43.0 Lower Primary Air Feed Rate

44.0 Higher Secondary Air Feed Rate
45.0 Lower Secondary Air Feed Rate
46.0 Higher RPM of the Kiln Provision of Speed
47.0 Lower RPM of the Kiln Moderators
48.0 Malfunction of Kiln Provision of PLC Control Implementation of Rigid

where ever feasible & SOP
Regular Maintenance &
Check
49.0 Damage of Coal Injection System Provision of Online Flow
Meter
50.0 Malfunction of Temperature Indicator
51.0 Malfunction of Temperature Control System Daily Calibration
ELECTRIC INDUCTION FURNACE

52.0 Explosive Material in MS Scrap Serious & Fatal Accident Stringent Inspection &
Control
53.0 Moisture in MS Scrap Explosion & Serious Accident Storage in Closed Shed Stringent Inspection &
Control
54.0 Induction Coil Damage Short Circuit & Fire Provision of Sensor
Control
55.0 Entry of Cooling Water into Molten Metal Explosion & Serious Accident Provision of Leak
Detectors
56.0 Short Circuit in Induction Furnace Fire Explosion & Serious Provision of Globage
Accident Leak Detectors & Circuit

5-33
Breakers
57.0 Higher Rate of Cooling Water Affect Melting Process
58.0 LowerRate of Cooling Water Provision of Online Flow
Meters
59.0 Malfunctioning of Temperature Indicator Daily Calibration
60.0 Malfunctioning of Temperature Control System
61.0 Damage in Refractory Lining Molten Metal Leaking into Regular Maintenance &
62.0 Rupture in Refractory Induction Coil & Serious/Fatal Check & Use of High
Accident Quality Ramming Mass
Consisting of Boron
GENERAL MAINTENANCE
63.0 Unsafe Disposal of Oil Waste Fire & Cause Pollution to Soil Proper Collection Storage
& Ground Water & Disposal


5-34
6 SITE DETAILS
6.1 SITE JUSTIFICATION
6.1.1 LOCATION
The proposed project site is located at Survey Nos.91 to 95 & 97 to 103 of

Amirthamangalam Village Gummidipoondi Taluk, Thiruvallur District in Tamil Nadu. The
Location of proposed project site is as shown in the following Index Map / HRS Map
&Topo Map of Survey of India.


6-1
6.1.2 GOOGLE MAP – PLANT BOUNDARY


6-2
6.1.3 COORDINATES OF PROPOSED PROJECT SITE
The Latitude and Longitude of the project site is as follows.
Coordinates of the Proposed Project Site


6-3
6.1.3.1 SATELLITE IMAGERY OF STUDY AREA


6-4
6.1.4 SURVEY OF INDIA TOPO SHEET
The study area (10 Km Radius from the project site boundary) lies in between Latitudes
13°19‟05”N and 13°18‟05”N and Longitude 77°58‟50”E and 80°08‟05”E and forms part
of the Survey of India Toposheet Nos. 66-C/03 and 57-O/15.
The Project site falls in 66-C/03.


6-5
6.1.4.1 SURVEY OF INDIA TOPO SHEET – 5 KM RADIUS


6-6
6.1.4.2 ALTERNATE SITES
At the time of approval of Terms of Reference(TOR), EAC had then sought the following
“Alternative Site Analysis shall be carried out and included in the Pre-Feasibility Report”
The alternate sites considered & reasons for rejection were also enunciated, upon which
the present proposed site was approved,
ALTERNATE SITES CONSIDERED

LOCATION REASON FOR REJECTION
Sunnambukklam Near Pulicat Lake ESZ
Uranambedu Near Buckingham Canal
The location of these alternate sites is as follows


6-7
Alternate Site-1


6-8
Alternate Site 2


6-9
6.1.5 PLANT LAYOUT


6-10
6.1.6 SITE PHOTO GRAPHS

SOUTH SIDE OF THE SITE
CENTRE OF THE SITE
NORTH SIDE OF THE SITE


6-11
6.1.7 LAND USAGE
The proposed unit will be located at S.Nos. 91 to 95 & 97 to 103 Amirthamangalam

Village, Gummidipoondi Taluk, Thiruvallur Dt. Tamil Nadu.
The land area acquired for the proposed plant is 17.321 Ha. (42.8 Acres).
The entire land identified for the plant is dry agricultural land, and is a permanent fallow
land devoid of any water bodies, settlement, forest and hence free of any rehabilitation&
resettlement.
The land is entirely acquired & privately owned by the proponent.
The details of Study Area are as follows.
6.1.7.1 Built-up Land Area
It is defined as an area of human settlements composed of houses, commercial complex,

transport, communication lines, utilities, services, places of worships, recreational areas,
industries etc. Depending upon the nature and type of utilities and size of habitations,
residential areas can be aggregated into villages, towns and cities. All the man-made
construction covering land belongs to this category. The built- up area in 10 km radius
from the proposed project site is as follows.
Sl.No Land use Area in Percentage

Sq.km
1 Built-up Land (Rural / Urban / Industry) 25.36 7.92
The built-up land (Rural / Urban / Industry) occupies 7.92 %

6.1.7.2 Agricultural land
This category includes the land utilized for crops, vegetables, fodder and fruits. Existing
cropland and current fallow land are included in this category.
It is described as an area under agricultural tree crops, planted adopting certain

agricultural management techniques. The Agricultural land in 10 km radius from the
proposed project site is as follows.
Sl.No Land use Area in Sq.Km Percentage

1 Crop Land 150.96 47.12
2 Plantation 40.36 12.60
3 Fallow Land 13.19 4.12
Of all the agricultural lands, Crop land occupies maximum of 47.12 % area within 10 km
radius, and are rain fed dry agricultural lands

6-12
6.1.7.3 Forest Land
These are the areas bearing an association predominantly of trees and other vegetation
types (within the forest boundaries) capable of producing timber and other forest
produce. The study area of 10 km buffer comprises of forest plantation, forest blanks
and scrub forest,

1 Forest Plantation 13.82 4.31
6.1.7.4 Wasteland
Wastelands are the degraded or under-utilized lands most of which could be brought
under productive use with proper soil and water management practices. Wasteland
results from various environmental and human factors.
The land, which is outside the forest boundary and not utilized for cultivation. Land with
or without scrub usually associated with shallow, stony, rocky otherwise non-arable
lands.
The Wasteland in 10 km radius from the proposed project site is as below.

1 Land with Scrub 42.45 13.25
2 Land without Scrub 9.54 2.98
2 Salt affected Land 0.06 0.02
3 Mines / Quarry 0.12 0.04
6.1.7.5 Water bodies
The category comprises area of surface water, either impounded in the form of ponds,
reservoirs or flowing as streams, rivers and canals. River cater channel is inland
waterways used for irrigation and for flood control.

1 Water Bodies – Tank, River, Canal 24.50 7.65


6-13
The study reveals that the following major land use in the study area of 10 km radius
from the project boundary
 The Crop land occupies majority of the study area

 In the agricultural land (Crop Land- 47.12 %) occupies majority of the area.
 About 4.12 % of the land occupies fallow land
 The project site is falls partly in Fallow land and partly in crop land, which is
mainly rainfed dry agricultural land.
Different Land use classes around 10 km radius from the project site


6-14
6.1.7.6 LAND USE MAP


6-15
6.1.8 MAJOR INDUSTRIES WITHIN 10KM RADIUS
The area has 2-Major Industrial Estates developed by the State Government of
Tamilnaduie SIPCOT (State Industrial Promotion Corporation of Tamilnadu) and houses
predominantly Industries such as Steel, Metal, Power, Tyre, Auto & Auto Component,
Engineering and few metallurgical industries.
Of the 2-SIPCOT Industrial Estates, one estate ieGummidipoondi is located 5KM North
East to the present proposed site & the other estate ieThervoykandigai is located 6Km
South West of the present proposed site
Gummidipoondi Taluk also house the first Toxic Solid Disposal Facility of TNPCB/CPCB
in Tamilnadu.
The prominent Industries in the Study are
 J R Metal Chennai Ltd, (Steel Plant) – Exisiting Plant under Operation adjacent to
the Project Site;
 Michelin India Pvt. Ltd, (Automobile Tyres);
 SKI Carbon Black Pvt. Ltd, (Carbon Black);
 SRF Limited, (Thapar Du pont);
 Suryadev Alloys & Power Pvt Ltd, (Steel Plant with Power Plant);
 OPG Power Generation Pvt Ltd;
 Tulsyan NEC Limited, (Power Plant);
 TCP Limited, (Power Plant);
 Kavery Power Generation Chennai Pvt Ltd, (Power Plant);
 Bhatia Coke & Energy Ltd, (Cove Oven Plant);
 ARS Metals Pvt Ltd, (Steel & Power Plant);
 Tulsyan NEC Ltd (Steel Plant);
 Surana Industries, (Surana Metals & Steels (I) Ltd);
 JKM Ferrotech Ltd, (SanmarFerrotech);
 AachiMasala,(Food);
 Greaves Cotton Ltd, (Asmorax India (P) Ltd);
 KTV Oil;
 LeitnerShriram (Dyna Lamps & Glass Work Ltd), (Madras Lamps);
 Tamilnadu Edible Oil Mills Ltd;


6-16
6.1.9 GEOLOGICAL FEATURES
The district is underlain by both porous and fissured formations. The important aquifer
systems in the district are constituted by i) unconsolidated & semi-consolidated
formations and ii) weathered, fissured and fractured crystalline rocks.
The porous formations in the district include sandstones and clays of Jurassicage (Upper
Gondwana), marine sediments of Cretaceous age, Sandstones of Tertiary age and
Recent alluvial formations.
Geology map of Tiruvallur District is given below:
The Study area underlined by the following geological formation:
Black silty clayBrown Silt
Coarse Sand with Rock FragmentsLaterite
Sand (Channel Bar / Point bar)Sandstone
THE PROJECT SITE FALL UNDER LATERITE FORMATION


6-17
6.1.9.1 GEOLOGICALMAP


6-18
6.1.10 HYDROLOGY & DRAINAGE
6.1.10.1 GROUND WATER
Ground water in Tiruvallur District occurs underphreatic to semi-confined conditions in

the inter-granular pore spaces in sandstones and the bedding planes and thin fractures
in shales. In thearea underlain by Cretaceous sediments, ground water development is
rather poor due to the rugged nature of the terrain and the poor quality of theformation
water. Quaternary formations comprising mainly sands, clays andgravels are confined to
major drainage courses in the district. Alluvium, which forms a good aquifer system
along the AraniyarandKorattalaiyar river bed which is one of the major sources of water
supply tourban areas of Chennai city and also to the industrial units.
Ground water generally occurs under phreatic conditions in the weatheredmantle and
under semi-confined conditions in the fissured and fracturedzones at deeper levels. The
thickness of weathered zone in the district is inthe range of 2 to 12 m. The depth of the
wells ranged from 8.00 to 15.00 mbgl.Theyield of large diameter wells tapping the
weathered mantle of crystallinerocks ranges from 100 to 500 lpm and are able to sustain
pumping for 2 to 6hours per day.The yield of bore wells drilled down to a depth of 50 to
60 m ranges from 20 to400 lpm.
Ground water occurs under water table condition in the weathered mantle in the study
area of 10 radius from the project boundary. The occurrence and movement are
controlled by the primary and secondary porosity of the sedimentary and hard rock
formations. Ground water is transmitted through fractures, fissured and joints of hard
crystalline formations in the project site area. These crystalline formations are
impervious in nature and have developed secondary porosity. Ground water level data
for a monitoring well collected from CGWB located in Gummidipoondi indicates that the
deepest water level is 6.8 metre bgl and shallowest water level is 0.8 metrebgl. The
season wise ground water level data collected for Gummidipoondi monitoring well is
given below.


6-19
The occurrence of ground water in the study area (10 km radius) has been studied in
detail by collecting the water level from 15 well (borewells). The depth of the wells
ranges from 12 m to 65 m. The ground water levels are collected from the bore wells.
At the time of the collection of ground water level the yield of the wells has been
recorded by oral enquiry. The ground water levels vary between 8.6 to 19.2 m bgl and
yield of the wells varies between 40 to 120 liters / minutes. At the time of field visit
during the post monsoon, the local people were enquired about the water level
fluctuation in the observed wells during the pre monsoon period. Based on the details
collected Ground water level contours have been constructed.


6-20
6.1.10.1.1 GROUND WATER LEVEL
The ground water level zone clearly depicts that the water level varies between 8.6 to
19.2 m. The ground water level zone map shows that the water level ranging between
11-14 m occupies majority of the area. The project site is located in 8-11 m zone.
The ground water level zone map is as presented in


6-21
6.1.10.1.2 MOVEMENT OF GROUND WATER
The movement of ground water is controlled by the hydraulic conductivity of the aquifer
and hydraulic gradient. In study area the hydraulic conductivity is mainly based on the
primary and secondary porosity. The homogeneity of the weathered zone and the
sedimentary plays a vital role in the movement of the ground water. In the study area
the formations are both homogeneous and heterogeneous in nature. Based on the water
level data the ground water table has been constructed for the Pre and Post monsoon
periods. The ground water table contour depicts that the flow is in the east during both
the seasons. The hydraulic gradient in the project site is moderate to high and
has been observed as 5.2 m/Km.Seep ground water gradient is observed in the
western side of the study area which indicates over pumping in the western part.
The ground water table constructed for the study area is


6-22


6-23
6.1.10.2 PHYSIOGRAPHY
Physio graphically the study area is plain terrain with moderately high elevation in the
South western side of the study area (10 Km radius).
The major part of the area is characterised by plain topography with innumerable
depressions, which were used as irrigation tanks.
The Project site exhibits plain terrain.
The minimum and maximum elevation of the study area (10 km radius) is 4 and 55 m
AMSL (Above Mean Sea Level) respectively
The Project site is located about 20 – 22 m AMSL (above mean sea level).
The Physiographic map of the study area and Digital elevation Model are


6-24
6.1.10.2.1 PHYSIOGRAPHY MAP


6-25
6.1.10.2.2 DIGITAL ELEVATION MODEL – STUDY AREA


6-26
6.1.10.3 RAINFALL
The climate of the study area is warm and temperate. The rainfall during North-East
Monsoon far exceeds that during South-West Monsoon. The minimum and maximum
temperature are 21°C & 37°C. Theday-time heat is oppressive and the temperature is as
high as 43°C.
The study area receives fairly good amount of rainfall during Northeast
monsoon. 25 years rainfall collected for the Tiruvallur District is presented
below:


6-27


6-28
From the monthly average rainfall for the past 25 years, it is clear that the North East
monsoon is effective in the study area. Out of 25 years, 16 years the study area
received below normal rainfall. The highest rainfall is 2019.3 mm (2015) and lowest
rainfall is 733.4 mm (2018) in the past 25 years. The season wise rainfall of the study
area is as follows:
Period Rainfall in mm Percentage

Winter Period (January to February) 18.4 1.6
Summer Period (March – May) 88.0 7.4
South west Monsoon (June to September) 448.9 38.0
North east Monsoon (October to December) 626.5 53.0
Annual Average Rainfall 1181.8 100
6.1.10.4 DRAINAGE PATTERN
Araniyar, Korattalayar, Cooum, Nagari and Nandhi are the important rivers in Tiruvallur
District.The drainage pattern, in general, is dendritic. All the rivers are seasonal andcarry
substantial flows during monsoon period.Korattaliar river water is supplied to
Cholavaram and Red Hill tanks byconstructing an Anaicut at Vellore Tambarambakkam.
After filling a number oftanks on its further course, the river empties into the Ennore
creek a fewkilometres north of Chennai.TheCooum river, flowing across the southern
part of the district, has its originin the surplus waters of the Cooum tank in Tiruvallur
taluk and also receivesthe surplus waters of a number of tanks. It feeds the
Chembarambakkamtank through a channel. It finally drains into the Bay of Bengal.
There is no major reservoir with in 10 km radius from the project site. The surface
water flow pattern indicates the study area is distrubed and the surface water flow
towards the depressions (water bodies). The Araniyar River flows in the South / South
East part within 10 km radius of the project site.
However, there is a pond at north adjacent to the proposed project site and the
natural drain across the site will all be lined with PCC walls to allow the natural
movement of run off.
The drainage pattern of the study area is


6-29
6.1.10.4.1 DRAINAGE MAP


6-30
6.1.11 GEOMORPHOLOGY & STRUCTURE
The land forms / geomorphic units and structures such as fractures, fissures and faults
have been interpreted from the recent satellite image. All the landform / geomorphic
units and structures occurring in the study area are mapped. The geomorphology and
structures of the area plays the vital role in identifying the ground water potential zones.
The prominent geomorphic units identified in the district through interpretationof
Satellite imagery are 1) Alluvial Plain, 2) Old River Courses 3) Coastalplains 4) Shallow &
deep buried Pediments, 5) Pediments and 6) StructuralHills.
The straight trend of the coastal tract is resultant of development of vastalluvial plains.
There are a number of dunes in the coastal tract.
The following geomorphic units have been interpreted using the satellite images within
10 km radius of the project site boundary.
1. Active Flood Plain

2. Younger Coastal Plain
3. Older Deltaic Plain
4. Older Flood Plain
5. Pediplain
6. Pediment
Active Flood plain, Younger Coastal plain, older flood plain older deltaic plain are good in
ground water occurrence and movement. Howerver, the quality of deeper aquifer in the
coastal land forms are not potable. The Project site is located in Pediplain which has
moderate to high ground water potential.
Apart from the above there are fracture system occur in and around the project site.
The fractures are the good ground water conduit. High yielding bore wells expected in
the intersection of fractures. In the western site there is promising fracture systems. It
is also observed that there is promising fracture aquifer within 1km from the project
boundary.


6-31


6-32
6.2 REHABILITATION AND RESETTLEMENT (R&R) PLAN
The proposed plant will be located in an area of 17.321 ha. (42.8 Acres), which is Dry
unclassified land. The Land is barren unused at present. Topography is Plain. It is vacant
land, and there are no rehabilitation and resettlement or land oustees, andthe land
is fully owned by M/s. J. R. Metal Chennai Ltd.
6.3 CONCLUSION
 The land site for the proposed project is a
- Permanent Fallow Land

- A Plain Land devoid of vegetation
- Free of settlements & Land Outsees
- A unclassified land as per DTCP
- A Dry Rainfed Agricultural Land
- Free of any Forest Land & Does not entail any de forestation
- Free of any Water Bodies
- Absence of Flood Occurrence over the Last 30-Years
- Devoid of any Mineral Resources
- Outside the purview of Critically Polluted Areas Identified by CPCB
- And is a totally free hold private property of the proponent
 The study area is devoid of any Ecologically and/or otherwise sensitive areas viz.,
- Religious & Historic Place of Significance, Archaeological Monuments,

Scenic Areas, Hill Resorts, Beach Resorts, Health Resorts, Estuarine or
Coastal Areas Consisting of Corals, Mangroves, Breeding Grounds etc.,
Gulf Areas, Bio-Sphere Reserves, National Parks & Sanctuaries, Natural
Lakes & Swamps, Tribal Settlements, Areas of Scientific & Geological
Interest, Defense Installations, Border Areas, & Airports.
 The proposed plant site is devoid of any major system within ½ km form the site
such as
- Transport/Communication System, Flood Plain, Major Settlement etc
 The Reserved Forest Land used for social forestry are
- Manali & Palavakkam Reserve Forest (2.5 KM South of Project Site)


6-33
6.4 LAND OWNERSHIP
The proposed unit will be located at S.Nos. 91 to 95 & 97 to 103 Amirthamangalam

Village, Gummidipoondi Taluk, Thiruvallur Dt. Tamil Nadu and bounded by
13°23‟46.47”N 80°02‟35.89”E
13°23‟54.34”N 80°02‟52.57”E
13°23‟33.33”N 80°02‟51.94”E
13°23‟34.39”N 80°02‟37.14”E
The land area acquired for the proposed plant is 17.321 Ha. (42.8 Acres).
The entire land is Unclassified as per DTCP, and is a Dry Rainfed Agricultural Land.
The entire land is owned by J R Metal Chennai Ltd.


6-34
7 FOREST & WILDLIFE
The proposed plant site does not entail diversion of any forest land, and hence does not
necessitate any permission or approval from the forest department.
The study area of 10 KM radius does not contain any National Parks, Sanctuaries, Bio-
Sphere Reserve, Migratory Corridor of Wild Animals, and hence does not necessitate any
duly authenticated map from Chief Wild Life Warden with respect to project location or
his recommendations/comments etc.
The study area is also devoid of anySchedule I Fauna, and hence does not require Wild
Life Conservation Plan.
However, the study area does consist of Reserve Forest, which is predominantly a social
forest viz.,
MANALI/PALLAVAKKAM RESERVE FOREST (2.5 KM SOUTH OF PROJECT SITE)


7-1
8 BASELINE ENVIRONMENTAL STATUS
8.1 INTRODUCTION
One major component of an Environment Impact Assessment of developmental projects

is the determination, and establishment of datum of the existing environmental status of
the proposed plant site & it‟s surrounding up to a distance pf 10 Km. This is more
relevant to ascertain the existing environmental status & its level of pollution thus
enabling determination of the feasibility of the proposed activity, and further assist
prediction of the incremental pollution load due to the proposed activity, and comparison
of the cumulative pollution load with respect to the permissible standards, regulations &
criteria.
The major environmental attributes in determining the baseline status are Ambient Air
Quality including Meteorology, Ground & Surface Water Quality, Soil Quality, Ambient
Noise Levels, Ecology & Bio-Diversity, Socio-Economic Conditions at & surrounding the
proposed plant site area up to a distance of 10 KM radius.
The baseline data thus established indicates the severity or benign-ness of the existing
environmental conditions for the establishment of the proposed activity. The processes
that generate probable impacts are incorporated with appropriate mitigation measures in
the environmental management plan, and assist the regulatory authorities in taking the
right decision with respect to permissibility of the activity.
It is therefore imperative that the data with respect to baseline status of the
environment is established meticulously, as per the standard methodologies established
by the regulatory authorities, and this report herein attempts to establish the base line
environment status with respect to the present proposed activity.
8.2 MICROMETEOROLOGY
The assimilative capacity of the atmosphere over a place depends on the dilution and
dispersion of pollutants released from the proposed activity. The concentration of
pollutants accumulating at a particular site depends on the meteorological conditions. It
is thus important to Quantify the state of atmosphere (dispersion, transformation &
removal) and sink mechanism (receptor mechanism) of air pollutants, and therefore
require data on Wind, Temperature, Stability, Mixing Height etc. Upon discharge of
pollutants into atmosphere, the pollutants are subject to various physical & chemical
processes such as vertical plume rise due to momentum & buoyancy of discharge,
transport by wind in its direction, diffusion by turbulence etc.
Three seasons (Winter, Summer & Post Monsoon) are generally considered for Baseline
Data Generation, and since Winter Season is considered to be critical, the 3-Months
December 20, 2019 to March 20, 2020 have been considered for the present baseline
data generation.


8-1
8.2.1 LOCATION
Micrometeological Station was set-up near Project Site at an adjacent Steel Plant of the
Same Group as present proposed project ie JR Metal Chennai Limited and the data has
been recorded from this station for the period from 20th December, 2019 to 20th March,
2020.
13°23’19.876”N, 80°02’31.305”E
8.2.2 PERIOD
The study was undertaken during 20th December, 2019 to 20thMarch. 2020.
8.2.3 TEMPERATURE
The maximum temperature recorded during the study period of 20/12/2019 to

20/03/2020 was 33.3C, whereas the minimum temperature for the same period was
19.0C. The average mean maximum temperature recorded during the study period
was 29.7C. The average mean minimum temperature recorded during the study
period was 23.8C.
8.2.4 RELATIVE HUMIDITY
The Relative Humidity during the study period of 20/12/2019 to 20/03/2020varied

between 99% (Max.) to 36% (Min.).
8.2.5 WIND SPEED
The average maximum wind speed recorded during the study period was 3.42 m/s, and
the average minimum wind speed was 1.33 m/s.


8-2
8.2.6 WIND DIRECTION
The predominant wind direction recorded during the study period was from SE/ESE.
The wind rose pertaining to study period as follows


8-3
8.2.7 RAINFALL
Total rainfall recorded during the study period was 57.7 mm.
8.2.8 MIXING HEIGHT
Mixing height was taken from Atlas of Hourly Mixing Height and Assimilative capacity of
Atmosphere in India of India Meteorological Department, New Delhi.


8-4
8.2.9 CONSOLIDATED 90 - DAYS METEOROLOGICALDATA

Location: 13°23‟19.876”N, 80°02‟31.305”E Period : 20th December 2019 to 20th March 2020
Wind Velocity (kmph) Predominant °
Temperature ( C) Relative Humidity (%) Atm. Pr. Rainfall
Date Wind Direction Sky Appearance
Min. Max. Avg. (mm / Hg) (mm)
(From) Min. Max. Avg. Min. Max. Avg.
20.12.2019 4.0 16.0 10.1 NE 25.6 29.3 27.0 76.0 90.0 84.0 758.0 0 Clear
21.12.2019 2.0 17.0 9.0 ENE 23.3 29.1 26.2 70.0 98.0 84.3 758.0 0 Clear
22.12.2019 3.0 15.0 8.1 NE 23.0 29.6 26.4 63.0 95.0 76.6 758.0 0 Clear
23.12.2019 1.0 13.0 7.1 ENE 22.0 28.8 25.4 67.0 95.0 80.3 758.0 0 Clear
24.12.2019 2.0 13.0 7.4 NE 24.8 26.7 26.0 80.0 94.0 88.9 758.0 0 Clear
25.12.2019 2.0 12.0 7.0 NE 23.6 28.7 26.7 73.0 93.0 81.3 758.0 0 Clear
26.12.2019 1.0 10.0 5.1 E 22.4 29.5 25.4 62.0 99.0 83.1 758.0 0 Clear
27.12.2019 2.0 11.0 5.7 ENE 22.3 29.9 25.7 64.0 94.0 80.9 758.0 0 Clear
28.12.2019 1.0 12.0 7.6 NE 23.0 29.4 26.1 68.0 97.0 83.1 758.0 0 Clear
29.12.2019 2.0 13.0 9.2 E 22.9 30.0 26.1 65.0 99.0 85.8 758.0 0 Clear
30.12.2019 1.0 13.8 7.4 ENE 22.8 29.3 25.7 62.0 99.0 85.6 758.0 0 Clear
31.12.2019 7.0 14.0 10.6 ESE 25.6 29.7 27.3 76.0 89.0 84.0 758.0 0 Clear
01.01.2020 1.0 12.0 4.8 NE 24.2 28.1 26.6 81.0 99.0 90.3 758.0 46.0 Rainy
02.01.2020 1.0 10.0 5.6 ESE 23.9 30.7 27.1 73.0 99.0 89.8 758.0 0 Clear
03.01.2020 2.0 10.0 6.1 ESE 24.8 30.9 27.6 71.0 99.0 88.2 758.0 0 Clear
04.01.2020 1.2 11.0 5.7 ESE 25.2 30.8 27.6 72.0 97.0 86.1 758.0 0 Clear
05.01.2020 2.5 12.0 7.1 SE 26.0 30.1 27.7 68.0 92.0 83.9 758.0 0 Clear
06.01.2020 2.4 13.7 7.3 E 24.1 29.3 26.4 71.0 97.0 84.8 758.0 0 Clear
07.01.2020 5.2 14.5 9.9 E 25.5 29.1 26.9 71.0 89.0 80.1 758.0 0 Clear
08.01.2020 1.4 13.6 7.3 E 22.7 28.6 25.6 67.0 90.0 79.6 758.0 0 Clear
09.01.2020 1.4 11.0 4.8 E 21.1 29.2 24.7 62.0 97.0 80.1 758.0 0 Clear
10.01.2020 2.4 13.8 7.4 NE 21.2 29.5 25.2 57.0 95.0 76.2 758.0 0 Clear
11.01.2020 1.3 12.8 7.2 NE 21.8 29.5 25.6 73.0 99.0 85.2 758.0 0 Clear
12.01.2020 1.2 14.5 6.4 NE 23.2 28.8 25.6 68.0 99.0 84.1 758.0 0 Clear
13.01.2020 1.2 11.6 6.6 ENE 21.0 28.8 24.8 60.0 94.0 78.5 758.0 0 Clear
14.01.2020 2.0 9.6 5.4 ENE 19.0 28.8 23.8 52.0 96.0 74.0 758.0 0 Clear
15.01.2020 1.2 9.7 6.3 NE 20.9 29.5 25.3 50.0 92.0 70.3 758.0 0 Clear
16.01.2020 1.6 11.5 6.5 E 21.7 29.9 25.3 52.0 79.0 66.9 758.0 0 Clear
17.01.2020 3.6 12.9 8.8 ENE 21.9 29.2 25.7 68.0 87.0 80.9 758.0 0 Clear
18.01.2020 3.5 9.8 6.5 ENE 25.1 30.0 27.0 68.0 94.0 83.3 758.0 0.9 Rainy
19.01.2020 4.9 9.6 7.2 ENE 25.5 30.4 27.3 60.0 88.0 77.9 758.0 0 Clear
20.01.2020 4.8 10.4 7.8 ENE 22.8 29.8 25.9 59.0 96.0 80.9 758.0 0 Clear


8-5
ABSTRACT OF METEOROLOGICAL DATA (Contd.,)

Temperature ( C) Relative Humidity (%) Atm. Pr. Rainfall Sky
Date Wind Direction
Min Max Avg (mm / Hg) (mm) Appearance
(From) Min Max Avg Min Max Avg
21.01.2020 6.7 11.2 8.7 ENE 21.7 29.8 25.9 63.0 97.0 77.9 758.0 0 Clear
22.01.2020 3.5 9.2 7.5 ENE 23.1 29.5 26.2 65.0 95.0 79.1 758.0 0 Clear
23.01.2020 1.4 12.7 8.0 NE 24.0 29.3 26.4 63.0 88.0 77.3 758.0 0 Clear
24.01.2020 2.5 14.9 10.4 ENE 21.1 29.9 25.0 55.0 97.0 78.3 758.0 0 Clear
25.01.2020 7.5 11.0 9.3 E 20.9 29.9 25.0 58.0 97.0 80.5 758.0 0 Clear
26.01.2020 7.0 14.2 9.8 SE 21.0 30.9 25.4 42.0 96.0 77.4 758.0 0 Clear
27.01.2020 7.2 13.8 9.9 SE 21.4 30.4 25.7 60.0 93.0 78.5 758.0 0 Clear
28.01.2020 9.9 15.1 12.3 SE 22.0 31.6 26.5 56.0 95.0 77.9 758.0 0 Clear
29.01.2020 7.2 13.8 10.2 E 22.7 31.0 26.7 65.0 95.0 81.4 758.0 0 Clear
30.01.2020 8.4 16.3 11.5 SE 22.5 31.0 26.4 63.0 97.0 82.3 758.0 0 Clear
31.01.2020 3.5 12.5 8.4 SE 22.9 31.4 27.0 64.0 95.0 82.0 758.0 0 Clear
01.02.2020 5.1 11.8 8.6 SE 24.3 31.8 27.8 61.0 94.0 80.0 758.0 0 Clear
02.02.2020 3.2 8.1 5.8 SE 24.8 31.2 27.4 61.0 93.0 78.8 758.0 0 Clear
03.02.2020 4.2 9.3 6.9 E 23.6 29.9 26.9 65.0 95.0 80.8 758.0 0 Clear
04.02.2020 5.6 11.3 9.2 E 22.0 30.5 26.9 71.0 97.0 84.0 758.0 1.4 Rainy
05.02.2020 5.6 11.3 9.2 SE 23.0 30.9 26.5 65.0 98.0 83.6 758.0 0 Clear
06.02.2020 5.4 11.4 8.2 SE 22.1 30.9 26.4 65.0 98.0 83.6 758.0 0 Clear
07.02.2020 4.9 10.9 8.7 SE 22.8 31.2 27.2 65.0 95.0 80.9 758.0 0 Clear
08.02.2020 6.2 10.1 8.5 SE 24.2 31.6 27.8 57.0 94.0 78.8 758.0 0 Clear
09.02.2020 3.5 18.4 11.1 SE 24.9 30.0 27.2 70.0 97.0 81.6 758.0 7.4 Rainy
10.02.2020 5.9 12.9 11.1 E 24.9 30.8 27.4 57.0 89.0 74.0 758.0 0 Clear
11.02.2020 2.6 14.1 9.8 NE 24.3 30.8 27.4 68.0 92.0 78.9 758.0 0 Clear
12.02.2020 5.5 14.7 9.8 NE 25.7 29.7 27.3 73.0 90.0 81.2 758.0 0 Clear
13.02.2020 3.4 15.6 9.4 ESE 23.3 31.0 27.0 68.0 96.0 82.9 758.0 0 Clear
14.02.2020 2.5 9.1 6.2 ENE 22.9 32.1 26.9 52.0 97.0 79.3 758.0 0 Clear
15.02.2020 2.2 7.2 5.0 ESE 21.5 32.4 26.2 46.0 97.0 76.0 758.0 0 Clear
16.02.2020 2.6 13.3 9.3 SE 21.0 31.2 26.1 59.0 96.0 77.5 758.0 0 Clear
17.02.2020 2.4 8.6 5.7 ESE 21.4 31.0 26.2 54.0 98.0 75.2 758.0 0 Clear
18.02.2020 3.7 7.8 6.8 SE 21.7 31.0 26.0 57.0 96.0 79.3 758.0 0 Clear


8-6
ABSTRACT OF METEOROLOGICAL DATA (Contd.,)

Date Wind Direction
19.02.2020 10.5 14.5 12.2 ENE 21.4 30.7 26.2 63.0 94.0 79.7 758.0 0 Clear
20.02.2020 5.4 9.2 7.4 ESE 23.8 30.6 26.7 59.0 88.0 75.5 758.0 0 Clear
21.02.2020 2.7 14.7 8.4 NE 21.3 30.5 26.6 69.0 96.0 83.9 758.0 2.0 Rainy
22.02.2020 5.6 12.3 8.8 NE 26.4 30.5 27.8 75.0 94.0 86.5 758.0 0 Clear
23.02.2020 3.8 9.8 7.1 ENE 25.9 30.5 27.9 70.0 90.0 80.5 758.0 0 Clear
24.02.2020 8.6 13.4 10.7 ENE 23.9 31.0 27.3 61.0 88.0 79.2 758.0 0 Clear
25.02.2020 5.8 13.8 9.1 SE 24.4 32.2 28.0 58.0 88.0 75.6 758.0 0 Clear
26.02.2020 6.2 9.8 8.4 ESE 25.2 32.2 28.4 49.0 87.0 71.5 758.0 0 Clear
27.02.2020 4.5 11.5 7.8 ESE 25.2 31.9 28.4 54.0 87.0 72.7 758.0 0 Clear
28.02.2020 3.4 12.1 7.0 E 26.6 31.6 28.6 72.0 85.0 78.6 758.0 0 Clear
29.02.2020 8.4 13.6 11.2 ESE 24.8 31.2 28.1 49.0 83.0 68.4 758.0 0 Clear
01.03.2020 5.6 11.8 9.1 ESE 26.3 31.5 28.6 37.0 82.0 61.1 758.0 0 Clear
02.03.2020 5.6 9.2 7.9 ESE 24.4 31.3 28.0 36.0 81.0 60.1 758.0 0 Clear
03.03.2020 7.2 12.0 9.4 ESE 24.6 32.6 28.4 46.0 77.0 62.8 758.0 0 Clear
04.03.2020 7.8 11.8 9.6 ESE 25.0 32.3 28.3 48.0 79.0 64.8 758.0 0 Clear
05.03.2020 8.0 12.9 10.5 SE 25.3 31.5 28.3 56.0 83.0 70.5 758.0 0 Clear
06.03.2020 4.9 9.6 7.4 SE 26.7 30.8 28.4 50.0 84.0 68.8 758.0 0 Clear
07.03.2020 4.6 10.7 7.9 SSE 27.4 30.9 28.8 46.0 79.0 64.7 758.0 0 Clear
08.03.2020 5.2 9.1 7.4 SE 27.3 31.7 28.8 46.0 79.0 64.7 758.0 0 Clear
09.03.2020 5.8 10.5 8.5 ESE 24.5 32.2 28.4 44.0 82.0 63.4 758.0 0 Clear
10.03.2020 7.4 11.0 9.7 SE 26.0 32.6 29.0 42.0 80.0 61.4 758.0 0 Clear
11.03.2020 6.6 10.5 8.6 ESE 26.0 31.8 28.5 46.0 84.0 64.7 758.0 0 Clear
12.03.2020 4.0 9.2 6.3 SE 26.2 32.2 28.8 41.0 79.0 59.7 758.0 0 Clear
13.03.2020 5.6 9.2 7.8 SE 25.3 32.0 28.6 36.0 78.0 59.3 758.0 0 Clear
14.03.2020 6.5 10.1 8.6 ESE 26.1 32.0 28.9 39.0 81.0 62.3 758.0 0 Clear
15.03.2020 8.1 11.9 10.5 ESE 25.5 32.1 28.8 41.0 80.0 59.7 758.0 0 Clear
16.03.2020 8.4 11.9 10.1 E 27.5 32.9 29.7 41.0 78.0 59.6 758.0 0 Clear
17.03.2020 6.5 13.1 10.6 SE 26.2 32.8 29.4 41.0 78.0 59.4 758.0 0 Clear
18.03.2020 7.7 14.5 11.0 ESE 26.3 32.6 29.1 44.0 83.0 62.7 758.0 0 Clear

8-7

Date Wind Direction
19.03.2020 6.4 12.2 10.1 ESE 25.7 33.3 29.6 45.0 84.0 63.7 758.0 0 Clear
20.03.2020 4.6 10.2 7.7 SE 26.8 33.2 29.7 43.0 82.0 61.7 758.0 0 Clear
Season 1.0 18.4 8.3 SE/ESE 19.0 33.3 27.0 36.0 99.0 76.5 758.0 57.7 Clear


8-8
8.3 AMBIENT AIR QUALITY
Ambient Air Quality monitoring is required to determine the existing quality of air, and
there-after the evaluation of the effectiveness of the air pollution control measures. In
order to generate back ground data, air quality monitoring is conducted to assess
existing levels of contamination, and assess possible occurrence of air contamination in
future. The objective is to determine air pollution status and trends from continuous air
quality monitoring. The trends are used to determine if the proposed air control
measures would give acceptable levels of pollution. The air quality monitoring concerns
itself with considerable segment of environment to define inter relationship between the
sources of pollution, atmospheric parameters, and manifestations with respect to
character & magnitude of the existing scenario.
Under National Ambient Air Quality Standards, 12- Pollutants viz., PM2.5, PM10, SO2, NOX,
O3, CO, As,Pb,Ni,NH3, C6H6, C20H12 ie Particulates, Sulphur Di Oxide, Oxides of Nitrogen,
Arsenic, Lead, Nickel, Ammonia, Benzene & Benzo Pyrene are identified for regular
monitoring at all locations. Monitoring of pollutants is carried out for 24 Hrs with a
frequency of twice a week, to have 24 Samples per location.
The locations of Air Monitoring Stations were already identified & approved by
the EAC of the Ministry of Environment Forest & Climate Change at the time of
approval of the Terms of Reference of the EIA Study.
8.3.1 LOCATION OF AAQ STATION
The principal objective of the ambient air quality monitoring (AAQM) was to assess the
existing levels of air pollution as well as the regional background concentration
surrounding J R METAL Chennai Limited proposed present project site at
AmirthamagalamVillage,Gummidipoondi Taluk, Thiruvallur District, Tamilnadu.
Ambient air quality monitoring was carried out for one season covering 8-locations, one
in the project site and 7 in different directions outside the project site, the location of
sampling station is given / shown in the following pages


8-9
Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Stations
S. No. Code Sampling Station Direction to Distance from

proposed proposed project
project site site (km)
1 SA1 Project Site - -
2 SA2 Billakuppam NE 3.75
3 SA3 Eguvarpalayam NNE 4.5
4 SA4 Erukkuvoy S 4.5
5 SA5 Gururajakandikai E 2.0
6 SA6 Matharpakkam NW 7.5
7 SA7 Periyapuliur WSW 1.0
8 SA8 Thervai SW 5.5
Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Locations - GPS Reading
S. No. Location GPS Reading

1 Project Site 13°23'54.0"N & 80°02'51.4"E
2 BillaKuppam 13°24'50.6"N & 80°05'54.8"E
3 EguvarPalayam 13°25'54.4"N & 80°03'35.5"E
4 Erukkuvoy 13°21'09.6"N & 80°02'34.9"E
5 GururajaKandikai 13°23'21.1"N & 80°03'35.3"E
6 Matharpakkam 13°26'54.6"N & 80°00'27.9"E
7 Periyapuliyur 13°23'24.4"N & 80°02'12.4"E
8 Thervai 13°22'31.7"N & 79°59'58.1"E


8-10
Fig 7.2 Location of Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Station
SA6
SA3
SA2
SA1 SA5
SA7
SA8
SA4


8-11
AMBIENT AIR QUALITY MONITORING SAMPLING PHOTO
Project Site -SA-1 Billakuppam-SA-2
13°23'54.0"N & 80°02'51.4"E 13°24'50.6"N & 80°05'54.8"E
Eguvarpalayam-SA-3 Erukkuvoy-SA-4
13°25'54.4"N & 80°03'35.5"E 13°21'09.6"N & 80°02'34.9"E
Gururajakandikai-SA-5 Matharpakkam–SA-6
13°23'21.1"N & 80°03'35.3"E 13°26'54.6"N & 80°00'27.9"E
Periyapuliur-SA-7 Thervai-SA-8
13°23'24.4"N & 80°02'12.4"E 13°22'31.7"N & 79°59'58.1"E


8-12
8.3.2 FREQUENCY & PERIOD OF DATA
Frequency of AAQmonitoring was conducted for12weeks, 2 days per week, 24 hrs

continuous monitoring at all 8stationsasperNotification of Nov. 2009, Study period from
20/12/2019 to 20/03/2020.
8.3.3 SAMPLING EQUIPMENT & CALIBRATION
8.3.3.1 SAMPLING EQUIPMENT& METHODS
Respirable Dust Samplers & Fine Particulate Samples were used for air sampling
for respirable suspended Particulate Matter (PM10), Fine Particulate Matter (PM2.5) [Gravi
Metric Method], Sulphur-di-oxide (SO2) [improved West and Gacke method], Oxides of
Nitrogen (NOx) [modified Jacob &Hochheiser method], Ozone (O3) [UV Photometric
method], Lead (Pb),Arsenic (As), Nickel (Ni) [AAS/ICP method after sampling an EPM
2000 or equivalent filter paper-EDXRF using Teflon filter paper], Carbon Monoxide (CO)
[Non-Dispersive Infra Red (NDIR) method], Ammonia (NH3) [Indo Phenol Blue method],
Benzen (C6H6), Benzo(a)Pyrene (BaP) [GCMS method]. The samples were collected at
each location every 24-hours, twice a week, for each week in 3 months study period
(20/12/2019 to 20/03/2020) for gaseous pollutants and analysed in the field laboratory
as per norms indicated by Central Pollution Control Board.
Particulate Matter (PM10 g/m )

3
8.3.3.1.1
The basic principle involved is gravimetric. Air is drawn through a size – selective inlet
and through 20.3 mmx25.4 cm filter at a flow rate of about 1000 l / min. Particles with
aerodynamic diameter less than the cut – point of the inlet are collected by the filter.
The mass of these particles is determined by the difference in filter weights prior to and
after sampling. The concentration of PM 10 the designed size range is calculated
by dividing the weight gain of the filter by the volume of air sampled.
Place blank or exposed filter in air tight desiccators having active desiccant in the control
temperature 15 to 270 C and to 0 to 50 % RH environment for 24 hrs prior to weighing.
Remove the filter from its jackets and center it on the support screen with the rough side
of the filter facing upwards. Replace the face plate and tightening the wing – nut to
secure the rubber gasket against the filter edge. Gently lower the inlet, inertial jet and
cyclonic inlets must have their seals in contact with the top of the faceplate. For

8-13
automatically controlled flow units, the designed flow rate is recorded on the data sheet.
Record the reading on the elapsed time meter. The specified length of the sampling is 24
hrs. During this period reading of flow rate is taken.
8.3.3.1.2 Particulate Matter (PM2.5 g/m3)
The basic principle involved is gravimetricFine particulate sampler – Envirotech APM 550,
Filter media - PTFE, 47 mm dia. and GF/A 37 mm dia. Air is drawn through a size –
selective inlet and through Special Teflon filter membrane filter of 47 mm diameter, at a
flow rate of about 16.7 l / min. Particles with aerodynamic diameter less than the cut –
point of the inlet are collected by the filter. The mass of these particles is determined by
the difference in filter weights prior to and after sampling. The concentration of PM 2.5the
designed size range is calculated by dividing the weight gain of the filter by the volume
of air sampled.
As the total mass of fine particles likely to be deposited is very small, while handling the
filters for use in PM 2.5 particulate sampling, care is taken to avoid contaminating the
filter in any manner. To minimize errors following precautions were taken.
Minimize exposure of the filter to open air. Keeping them covered inside the filter
carriers provided with the instrument.
The membrane is a fine and fragile material; care was taken to handle the filter only by
the support ring on its edge using non – serrated forceps.
The filters werekept in a controlled environment (such as desiccators) at 25 degrees C

and Relative Humidity less than 35% for at least 16 Hrs.
Weight of the filters was taken on a microbalance with a resolution of at least 0.01 mg.
and re weighed the filters a few times to confirm repeatability of the weight.
8.3.3.1.3 Sulphur-di-oxide (SO2g/m3)
Suphur dioxide is absorbed from air in a solution of Potassium tetra chloro mercurate
(TCM). A dichlorosulphito mercurate complex which resists oxidation by the oxygen in
the air is formed. This complex is stable to strong oxidants and therefore the absorber
solution was stored for some time prior to analysis. The Complex is made to react with
p- rosaniline and methyl sulphonic acid. The absorbence of the solution is measured by
means of a suitable spectro photometer. Interference by oxides of nitrogen is eliminated

8-14
by 1 ml of 0.06 % Sulphamic acid. Ozone was made to decompose by allowing the

solution to stand for some time prior to analysis. The interference of trace metals was
eliminated by the addition of one drop of 0.01 % EDTA to the absorbing solution prior to
placing the 30 ml of absorbing solution in impinger tubes. And sample collected at
0.5L/min. The total air volume was determined by multiplying the air flow rate with time.
The entire sample was diluted to initial volume with absorbing solution. 10 ml sample
was takeninto 25 ml of smf. The analysis was delayed by 20 min to allow any ozone
decompose. for each set of determination a reagent blank by adding 10 ml of unexposed
TCM solution to a 25 ml smf was prepared. Each flask was added 1 ml of 0.6%
sulphamic acid and allowed to react for the 10 min. to destroy the nitrite resulting from
oxides of Nitrogen. 2 ml of 0.2% formaldehyde and 5ml of working para rosaniline
solution was added. All flask volume was filled with freshly boiled and cooled distilled
water within 30 to 60 min. to determine the absorbance of the sample, reagent blank,
and control solution at 560 nm.
Calibration curve- procedure with Sulphite solution:Bymeasuringgraduated pipette

amount of working sulphite tetra chloro mercurate solution into a series 25 ml smf (such
as 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5) the Volume of 10 ml with absorbing solution was added to the
remaining 10.2soldution.
8.3.3.1.4 Oxides of Nitrogen (NOx g/m3)
Ambient Nitrogen dioxides was collected by bubbling air through a solution of Sodium
hydroxide and sodium arsenite. The concentration of nitrite ion produced during
sampling is determined by reacting the nitrite ion with phosphoric acid, sulphanilamide
and NEDA and measuring the absorbance of the highly colored azo – dye at 540 nm.
Nitrogen oxide (NO) is the positive interference and carbon dioxide is a negative
interferant. The average error resulting from normal ambient concentration on NO and
CO2 is small from monitoring situation and does not necessitate applying a correction to
measurements obtained with the method.
o
Collected samples are stable for at least six weeks at room temperature 25 (±2 C).
Stored samples was tightly sealed to prevent absorption of NO2 from the atmosphere.
Exact sampling time was recorded in minutes by recording initial (t1) and final (t1) time
of the sampling. Measure and record the flow rate before and final sampling as f 1 and f2&
sample was sealed, the samples after making it up to 30 ml using distilled water and
transported to the laboratory for analysis.


8-15
8.3.3.1.5 Ozone (O3 g/m3)
Micro amounts of ozone and other oxidants are collected by absorption in a solution of
potassium iodide buffered to a pH of 6.8. The released iodine equivalent of the
concentration of oxidant present in the air was determined spectrophotometrically by
measuring the absorption of triiodide ion at 352 nm.The method is not specific for ozone
since other oxidizing and reducing substances may interfere. Many oxidizing substances
besides ozone, will liberate iodine in this method. Nitrogen dioxide, chlorine, peroxy
acids, hydroperoxides and peroxyacyl nitrates also act as oxidants. Reducing gases such
as sulphur dioxide and hydrogen sulphide act as negative interferences. Exactly 10 ml of
the absorbing solution is pipetted into the bubbler and sample at a rate of 1 litres/min
for up to 60 minutes. The flow rate and time of sampling was adjusted to obtain a
sufficiently large concentration of oxidant in the absorbing solution. Approximately 2 µg
of ozone was obtained in the absorbing solution at an atmospheric concentration of 0.01
ppm by sampling for 30 minutes at 3 litres / min.The total volume of the air sample
collected was corrected to standard conditions of 25°C and 760 mm/Hgwithout exposing
the absorbing solution to sunlight.
8.3.3.1.6 Lead (Pbg/m3), Nickel (Ni ng/m3), Arsanic (As ng/m3)
Samples of airborne particulate matter are collected on glass fibre of 20 mm × 25 cm

size by means of high volume sampler at an average flow rate of 1.1 m 3/min, for a
sampling time of 24 hrs.
The Atomic Absorption Spectroscopy (AAS) technique makes use of absorption

spectrometry to assess the concentration of an analyte in the sample. The method was
based on active sampling using PM10 High Volume Sampler and then sample analysis
was done by atomic absorption spectrophotometer.
8.3.3.1.7 Ammonia (NH3 g/m3)
Ammonia in the atmosphere was collected by bubbling a measured volume of air

through a dilute solution of sulphuric acid to form ammonium sulphate. The ammonium
sulphate formedwas analysed colorimetrically by reaction with phenol and alkaline
sodium hypochloride to produce indophenol, a blue dye. The reaction was accelerated by
the addition of sodium nitroprusside as catalyst.
Interference – Ammonium compounds in SPM will be determined if they are not removed
by pre-filteration.


8-16
About 10 ml of absorbing solution was placed in each bubbler for samples and field
blanks. Sample at the rate of 1 L per minute for a sufficient time of 1 hour was done.
Contents was transferred to 25 ml glass graduated cylinder& maintained at 25oC to

which 2 ml buffer and 5 ml of working phenol solution was added &mixed to about 22
ml, then 2.5 ml of working hypochloride solution was added and rapidly mixed &store in
dark at 25oC for 30 minute to develop colour. Absorbance at 630 nm was measured
diluted to 25 ml, mixed and sotred.
8.3.3.1.8 Benzen (C6H6 g/m3)
Gas sampling tube was filled wtih activated charcoal. Two ends of tube wasconnected to
to a sample pump and pulling air through the tube with the pump. Thus,airborned
chemicals was trapped onto the surface of the sorbent. Tubes were kept vertical position
to prevent the possibility of channeling that can lead to under sampling. The sampling
flow rate was in the range of 20 – 500ml/min for ambient air. A Sample component may
breakthrough from the back end of tube, if excessive flow rates occur &Sample is
discarded, if the breakthrough observed was more than 10 percent. The tube is then
sealed with push-on cap &Stored properly wrapped in aluminum foil and analysed.
Desorption of the absorbed benzene was done using Methanol. The substances desorbed
in the Methanol wasanalyzed by capillary GCMS used for analysis, while quantification is
performed using the internal/external standard.
8.3.3.1.9 Benzo (a) Pyrene (BaPng/m3)
Sample Collected through RDS sampler using glass fibre using (EPM – 2000) filter paper
preferably whatman& equivalent at the flow rate of (~ 1.2 m3/min) over an extended
period of time usually 8 hr for ambient air. After sampling, filters were kept in the
controlled laboratory conditions (20-25˚C) in an envelope marked with necessary
identification &information processed immediately, otherwise was wrapped in the
Aluminium foil & kept it in refrigerator at 4°C to avoid photo oxidation of PAHs.
Extraction of Filter papers (half of all the filters papers collected in a day) was cut into
strips using scissors and transferred to 250 ml beaker to which ~25 ml. of Toluene
(HPLC grade) was added. These samples was extracted with toluene using ultra sonic
bath for about 30 minutes. Procedure repeated twice for complete extraction.
Extracted samples was filtered with Whatman filter paper no.41 containing 2 gm of
Anhydrous Sodium Sulphate (to remove moisture).After filtration, the filtrate was
concentrated using Concentrator to 2ml final volume.To clean up the impurities, 2 ml of


8-17
concentrated sample was passed through silica gel column (pre conditioned, 60-80
mesh, and 200-250mm×10 mm with Teflon stopcock). After cleaning 5ml cyclohexane
was added and elute collected in 25 ml beaker. Process was repeated 3-times & collected
in beakers. The Cleaned up extract/filtrate (approximately 17 ml) was further
concentrated and it evaporated to nearly dryness with Nitrogen.The dried sample is re-
dissolved in 1ml of toluene and transfer into 2 ml vials for final analysis.


8-18
8.3.3.2 CALIBRATION CERTIFICATE
PM 10


8-19
PM 10


8-20
PM 10


8-21
PM 2.5


8-22
PM 2.5


8-23
PM 2.5


8-24
CO METER


8-25
8.3.4 RAW DATA
8.3.4.1 PARTICULATE MATTER (PM10)
Location name & code No. of NAAQS

MIN 98th MAX AM GM STD
Samples Limit
PM10(g/m3)
Project Site (SA-1) 24 33.0 43.5 44.0 39.2 39.1 2.8
Billakuppam (SA-2) 24 62.0 76.5 77.0 70.7 70.6 3.7
Eguvarpalayam (SA-3) 24 30.0 40.5 41.0 36.2 36.1 2.8
Erukkuvoy (SA-4) 24 43.0 56.1 57.0 49.0 48.9 3.8
100
GururajaKandikai (SA-5) 24 72.0 82.6 84.0 77.9 77.8 2.8
Matharpakkam (SA-6) 24 74.0 86.1 87.0 79.5 79.4 3.5
Periyapuliur (SA-7) 24 59.0 76.1 77.0 68.6 68.4 4.5
Thervai (SA-8) 24 33.0 43.5 44.0 39.2 39.1 2.8
8.3.4.2 PARTICULATE MATTER(PM2.5)

Samples Limit
PM2.5(g/m3)
Project Site (SA-1) 24 11.0 14.0 14.0 12.1 12.1 1.0
Billakuppam (SA-2) 24 16.0 22.0 22.0 19.7 19.6 1.9
Erukkuvoy (SA-4) 24 12.0 15.0 15.0 13.2 13.1 0.9
60
Matharpakkam (SA-6) 24 20.0 29.0 29.0 25.4 25.3 2.1
Periyapuliur (SA-7) 24 13.0 25.0 25.0 19.7 19.5 2.8
Thervai (SA-8) 24 11.0 14.0 14.0 12.1 12.1 1.0
8.3.4.3 SULPHUR-DI-OXIDE

Samples Limit
SO2(g/m3)
Project Site (SA-1) 24 7.5 11.6 11.6 9.8 9.7 1.1
Billakuppam (SA-2) 24 10.6 15.5 15.6 13.1 13.0 1.4
Erukkuvoy (SA-4) 24 8.0 11.4 11.4 9.6 9.5 1.0
80
Matharpakkam (SA-6) 24 12.5 21.8 21.8 16.9 16.7 2.8
Periyapuliur (SA-7) 24 10.8 13.8 13.8 12.1 12.1 1.0
Thervai (SA-8) 24 7.1 11.2 11.2 9.4 9.3 1.1


8-26
8.3.4.4 NITROGEN OXIDES

Samples Limit
NOx(g/m3)
Project Site (SA-1) 24 11.6 15.6 15.6 13.7 13.6 1.2
Billakuppam (SA-2) 24 15.1 20.0 20.1 17.6 17.5 1.4
Erukkuvoy (SA-4) 24 13.8 16.9 17.1 15.3 15.3 0.9
80
Matharpakkam (SA-6) 24 17.4 26.1 26.7 21.5 21.4 2.4
Periyapuliur (SA-7) 24 15.4 18.4 18.4 16.7 16.7 1.0
Thervai (SA-8) 24 11.2 14.9 15.2 13.1 13.1 1.2
8.3.4.5 CARBON MONOOXIDE
Carbon Monoxide was Blow Detectable Limit (BDL) during study period.
8.3.4.6 AMMONIA
Ammonia was Blow Detectable Limit (BDL) during study period.
8.3.4.7 CARBON DI OXIDE
Carbon Di oxide was Blow Detectable Limit (BDL) during study period.
8.3.4.8 NICKEL, ARSENIC, LEAD
Nickel, Arsenic and Lead was Blow Detectable Limit (BDL) during study period.
8.3.4.9 OZONE
Ozone was Blow Detectable Limit (BDL) during study period.
8.3.4.10 BENZENE& BENZO PYRENE
Benzene and Benzo Pyrene was Blow Detectable Limit (BDL) during study period.


8-27
8.3.5 CONSOLIDATED 90-DAY DATA
AMBIENT AIR QUALITY DATA
Project Name : JR MetalChennaiLtd., Period: 20th Dec. 2019 to 20th Mar. 2020
Location Name : Project Site -SA-1
Unit: g/m3
Parameters (24 Hourly)

Sampling
Week
Date
PM10 PM2.5 SO2 NOx CO
20.12.2019 39 11 9.2 12.5 <114.5

I-Week
23.12.2019 40 12 9.9 14.2 <114.5
26.12.2019 41 13 8.6 11.9 <114.5

II-Week
29.12.2019 43 12 11.1 14.4 <114.5
02.01.2020 41 11 10 14.3 <114.5

III-Week
07.01.2020 39 13 7.5 11.8 <114.5
11.01.2020 37 11 10.6 13.9 <114.5

IV- Week
17.01.2020 36 12 9.3 12.6 <114.5
21.01.2020 35 13 9.5 14.8 <114.5

V- Week
24.01.2020 37 12 10.6 13.9 <114.5
27.01.2020 39 11 9.3 11.6 <114.5

VI- Week
30.01.2020 40 13 9.5 12.8 <114.5
03.02.2020 41 14 10.6 13.9 <114.5

VII- Week
06.02.2020 43 11 10.3 14.6 <114.5
10.02.2020 44 12 8.5 12.8 <114.5

VIII- Week
13.02.2020 43 14 7.6 11.9 <114.5
17.02.2020 41 13 10.3 13.6 <114.5

IX- Week
20.02.2020 39 11 8.5 12.8 <114.5
23.02.2020 38 12 10.6 14.9 <114.5

X- Week
26.02.2020 37 11 9.3 15.6 <114.5
02.03.2020 35 12 11.5 14.8 <114.5

XI- Week
07.03.2020 33 13 10.6 13.9 <114.5
11.03.2020 39 11 10.3 15.6 <114.5

XII- Week
16.03.2020 41 13 11.6 14.9 <114.5
NAAQ Standards 100 60 80 80 2000


8-28
Project Name : JR MetalChennai Ltd., Period: 20th Dec. 2019 to 20th Mar. 2020
Location Name : Billakuppam -SA-2
Unit: g/m3
Sampling Parameters (24 Hourly)

Week
Date
20.12.2019 74 22 14.5 19.0 <114.5

I-Week
23.12.2019 72 21 13.7 18.2 <114.5
26.12.2019 71 22 12.7 17.2 <114.5

II-Week
29.12.2019 77 20 12.3 16.8 <114.5
02.01.2020 75 19 13.4 17.9 <114.5

III-Week
07.01.2020 74 20 14.8 19.3 <114.5
11.01.2020 72 18 15.3 19.8 <114.5

IV- Week
17.01.2020 70 17 14.4 18.9 <114.5
21.01.2020 70 16 13.6 18.1 <114.5

V- Week
24.01.2020 71 17 12.6 17.1 <114.5
27.01.2020 67 16 11.7 16.2 <114.5

VI- Week
30.01.2020 68 18 11.4 15.9 <114.5
03.02.2020 72 20 11.5 16.0 <114.5

VII- Week
06.02.2020 74 22 12.1 16.6 <114.5
10.02.2020 70 21 13.4 17.9 <114.5

VIII- Week
13.02.2020 68 20 14.3 18.8 <114.5
17.02.2020 64 19 12.7 17.2 <114.5

IX- Week
20.02.2020 62 20 11.5 16.0 <114.5
23.02.2020 66 21 10.6 15.1 <114.5

X- Week
26.02.2020 68 22 11.6 16.1 <114.5
02.03.2020 72 20 12.2 16.9 <114.5

XI- Week
07.03.2020 74 21 13.4 18.1 <114.5
11.03.2020 70 22 14.5 19.0 <114.5

XII- Week
16.03.2020 76 19 15.6 20.1 <114.5


8-29
Project Name :JRMetalChennai Ltd., Period: 20th Dec. 2019 to 20th Mar. 2020
Location Name : Eguvarpalayam -SA-3
Unit: g/m3

Sampling
Week
Date
20.12.2019 36 9 10 12.9 <114.5

I-Week
23.12.2019 37 10 10 14.6 <114.5
26.12.2019 38 11 9 12.3 <114.5

II-Week
29.12.2019 40 10 11 14.8 <114.5
02.01.2020 38 9 10 14.7 <114.5

III-Week
07.01.2020 36 11 8 12.2 <114.5
11.01.2020 34 9 11 14.3 <114.5

IV- Week
17.01.2020 33 10 10 13.0 <114.5
21.01.2020 32 11 10 13.7 <114.5

V- Week
24.01.2020 34 10 11 14.3 <114.5
27.01.2020 36 9 10 12.0 <114.5

VI- Week
30.01.2020 37 11 10 13.2 <114.5
03.02.2020 38 12 11 14.3 <114.5

VII- Week
06.02.2020 40 9 11 13.5 <114.5
10.02.2020 41 10 9 13.2 <114.5

VIII- Week
13.02.2020 40 12 8 12.3 <114.5
17.02.2020 38 11 11 14.0 <114.5

IX- Week
20.02.2020 36 9 9 13.2 <114.5
23.02.2020 35 10 11 14.2 <114.5

X- Week
26.02.2020 34 9 10 13.8 <114.5
02.03.2020 32 10 12 14.9 <114.5

XI- Week
07.03.2020 30 11 11 14.3 <114.5
11.03.2020 36 9 8 13.5 <114.5

XII- Week
16.03.2020 38 11 9 12.7 <114.5


8-30
Location Name : Erukkuvoy-SA-4
Unit: g/m3

Sampling
Week
Date
21.12.2019 49 13 8.9ss 14.7 <114.5

I-Week
24.12.2019 46 12 8.2 15.6 <114.5
27.12.2019 47 13 8.1 14.4 <114.5

II-Week
30.12.2019 48 14 9.4 15.2 <114.5
03.01.2020 45 13 10.6 16.4 <114.5

III-Week
08.01.2020 44 12 9.3 15.1 <114.5
12.01.2020 43 13 8 13.8 <114.5

IV- Week
18.01.2020 46 14 8.9 14.7 <114.5
22.01.2020 51 13 8.2 14.0 <114.5

V- Week
25.01.2020 50 12 10.1 16.2 <114.5
28.01.2020 49 13 11.4 15.4 <114.5

VI- Week
31.01.2020 47 12 9.5 15.3 <114.5
04.02.2020 45 14 10.6 16.4 <114.5

VII- Week
07.02.2020 49 15 11.3 17.1 <114.5
11.02.2020 47 13 8.9 14.7 <114.5

VIII- Week
14.02.2020 45 12 10.3 16.1 <114.5
18.02.2020 50 14 9.3 15.1 <114.5

IX- Week
21.02.2020 52 13 8.2 14.0 <114.5
24.02.2020 53 14 9.3 15.1 <114.5

X- Week
27.02.2020 55 15 10.4 16.2 <114.5
03.03.2020 51 14 8.6 14.4 <114.5

XI- Week
08.03.2020 57 13 10.9 16.7 <114.5
12.03.2020 55 12 9.3 15.1 <114.5

XII- Week
17.03.2020 53 13 10.3 16.1 <114.5


8-31
Location Name : Gururajakandikai-SA-5
Unit: g/m3

Sampling
Week
Date
21.12.2019 78 25 14.3 21.5 <114.5

I-Week
24.12.2019 80 25 15.1 22.6 <114.5
27.12.2019 79 24 13.7 23.4 <114.5

II-Week
30.12.2019 80 22 14.6 21.7 <114.5
03.01.2020 76 23 15.5 23.8 <114.5

III-Week
08.01.2020 80 24 16.6 22.9 <114.5
12.01.2020 74 22 13.6 24.8 <114.5

IV- Week
18.01.2020 80 23 14.7 20.5 <114.5
22.01.2020 84 25 15.3 21.7 <114.5

V- Week
25.01.2020 76 22 13.7 23.6 <114.5
28.01.2020 77 21 12.3 24.7 <114.5

VI- Week
31.01.2020 74 20 13.6 22.6 <114.5
04.02.2020 76 21 15.5 21.3 <114.5

VII- Week
07.02.2020 78 22 17.1 22.9 <114.5
11.02.2020 80 21 18.3 24.6 <114.5

VIII- Week
14.02.2020 81 23 19.6 23.4 <114.5
18.02.2020 78 25 18.3 24.3 <114.5

IX- Week
21.02.2020 80 26 21.6 23.7 <114.5
24.02.2020 78 24 20.5 25.3 <114.5

X- Week
27.02.2020 74 25 21.4 24.3 <114.5
03.03.2020 72 26 18.4 23.2 <114.5

XI- Week
08.03.2020 78 25 17.3 22.1 <114.5
12.03.2020 76 24 19.3 21.2 <114.5

XII- Week
17.03.2020 80 26 20.3 24.6 <114.5


8-32
Location Name : Matharpakkam-SA-6
Unit: g/m3

Sampling
Week
Date
21.12.2019 83 27 14.5 19.4 <114.5

I-Week
24.12.2019 80 26 15.3 20.2 <114.5
27.12.2019 79 24 13.9 18.8 <114.5

II-Week
30.12.2019 77 23 14.8 19.7 <114.5
03.01.2020 76 24 15.7 20.6 <114.5

III-Week
08.01.2020 79 26 16.8 21.7 <114.5
12.01.2020 78 23 13.8 18.7 <114.5

IV- Week
18.01.2020 82 25 14.9 19.8 <114.5
22.01.2020 78 26 15.5 20.4 <114.5

V- Week
25.01.2020 76 27 13.9 18.8 <114.5
28.01.2020 74 23 12.5 17.4 <114.5

VI- Week
31.01.2020 75 20 13.8 18.7 <114.5
04.02.2020 78 25 15.7 20.6 <114.5

VII- Week
07.02.2020 80 24 17.3 21.8 <114.5
11.02.2020 83 23 18.5 22.6 <114.5

VIII- Week
14.02.2020 85 26 19.8 23.7 <114.5
18.02.2020 87 27 18.5 23.4 <114.5

IX- Week
21.02.2020 85 29 21.8 24.5 <114.5
24.02.2020 83 28 20.7 22.6 <114.5

X- Week
27.02.2020 81 29 21.6 25.3 <114.5
03.03.2020 79 27 18.6 23.5 <114.5

XI- Week
08.03.2020 77 26 17.5 22.4 <114.5
12.03.2020 75 25 19.5 24.4 <114.5

XII- Week
17.03.2020 77 26 21.8 26.7 <114.5


8-33
Location Name : Periyapuliur-SA-7
Unit: g/m3

Sampling
Week
Date
22.12.2019 73 19 11.5 16.1 <114.5

I-Week
25.12.2019 70 20 12.3 16.9 <114.5
28.12.2019 69 18 10.9 15.5 <114.5

II-Week
31.12.2019 67 17 11.8 16.4 <114.5
04.01.2020 63 18 12.7 17.3 <114.5

III-Week
09.01.2020 69 20 13.8 18.4 <114.5
13.01.2020 68 17 10.8 15.4 <114.5

IV- Week
19.01.2020 71 19 11.9 16.5 <114.5
23.01.2020 65 20 12.5 17.1 <114.5

V- Week
26.01.2020 61 21 10.9 15.5 <114.5
29.01.2020 59 17 11.8 16.4 <114.5

VI- Week
01.02.2020 63 13 10.8 15.4 <114.5
05.02.2020 67 19 11.7 16.3 <114.5

VII- Week
08.02.2020 69 18 13.3 17.9 <114.5
12.02.2020 73 17 12.5 17.1 <114.5

VIII- Week
15.02.2020 75 20 13.6 18.2 <114.5
19.02.2020 77 21 11.8 16.4 <114.5

IX- Week
22.02.2020 75 23 10.8 15.4 <114.5
25.02.2020 73 25 12.9 17.5 <114.5

X- Week
28.02.2020 71 23 13.7 18.3 <114.5
04.03.2020 69 25 11.5 16.1 <114.5

XI- Week
09.03.2020 67 21 10.8 15.4 <114.5
13.03.2020 65 19 13.6 18.2 <114.5

XII- Week
18.03.2020 67 23 12.8 17.4 <114.5


8-34
Project Name : JR Metal Chennai Ltd., Period: 20th Dec. 2019 to 20th Mar. 2020
Location Name : Thervai-SA-8
Unit: g/m3

Sampling
Week
Date
22.12.2019 39 11 8.8 12.1 <114.5

I-Week
25.12.2019 40 12 9.5 13.8 <114.5
28.12.2019 41 13 8.2 11.5 <114.5

II-Week
31.12.2019 43 12 10.7 14.6 <114.5
04.01.2020 41 11 9.6 13.9 <114.5

III-Week
09.01.2020 39 13 7.1 11.4 <114.5
13.01.2020 37 11 10.2 13.5 <114.5

IV- Week
19.01.2020 36 12 8.9 12.2 <114.5
23.01.2020 35 13 9.1 14.4 <114.5

V- Week
26.01.2020 37 12 10.2 13.5 <114.5
29.01.2020 39 11 8.9 11.2 <114.5

VI- Week
01.02.2020 40 13 9.1 12.4 <114.5
05.02.2020 41 14 10.2 13.5 <114.5

VII- Week
08.02.2020 43 11 9.9 14.2 <114.5
12.02.2020 44 12 8.1 12.4 <114.5

VIII- Week
15.02.2020 43 14 7.2 11.5 <114.5
19.02.2020 41 13 9.9 13.2 <114.5

IX- Week
22.02.2020 39 11 8.1 12.4 <114.5
25.02.2020 38 12 10.2 13.5 <114.5

X- Week
28.02.2020 37 11 8.9 12.2 <114.5
04.03.2020 35 12 11.1 14.4 <114.5

XI- Week
09.03.2020 33 13 10.2 13.5 <114.5
13.03.2020 39 11 9.9 15.2 <114.5

XII- Week
18.03.2020 41 13 11.2 14.5 <114.5


8-35
8.4 WATER QUALITY
Water quality monitoring is an important step in overall water quality management of

the proposed activity. A well planned and well managed water quality monitoring system
is required to signal, control or predict changes or trends of changes in the water quality
in the Ground & Surface Water, so that curative or preventive measures can be taken to
restore the ecological balance in the water environment. Water Quality Monitoring is
essential for successful implementation of the environmental legislations to ensure
standards & criteria set by CPCB/MoEF/SPCB are maintained on a continuous basis.
Sampling network for Ground & Surface water quality were already identified &
approved by the EAC of the Ministry of Environment Forest & Climate Change at
the time of approval of the Terms of Reference of the EIA Study.
8.4.1 GROUND WATER
8.4.1.1 LOCATION
Ground Water Sampling Locations
S. Code Sampling Station Direction to Distance from

No. proposed proposed
project site project site
(km)
GROUND WATER
1 GW1 Project Site - -
2 GW2 Povalambedu NNW 2.0
3 GW3 Kolanur SW 4.5
4 GW4 RamanayakkanKandigai SE 5.0
5 GW5 Edakandigai S 5.5
6 GW6 Amarambedu W 4.0
7 GW7 Pannur NNW 4.9
8 GW8 Billakuppam NE 3.75
SPECIFIC GPS OF LOCATIONS

Ground Water
1 Project Site 13°23'54.1"N & 80°02'51.9"E
2 Povalambedu 13°24'25.7"N & 80°02'28.4"E
3 Kolanur Village 13°22'20.7"N & 80°00'54.6"E
4 RamanayakkanKandigai 13°21'57.8"N & 80°05'09.3"E
5 Eda Kandigai 13°20'38.1"N & 80°03'22.8"E
6 Amarambedu 13°24'30.5"N & 80°00'24.6"E
7 Pannur 13°25'51.8"N & 80°01'22.9"E
8 BillaKuppam 13°24'49.5"N & 80°04'54.8"E


8-36
Location of Water Sampling Locations – Ground Water
GW7
GW8
GW2
GW6
GW1
GW3
GW4
GW5


8-37
8.4.1.2 METHODOLOGY
Eight (8) ground water sources covering 10-km radial distance were examined for
physico-chemical, heavy metals and bacteriological parameters in order to assess the
effect of industrial and other activities on ground water.
The samples were analyzed as per the procedures specified in 'Standard Methods for the
Examination of Water and Wastewater' published by American Public Health Association
(APHA), and BIS (Bureau of Indian Standards).
Samples for chemical analysis were collected in polyethylene carboys. Samples collected
for metal content were acidified with 1 ml HNO3.
Samples for bacteriological analysis were collected in sterilized glass bottles. Selected
physicochemical and bacteriological parameters have been analyzed for projecting the
existing water quality status in the study area. Parameters like pH and temperature were
analyzed at the time of sample collection.


8-38
8.4.1.3 GROUND WATER QUALITY
RESULTS Limits As per IS 10500:2012

S. Requirement Permissible Limit
PARAMETERS UNITS
NO GW1 GW2 GW3 GW4 GW5 GW6 GW7 GW8 (Acceptable in the Absence of
Limit) Alternate source
1 Colour HU 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Max. 5 Max.15

2 Odour - Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable
3 pH value @ 25°C - 7.4 8.0 7.7 7.7 8.1 7.8 6.9 7.0 6.5 - 8.5 No relaxation
4 Taste - Agreeable Agreeable Disagreeable Agreeable Disagreeable Disagreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable
5 Turbidity NTU <1 <1 <1 1 8 2 1 1 Max. 1 Max. 5
6 Total Dissolved Solids mg/l 76 206 404 258 166 864 142 168 Max. 500 Max. 2000
BDL
7 Aluminium as Al mg/l BDL(DL:0.02) BDL(DL:0.02) BDL(DL:0.02) BDL(DL:0.02) BDL(DL:0.02) BDL(DL:0.02) BDL(DL:0.02) Max. 0.03 Max. 0.2
(DL:0.02)
Ammonia as Total
8 mg/l BDL(DL:0.1) BDL(DL:0.1) BDL(DL:0.1) BDL(DL:0.1) BDL(DL:0.1) BDL(DL:0.1) BDL(DL:0.1) BDL(DL:0.1) Max. 0.5 No relaxation
Ammonia –N
Anionic detergent as
9 mg/l BDL(DL:0.1) BDL(DL:0.1) BDL(DL:0.1) BDL(DL:0.1) BDL(DL:0.1) BDL(DL:0.1) BDL(DL:0.1) BDL(DL:0.1) Max. 0.2 Max. 1.0
MBAS
10 Barium as Ba mg/l BDL(DL:0.5) BDL(DL:0.5) BDL(DL:0.5) BDL(DL:0.5) BDL(DL:0.5) BDL(DL:0.5) BDL(DL:0.5) BDL(DL:0.5) Max. 0.7 No relaxation
11 Boron as B mg/l BDL(DL:0.1) BDL(DL:0.1) BDL(DL:0.1) BDL(DL:0.1) BDL(DL:0.1) BDL(DL:0.1) BDL(DL:0.1) BDL(DL:0.1) Max. 0.5 Max. 1.0
12 Calcium as Ca mg/l 10 27 50 49 29 154 16 28 Max. 75 Max. 200
13 Chloramines as Cl2 mg/l BDL(DL:0.1) BDL(DL:0.1) BDL(DL:0.1) BDL(DL:0.1) BDL(DL:0.1) BDL(DL:0.1) BDL(DL:0.1) BDL(DL:0.1) Max. 4.0 No relaxation
14 Chloride as Cl mg/l 21 22 55 53 17 228 32 20 Max. 250 Max. 1000

BDL
15 Copper as Cu mg/l BDL(DL:0.02) BDL(DL:0.02) BDL(DL:0.02) BDL(DL:0.02) BDL(DL:0.02) BDL(DL:0.02) BDL(DL:0.02) Max. 0.05 Max. 1.5
(DL:0.02)
16 Fluoride as F mg/l 0.1 0.9 0.8 0.12 0.5 0.8 0.56 0.7 Max. 1.0 Max. 1.5
17 Free Residual Chlorine mg/l BDL(DL:0.1) BDL(DL:0.1) BDL(DL:0.1) BDL(DL:0.1) BDL(DL:0.1) BDL(DL:0.1) BDL(DL:0.1) BDL(DL:0.1) Min. 0.2 Min. 1
18 Iron as Fe mg/l BDL(DL:0.01) 0.02 0.03 0.07 0.54 0.11 0.07 0.05 Max. 1.0 No relaxation
19 Magnesium as Mg mg/l 1 14 30 9 10 36 7 10 Max. 30 Max. 100


8-39
20 Manganese as Mn mg/l BDL(DL:0.01) BDL(DL:0.01) BDL(DL:0.01) BDL(DL:0.01) BDL(DL:0.01) BDL(DL:0.01) BDL(DL:0.01) BDL(DL:0.01) Max.0.1 Max. 0.3
#
21 Mineral oil mg/l Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Max. 0.5 No relaxation
22 Nitrate as NO3 mg/l 15.7 0.5 2.0 11.7 23 8.7 2.1 11.7 Max. 45 No relaxation
Phenolic Compounds as BDL(DL:0.001 BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL
23 mg/l Max. 0.001 Max. 0.002
C6H5OH ) (DL:0.001) (DL:0.001) (DL:0.001) (DL:0.001) (DL:0.001) (DL:0.001) (DL:0.001)
BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL
24 Selenium as Se mg/l Max. 0.01 No relaxation
(DL:0.005) (DL:0.005) (DL:0.005) (DL:0.005) (DL:0.005) (DL:0.005) (DL:0.005) (DL:0.005)
25 Silver as Ag mg/l Max. 0.1 No relaxation
26 Sulphate as SO4 mg/l 2 19 70 15 39 70 18 6.3 Max. 200 Max. 400
BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL
27 Sulphide as H2S mg/l BDL(DL:0.01) Max. 0.05 No relaxation
(DL:0.01) (DL:0.01) (DL:0.01) (DL:0.01) (DL:0.01) (DL:0.01) (DL:0.01)
Total Alkalinity as
28 mg/l 13 132 197 103 48 263 48 107 Max. 200 Max. 600
CaCO3
Total Hardness as
29 mg/l 29 125 248 159 113 532 69 111 Max. 200 Max. 600
CaCO3
BDL
30 Zinc as Zn mg/l BDL(DL:0.08) BDL(DL:0.08) BDL(DL:0.08) BDL(DL:0.08) BDL(DL:0.08) BDL(DL:0.08) BDL(DL:0.08) Max. 5 Max. 15
(DL:0.08)
BDL(DL:0.002 BDL(DL:0.002 BDL(DL:0.002 BDL(DL:0.00 BDL(DL:0.002 BDL(DL:0.002 BDL(DL:0.002
31 Cadmium as Cd mg/l BDL(DL:0.002) Max. 0.003 No relaxation
) ) ) 2) ) ) )
BDL
32 Cyanide as CN mg/l BDL(DL:0.01) BDL(DL:0.01) BDL(DL:0.01) BDL(DL:0.01) BDL(DL:0.01) BDL(DL:0.01) BDL(DL:0.01) Max. 0.05 No relaxation
(DL:0.01)
33 Lead as Pb mg/l BDL(DL:0.005) Max. 0.01 No relaxation
) ) ) 5) ) ) )
BDL(DL:0.001 BDL(DL:0.001 BDL(DL:0.001 BDL(DL:0.00 BDL(DL:0.001 BDL(DL:0.001 BDL
34 Mercury as Hg mg/l BDL(DL:0.001) Max. 0.001 No relaxation
) ) ) 1) ) ) (DL:0.001)
35 Molybdenum as Mo mg/l BDL(DL:0.05) BDL(DL:0.05) BDL(DL:0.05) BDL(DL:0.05) BDL(DL:0.05) BDL(DL:0.05) BDL(DL:0.05) BDL(DL:0.05) Max. 0.07 No relaxation
BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL
36 Nickel as Ni mg/l BDL(DL:0.01) Max. 0.02 No relaxation
(DL:0.01) (DL:0.01) (DL:0.01) (DL:0.01) (DL:0.01) (DL:0.01) (DL:0.01)
Poly Chlorinated BDL(DL:0.000 BDL(DL:0.000 BDL(DL:0.000 BDL(DL:0.00 BDL(DL:0.0000 BDL(DL:0.000 BDL(DL:0.000 BDL(DL:0.000
37 mg/l Max. 0.0005 No relaxation
Biphenyls (as PCB) 05) 05) 05) 005) 5) 05) 05) 05)
Poly Nuclear Aromatic BDL(DL:0.000 BDL(DL:0.000 BDL(DL:0.000 BDL(DL:0.00 BDL(DL:0.0000 BDL(DL:0.000 BDL(DL:0.000 BDL(DL:0.000
38 mg/l Max. 0.0001 No relaxation
Hydrocarbons (as PAH) 05) 05) 05) 005) 5) 05) 05) 05)
39 Total Arsenic as As mg/l BDL(DL:0.001) Max.0.01 No relaxation
) ) ) 1) ) ) )
BDL
40 Total Chromium as Cr mg/l BDL(DL:0.01) BDL(DL:0.01) BDL(DL:0.01) BDL(DL:0.01) BDL(DL:0.01) BDL(DL:0.01) BDL(DL:0.01) Max. 0.05 No relaxation
(DL:0.01)


8-40
Pesticide Residue
BDL
41 Alachlor µg/l BDL(DL:0.01) BDL(DL:0.01) BDL(DL:0.01) BDL(DL:0.01) BDL(DL:0.01) BDL(DL:0.01) BDL(DL:0.01) Max. 20
(DL:0.01)
BDL
42 Atrazine# µg/l BDL(DL:0.01) BDL(DL:0.01) BDL(DL:0.01) BDL(DL:0.01) BDL(DL:0.01) BDL(DL:0.01) BDL(DL:0.01) Max. 2
(DL:0.01)
BDL
43 Aldrin µg/l BDL(DL:0.01) BDL(DL:0.01) BDL(DL:0.01) BDL(DL:0.01) BDL(DL:0.01) BDL(DL:0.01) BDL(DL:0.01)
(DL:0.01)
Max.0.03
BDL BDL
44 Dieldrin µg/l BDL(DL:0.01) BDL(DL:0.01) BDL(DL:0.01) BDL(DL:0.01) BDL(DL:0.01) BDL(DL:0.01)
(DL:0.01) (DL:0.01)
BDL BDL
45 Alpha HCH µg/l BDL(DL:0.01) BDL(DL:0.01) BDL(DL:0.01) BDL(DL:0.01) BDL(DL:0.01) BDL(DL:0.01) Max.0.01
(DL:0.01) (DL:0.01)
BDL BDL BDL BDL
46 Beta HCH µg/l BDL(DL:0.01) BDL(DL:0.01) BDL(DL:0.01) BDL(DL:0.01) Max.0.04
(DL:0.01) (DL:0.01) (DL:0.01) (DL:0.01)
BDL BDL
47 Butachlor µg/l BDL(DL:0.01) BDL(DL:0.01) BDL(DL:0.01) BDL(DL:0.01) BDL(DL:0.01) BDL(DL:0.01) Max.125
(DL:0.01) (DL:0.01)
BDL BDL
48 Chlorpyriphos µg/l BDL(DL:0.01) BDL(DL:0.01) BDL(DL:0.01) BDL(DL:0.01) BDL(DL:0.01) BDL(DL:0.01) Max.30
(DL:0.01) (DL:0.01)
BDL BDL
49 Delta HCH µg/l BDL(DL:0.01) BDL(DL:0.01) BDL(DL:0.01) BDL(DL:0.01) BDL(DL:0.01) BDL(DL:0.01) Max.0.04
(DL:0.01) (DL:0.01)
2,4 -
BDL BDL
50 Dichlorophenoxyacetic µg/l BDL(DL:0.01) BDL(DL:0.01) BDL(DL:0.01) BDL(DL:0.01) BDL(DL:0.01) BDL(DL:0.01) Max.30
(DL:0.01) (DL:0.01)
acid#
BDL BDL
51 o,p’-DDT µg/l BDL(DL:0.01) BDL(DL:0.01) BDL(DL:0.01) BDL(DL:0.01) BDL(DL:0.01) BDL(DL:0.01)
(DL:0.01) (DL:0.01)
BDL BDL
52 p,p’-DDT µg/l BDL(DL:0.01) BDL(DL:0.01) BDL(DL:0.01) BDL(DL:0.01) BDL(DL:0.01) BDL(DL:0.01)
(DL:0.01) (DL:0.01)
BDL BDL
53 p,p’-DDE µg/l BDL(DL:0.01) BDL(DL:0.01) BDL(DL:0.01) BDL(DL:0.01) BDL(DL:0.01) BDL(DL:0.01)
(DL:0.01) (DL:0.01) Max.1.0
54 o,p’-DDE µg/l
55 o,p’-DDD µg/l
56 p,p’-DDD µg/l BDL(DL:0.01) BDL(DL:0.01) BDL(DL:0.01) BDL(DL:0.01) BDL(DL:0.01) BDL(DL:0.01) BDL(DL:0.01) BDL(DL:0.01)
57 Endosulfan alpha µg/l BDL(DL:0.01) BDL(DL:0.01) BDL(DL:0.01) BDL(DL:0.01) BDL(DL:0.01) BDL(DL:0.01) BDL(DL:0.01) BDL(DL:0.01)
58 Endosulfan Beta µg/l BDL(DL:0.01) BDL(DL:0.01) BDL(DL:0.01) BDL(DL:0.01) BDL(DL:0.01) BDL(DL:0.01) BDL(DL:0.01) BDL(DL:0.01) Max.0.4
59 EndosulfanSulfate µg/l BDL(DL:0.01) BDL(DL:0.01) BDL(DL:0.01) BDL(DL:0.01) BDL(DL:0.01) BDL(DL:0.01) BDL(DL:0.01) BDL(DL:0.01)
60 Ethion µg/l BDL(DL:0.01) BDL(DL:0.01) BDL(DL:0.01) BDL(DL:0.01) BDL(DL:0.01) BDL(DL:0.01) BDL(DL:0.01) BDL(DL:0.01) Max.3
61 Gamma HCH (Lindane) µg/l BDL(DL:0.01) BDL(DL:0.01) BDL(DL:0.01) BDL(DL:0.01) BDL(DL:0.01) BDL(DL:0.01) BDL(DL:0.01) BDL(DL:0.01) Max.2


8-41
62 Isoproturan# µg/l BDL(DL:0.01) BDL(DL:0.01) BDL(DL:0.01) BDL(DL:0.01) BDL(DL:0.01) BDL(DL:0.01) BDL(DL:0.01) BDL(DL:0.01) Max.9
#
63 Malathion µg/l BDL(DL:0.01) BDL(DL:0.01) BDL(DL:0.01) BDL(DL:0.01) BDL(DL:0.01) BDL(DL:0.01) BDL(DL:0.01) BDL(DL:0.01) Max.190
BDL
64 Methyl Parathion µg/l BDL(DL:0.01) BDL(DL:0.01) BDL(DL:0.01) BDL(DL:0.01) BDL(DL:0.01) BDL(DL:0.01) BDL(DL:0.01) Max.0.3
(DL:0.01)
65 Monocrotophos µg/l BDL(DL:0.01) BDL(DL:0.01) BDL(DL:0.01) BDL(DL:0.01) BDL(DL:0.01) BDL(DL:0.01) BDL(DL:0.01) BDL(DL:0.01) Max.1
#
66 Phorate µg/l BDL(DL:0.01) BDL(DL:0.01) BDL(DL:0.01) BDL(DL:0.01) BDL(DL:0.01) BDL(DL:0.01) BDL(DL:0.01) BDL(DL:0.01) Max.2
Microbial
Per
67 E.coli Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent
100ml Shall not be detectable in any 100
Per ml of sample
68 Total Coliform Absent Absent Absent Absent Present Present Absent Absent
100ml


8-42
8.4.1.4 INFERENCE
Most the samples of ground water were within the quality standards prescribed by IS
10500, except 2 samples ie a sample each at Edakandigai&Amaramdedu, where the
taste of water was disagreeable & also 1-sample at Amarambedu had exhibited slightly
higher turbidity. The sample at Amarambedu also had TDS higher than the acceptable
limit, however was within the permissible limit of IS 10500.
Otherwise, all the samples analysed were devoid of Heavy Metals, Pesticides, Cyanides, Borons, or
any Microbial Contamination.
8.4.2 SURFACE WATER QUALITY

8.4.2.1 LOCATION
Surface Water Sampling Locations

proposed proposed
project site project site
(km)
SURFACE WATER
1 SW1 Sitturnatham N 3.0
2 SW2 Govindan Nagar NE 4.5
SPECIFIC GPS OF SAMPLING LOCATIONS
Surface Water
2 Sitturnatham Lake 13°25'14.8"N & 80°03'34.5"E
2 Govindan Nagar 13°24'38.9"N & 80°03'43.1"E


8-43
Location of Water Sampling Station – Surface Water
SW2
SW1


8-44
8.4.2.2 SURFACE WATER QUALITY
S. RESULTS
PARAMETERS UNITS
NO SW1 SW2
1 Colour HU 5 200
2 Odour - Agreeable Agreeable
3 pH value @ 25°C - 8.0 8.1
4 Taste - Disagreeable Disagreeable
5 Turbidity NTU 10 2480
6 Total Dissolved Solids mg/l 126 204
7 Conductivity @ 25°C mg/l 210 338
8 Anionic detergent as MBAS mg/l BDL(DL:0.1) BDL(DL:0.1)
9 Boron as B mg/l BDL(DL:0.1) BDL(DL:0.1)
10 Calcium as Ca mg/l 17 12
11 Sodium as Na mg/l 16.8 78
12 Potassium as K mg/l 3.7 4.6
13 Chloride as Cl mg/l 21 20
14 Fluoride as F mg/l 0.26 BDL(DL:0.1)
15 Free Residual Chlorine mg/l BDL(DL:0.1) BDL(DL:0.1)
16 Iron as Fe mg/l 0.68 1.85
17 Magnesium as Mg mg/l 2 6
#
18 Mineral oil mg/l Absent Absent
19 Nitrate as NO3 mg/l BDL(DL:0.1) 0.4
Phenolic Compounds as
20 mg/l BDL(DL:0.001) BDL(DL:0.001)
C6H5OH
21 Sulphate as SO4 mg/l 14 <1
6+
22 Hexavalent Chromium as Cr mg/l BDL(DL:0.01) BDL(DL:0.01)
23 Total Alkalinity as CaCO3 mg/l 55 111
24 Total Hardness as CaCO3 mg/l 51 55
25 Cyanide as CN mg/l BDL(DL:0.01) BDL(DL:0.01)
26 Aluminium as Al mg/l BDL(DL:0.02) BDL(DL:0.02)
27 Copper as Cu mg/l BDL(DL:0.02) 0.07
28 Manganese as Mn mg/l BDL(DL:0.01) 0.52
29 Selenium as Se mg/l BDL(DL:0.005) BDL(DL:0.005)
30 Zinc as Zn mg/l BDL(DL:0.08) 0.24
31 Cadmium as Cd mg/l BDL(DL:0.002) BDL(DL:0.002)
32 Lead as Pb mg/l BDL(DL:0.005) 0.04
33 Mercury as Hg mg/l BDL(DL:0.001) BDL(DL:0.001)
34 Total Arsenic as As mg/l BDL(DL:0.001) BDL(DL:0.001)
Pesticide Residue
35 Alachlor µg/l BDL(DL:0.01) BDL(DL:0.01)

8-45
36 Atrazine# µg/l BDL(DL:0.01) BDL(DL:0.01)

37 Aldrin µg/l BDL(DL:0.01) BDL(DL:0.01)
38 Dieldrin µg/l BDL(DL:0.01) BDL(DL:0.01)
39 Alpha HCH µg/l BDL(DL:0.01) BDL(DL:0.01)
40 Beta HCH µg/l BDL(DL:0.01) BDL(DL:0.01)
41 Butachlor µg/l BDL(DL:0.01) BDL(DL:0.01)
42 Chlorpyriphos µg/l BDL(DL:0.01) BDL(DL:0.01)
43 Delta HCH µg/l BDL(DL:0.01) BDL(DL:0.01)
2,4 - Dichlorophenoxyacetic
44 µg/l BDL(DL:0.01) BDL(DL:0.01)
acid#
45 o,p‟-DDT µg/l BDL(DL:0.01) BDL(DL:0.01)
46 p,p‟-DDT µg/l BDL(DL:0.01) BDL(DL:0.01)
47 p,p‟-DDE µg/l BDL(DL:0.01) BDL(DL:0.01)
48 o,p‟-DDE µg/l BDL(DL:0.01) BDL(DL:0.01)
49 o,p‟-DDD µg/l BDL(DL:0.01) BDL(DL:0.01)
50 p,p‟-DDD µg/l BDL(DL:0.01) BDL(DL:0.01)
51 Endosulfan alpha µg/l BDL(DL:0.01) BDL(DL:0.01)
52 Endosulfan Beta µg/l BDL(DL:0.01) BDL(DL:0.01)
53 EndosulfanSulfate µg/l BDL(DL:0.01) BDL(DL:0.01)
54 Ethion µg/l BDL(DL:0.01) BDL(DL:0.01)
55 Gamma HCH (Lindane) µg/l BDL(DL:0.01) BDL(DL:0.01)
#
56 Isoproturan µg/l BDL(DL:0.01) BDL(DL:0.01)
57 Malathion# µg/l BDL(DL:0.01) BDL(DL:0.01)
58 Methyl Parathion µg/l BDL(DL:0.01) BDL(DL:0.01)
59 Monocrotophos µg/l BDL(DL:0.01) BDL(DL:0.01)
#
60 Phorate µg/l BDL(DL:0.01) BDL(DL:0.01)
Microbial
Per
61 E.coli Absent Present
100ml
Per
62 Total Coliform Absent Present
100ml
8.4.2.3 INFERENCE
The surface water samples tested were found to be unpolluted, and the parameters such
as TDS, Hardness, were within acceptable levels,whereas Metal, Pesticides & Microbial
Contamination was Below Deductible Levels, however had exhibited higher level of
turbidity, which may probably be because of the sediment mixing due to frequent use by
the domesticated animals in the area.


8-46
8.5 NOISE LEVEL
Noise, which is defined as unwanted sound, may annoy people by interfering with their
speech communication either at work or at leisure. Under certain conditions it may affect
their behaviour as well. Chronic exposure to high noise levels may lead to hearing loss
(temporary or permanent) depending on sound intensity, frequency and sound duration.
The noise risks in the area of industries and neighbourhood are to be identified through
systematic noise level surveys.
The environmental impact of noise generated in the unitdepends on the environmental

setting of the project, population distribution around the proposed plant site and on
the noise sources within. The occupational impact, needs consideration of other
additional factors such as location of the receiver vis-a-vis noise sources, duration
of exposure etc.
J R METAL CHENNAI LIMITEDproposedproject site although is in a largely developed

industrial area, this particular location ie the core zone of the project site is in a largely
rural setting.
Noise level assessment aroundproposed project site has been carried out with the
objective of assessing the impact of total noise generated in the proposed project site
and human settlements within 10 Kms radius from proposed project site. Studies were
conducted to assess
 Noise level at the proposed project site;

 Baseline noise levels in the villages and residential areas; and
 Impact of the noise on the general population.


8-47
8.5.1 LOCATION
Noise Levels Monitoring

proposed proposed project
project site site (km)
1 SN1 Project Site - -
2 SN2 Billakuppam NE 3.75
3 SN3 Eguvarpalayam NNE 4.5
4 SN4 Erukkuvoy S 4.5
5 SN5 Gururajakandikai E 2.0
6 SN6 Matharpakkam NW 7.5
7 SN7 Periyapuliur WSW 1.0
8 SN8 Thervai SW 5.5
Ambient Noise
1 Project Site 13°23'54.1"N & 80°02'52.5"E
2 BillaKuppam 13°24'49.5"N & 80°04'55.8"E
3 EguvarPalayam 13°25'54.4"N & 80°03'35.5"E
4 Erukkuvoy 13°21'09.6"N & 80°02'35.0"E
5 GururajaKandikai 13°23'21.2"N & 80°03'35.4"E
6 Matharpakkam 13°26'55.7"N & 80°02'30.9"E
8 Thervai 13°22'31.7"N & 79°59'58.1"E


8-48
Location of Noise Sampling Locations
SN6
SN3
SN2
SN1 SN5
SN7
SN8
SN4


8-49
8.5.2 METHODOLOGY
Sound Pressure Level (SPL) measurements were measured at all locations. The readings
were taken for every hour for 24 hours. The day noise levels have been monitored
during 6 am to 10 pm and night levels during 10 pm to 6 am at all the locations in the
study area.
Noise levels were measured using integrated sound level meter manufactured by Extech
(Model No.407780) with frequency range of 30 to 130dB. This instrument is capable of
measuring the Sound Pressure Level (SPL), Leq frequency analysis.
The noise levels were monitored on working days only. During each hour Leq were
directly computed by the instrument based on the sound pressure levels, corresponding
hourly Leq of day and night respectively. Monitoring was carried out at „A‟ response and
fast mode.


8-50
8.5.2.1 CALIBRATION CERTIFICATE


8-51
8.5.3 NOISE LEVELS
NOISE LEVEL VALUES Leq dB(A)

S. NO TIME
SN1 SN2 SN3 SN4 SN5 SN6 SN7 SN8
DAY TIME
1 06.00 57.8 46.8 59.6 48.6 58.6 56.3 58.2 56.9
2 07.00 58.6 47.6 60.2 49.2 59.7 57.4 59.3 58.0
3 08.00 56.3 45.8 61.2 50.2 60.2 57.9 59.8 58.5
4 09.00 57.5 46.9 60.7 49.7 61.3 59.0 60.9 59.6
5 10.00 56.5 45.3 59.2 42.8 60.8 58.5 60.4 59.1
6 11.00 56.3 44.7 58.4 47.4 59.7 57.4 59.3 58.0
7 12.00 57.8 45.6 57.3 46.3 58.3 56.0 57.9 56.6
8 13.00 58.3 45.8 58.6 47.6 57.2 54.9 56.8 55.5
9 14.00 59.7 44.3 59.6 48.6 58.9 56.6 58.5 57.2
10 15.00 60.2 46.9 58.4 47.4 59.4 57.1 59.0 57.7
11 16.00 59.2 47.8 57.3 46.3 60.2 57.9 59.8 58.5
12 17.00 58.7 46.3 56.8 45.8 61.7 59.4 61.3 59.6
13 18.00 59.2 45.2 57.3 46.3 60.6 58.3 60.2 58.9
14 19.00 60.8 46.7 56.7 45.7 59.7 57.4 59.3 58.0
15 20.00 61.3 47.0 57.9 46.9 58.2 55.9 57.8 56.5
16 21.00 60.7 47.5 58.4 47.4 57.3 55.7 57.6 57.4
AVERAGE 58.7 46.3 58.6 47.6 59.5 57.2 59.1 57.9
NIGHT TIME
17 22.00 52.6 41.3 54.3 42.3 51.7 52.3 53.4 51.6
18 23.00 51.6 42.5 52.8 43.5 50.2 53.7 54.7 50.4
19 24.00 50.7 40.8 53.6 44.8 49.6 52.4 55.1 51.7
20 01.00 49.3 41.3 52.4 43.2 50.2 51.8 54.2 52.3
21 02.00 50.2 42.6 53.8 44.7 51.8 50.2 53.7 51.6
22 03.00 51.3 41.2 54.6 43.8 52.7 51.7 54.8 50.7
23 04.00 52.6 40.3 53.7 42.7 51.2 52.6 55.6 49.8
24 05.00 51.7 41.8 52.8 41.4 50.7 53.7 56.8 50.3
AVERAGE 51.2 41.4 53.5 43.3 51.0 52.3 54.7 51.0
8.5.4 INFERENCE
The area falls to a large extent in the Industrial Zone, and with respect to it the Ambient
Noise Levels were within the permissible levels at present.


8-52
8.6 SOIL CHARACTERISTICS
8.6.1 LOCATION
Soil Sampling Locations

proposed project proposed project
site site (km)
1 SS1 Project Site - -
2 SS2 Billakuppam NE 3.75
3 SS3 Eguvarpalayam NNE 4.5
4 SS4 Erukkuvoy S 4.5
5 SS5 Gururajakandikai E 2.0
6 SS6 Matharpakkam NW 7.5
7 SS7 Periyapuliur WSW 1.0
8 SS8 Thervai SW 5.5
Specific GPS of Locations
1 Project Site 13°23'52.0"N & 80°02'50.6"E
2 Billakuppam 13°25'09.9"N & 80°04'53.9"E
3 Eguvarpalayam 13°26'12.3"N & 80°03'11.9"E
4 Erukkuvoy 13°21'02.8"N & 80°02'42.2"E
5 Gururajakandikai 13°23'21.4"N & 80°03'35.6"E
6 Matharpakkam 13°26'28.8"N & 80°01'06.9"E
8 Thervai 13°22'28.1"N & 80°00'09.3"E


8-53
Location of Soil Sampling
SS6
SS3
SA2
SS1
SS5
SS7
SS8
SS4


8-54
8.6.2 METHODOLOGY
For studying soil profile of the region, sampling locations were identified & approved
during TOR approval by the EAC to assess the existing soil conditions in and around the
project area. The physical, chemical and heavy metal concentrations were determined.
The samples were collected upto a depth of 90 cm.
The present study of the soil profile establishes the baseline characteristics and this will
help in future in identifying the incremental concentrations if any, due to the operation of
the plant. The sampling locations were identified with the following objectives:
 To determine the baseline soil characteristics of the study area;

 To determine the impact of industrialization on soil characteristics; and
 To determine the impact on soils more importantly from agricultural productivity
point of view.
Eight locations within 10-km radius of the plant boundary approved by EAC during TOR
approval for soil sampling. At each location, soil samples were collected from three
different depths viz. 30 cm, 60 cm and 90 cm below the surface and are homogenized.
This is in line with IS: 2720 and Methods of Soil Analysis, Part-1, 2nd edition, 1986 of
(American Society for Agronomy and Soil Science Society of America). The homogenized
samples were analyzed for physical and chemical characteristics.
The samples wereanalyzed as per the established scientific methods for physico-chemical
parameters. The heavy metalswereanalyzed by using Atomic Absorption
Spectrophotometer.


8-55
8.6.3 RESULTS OF ANALYSIS
S. RESULTS
PARAMETERS UNITS
NO SS1 SS2 SS3 SS4 SS5 SS6 SS7 SS8
1 pH - 5.1 4.3 6.5 5.3 8.4 6.1 5.6 6.1
2 Temperature °C 27.6 28.1 28.4 27.8 28.2 28.0 27.7 28.4
Electrical Conductivity µmhos/c
3 170 409 160 173 273 160 201 351
@ 20oC m
4 Nitrogen as N mg/kg 206 273 746 388 542 317 396 988
5 Phosphorus as P mg/kg 20.9 57.1 54.5 53.9 53.6 60.3 32.1 36.5
6 Potassium as K mg/kg 152 150 249 216 462 198 192 184
7 Calcium as Ca mg/kg 26 64 128 38 144 41 62 41
8 Magnesium as Mg mg/kg 14 52 39 20 50 12 25 50
9 Sodium as Na mg/kg 126 187 178 130 505 139 176 242
10 Chloride as Cl mg/kg 48 240 168 76 163 140 23 233
11 Sulphate as SO4 mg/kg 32 88 76 58 86 74 16 127
12 Boron as B mg/kg 2.6 1.0 1.6 2.1 1.2 1.5 1.8 1.2
13 Organic Matter % 0.16 0.48 0.62 0.15 0.28 0.39 0.26 0.74
Grain Size Distribution:
Sand % 26.10 24.74 18.83 32.76 32.68 19.64 16.10 4.36
14
Silt % 64.36 17.83 16.44 48.31 57.48 38.19 54.36 7.47
Clay % 9.54 57.43 64.73 18.93 9.84 42.17 29.54 88.17
Sodium Absorption
15 - 4.94 4.2 3.53 4.24 9.2 4.9 4.7 5.9
Ratio (SAR)
Natural Moisture
16 % 2.80 18.42 12.43 4.30 7.20 10.7 3.9 36.42
Content


8-56
Average Water Storage

17 % 32.1 20.8 22.6 26.5 30.4 23.2 24.2 20.6
Capacity
18 Bulk Density gms/cc 1.42 1.21 1.16 1.37 1.41 1.32 1.32 1.16
Cation Exchange
19 meq/100g 7.8 26.4 28 6.1 8.2 16.6 6.9 32.4
Capacity
20 Infiltration Rate cm/hr 2.6 1.2 0.8 2.2 2.4 1.1 1.8 0.5
BDL(DL:0.1 BDL(DL:0.1 BDL(DL:0.1 BDL(DL:0.1 BDL(DL:0.1 BDL(DL:0.1 BDL(DL:0.1 BDL(DL:0.1
21 Arsenic as As mg/kg
) ) ) ) ) ) ) )
22 Cadmium as Cd mg/kg BDLDL:2.0)
) ) ) ) ) ) )
23 Mercury as Hg mg/kg
) ) ) ) ) ) ) )
24 Copper as Cu mg/kg 3.97 5.24 11.36 4.23 64.66 10.62 13.23 24.50
25 Nickel as Ni mg/kg 18.15 19.78 25.88 12.72 32.16 18.44 21.25 24.30
26 Chromium as cr mg/kg 51.05 65.34 72.87 54.42 90.40 83.56 88.27 92.08
27 Lead as Pb mg/kg
) ) ) ) ) ) ) )
28 Iron as Fe % 0.86 0.92 1.02 0.94 1.05 1.10 1.04 1.16
BDL - Below Detection Limit; DL - Detection Limit
8.6.4 INFERENCE
The soil at all locations, where sample was tested was free of toxicity, and with a moderate fertility indicated by the presence of Nitrogen,
Phosphorous & Potassium. The soil also had low Sodium Absorbtion Ratio, thus indicating that the nutrient present in the soil will remain
undamaged. The soil at present had no semblance of pollution.


8-57
8.7 ECOLOGY & BIO DIVERSITY

8.7.1 Ecology of the study area
The proposed land is dry barren & unclassified as per the Department of Town and
Country Planning and the area is devoid of any Eco Sensitive Areas such as: National
Parks, Sanctuaries, Biosphere Reserves, Migratory Corridors of Wild Animals, Biodiversity
important areas, etc. within the 10 kms radius of proposed site. It is noticed that, a
Palavakkam Reserved Forests is situated 2.5 km south side from the project
site and Araniyar River is crossing (South East side) at a distance of 6.0 km.
The vegetationcover of the proposed site is an abandoned cultivated field, which

previously would have had plantation such as Mango orchad, Eucalyptus and
Teak, as noticed from the races present. The diversity of the proposed sites is
dominated with herbaceous speciesand a few tree species along the filled bunds and
bushes.
To document the floral and faunal diversity functional area expert on Ecology had visited
the site during September, 2020 to carry out the baseline study.
8.7.2 Objective of the Ecological study
 To document the list of floral and faunal diversity available in core and buffer
(10 km radius) zones;
 To see whether the site falls under any eco-sensitive zone or areas importance
for biodiversity;
 Compare the list of floral and faunal diversity with IUCN status;
 To compare the faunal diversity with the schedule list provided under the WPA,
1972;
 To suggest the native plant species for the green belt development.
8.7.3 Methodology
The ecological evaluation of the proposed site help‟s in assessing the biodiversity impact
of proposed project and to provide guidance in improving the biodiversity wealth. The
evaluation of ecological significance of an area can be undertaken from different
perspective and one of such perspectives focus is conservation of biodiversity. The
primary data was generated by undertaking systematic ecological study by following
procedures.
8.7.3.1 Floral Diversity
The floral diversity was studied through a detailed survey by covering 10 k.m radius and
obtaining a broad representation of the existing floristic variations in and around the
proposed project site. The site was surveyed through random sampling and the floristic
diversity was enumerated. All floral diversity documented in the field were photographed
and identified with the help of local authenticate published flora.


8-58
8.7.3.2 Faunal Diversity
The faunal diversity was studied through random walk and opportunistic observations
methods by covering 10 k.m radius from the industrial site. During the study period,
both direct and indirect methods (tracks & signs and visual encounter) were used to
document the insects, butterflies, reptiles, birds and mammals available in the
area. Visual Encounter survey is a method in which field personnel walk through an area
or habitat for a prescribed time period systematically searching for animals.
8.7.4 Sampling Locations
The list of Terrestrial and aquatic sampling locations of the study as follows.
Aquatic and Terrestrial Sample locations
Location Code Name of the Distance from Direction

Sampling Station core area (Km)
I. Terrestrial
Core Zone Amirthamangalam -
(Project Site)
Within 5 Km Radius
TE1 Periapuliyur 1.0 W
TE2 Poovalambedu 2.0 N
TE3 Chinnapuliyur 0.5 S
TE4 Kollanur 3.5 SW
TE5 Eguvarpalayam 4.0 N
TE6 Guruvardrajakandigai 2.0 E
5 km to 10 km radius
TE7 Pappankuppam 6.0 NW
TE8 Madharpakkam 8.0 NW
TE9 Palavakkam 6.0 SW
TE10 Thervoy 6.0 SW
II. Aquatic
AE 1 Kannankottai 8.0 W
AE 2 Erukkuvay 5.5 S
AE 3 Karani 7.0 S


8-59
Location of Flora & Fauna Sampling Locations


8-60
8.7.5 Floral diversity
8.7.5.1 Floral diversity in the core zone
Around 176 plant species belonging to 52 families comprising 149 genera were recorded
in the core area. Habit analysis shows that the herbaceous (53%) diversity is dominated
followed by trees (20%), climbers (15%), shrubs (10%) and stragglers (2%). Fabaceae
is the most dominant family with 26 species followed by Poaceae (18 species) and
Malvaceae (13 species).
Core Zone
List of plant species recorded inside the core zone are
List of plant species in the core zone
S.No Binomial Habit Family

1 AbrusprecatoriusL. Climber Fabaceae
2 Abutilon indicum (L.) Sweet Shrub Malvaceae
3 Acacia auriculiformisA. Cunn. ex Benth Tree Fabaceae
4 Acacia holosericeaG.Don Tree Fabaceae
5 Acacia leucophloea(Roxb.) Willd. Tree Fabaceae
6 Achyranthes aspera L. Herb Amaranthaceae
7 Aeschynomene aspera L. Herb Fabaceae
8 Agave angustifolia Haw. Herb Agavaceae
9 Alangiumsalviifolium(L.f.) Wangerin Tree Cornaceae
10 Albizia lebbeck(L.) Willd. Tree Fabaceae
11 Allmanianodiflora(L.) R.Br. ex Wight Herb Amaranthaceae
12 Anacardium occidentale L. Tree Anacardiaceae
13 Andropogon pumilusRoxb. Herb Poaceae
14 Anisomeles indica (L.) Kuntze Shrub Lamiaceae
15 ApludamuticaL. Herb Poaceae
16 Aristida setaceaRetz. Herb Poaceae
17 Asparagus racemosusWilld. Climber Asparagaceae


8-61
18 Azadirachta indica Andr. Tree Meliaceae

19 Bacopa monnieri(L.) Wettst. Herb Plantaginaceae
20 Blumeaobliqua(L.) Druce Herb Asteraceae
21 Borassus flabellifer L. Tree Arecaceae
22 Brachiariaramosa(L. ) Stapf Herb Poaceae
23 Breynia retusa (Dennst.) Alston Shrub Phyllanthaceae
24 Buchanania axillaries (Desr.) Ramam. Tree Anacardiaceae
25 Bulbostylisbarbata(Rottb.) Kunth ex Clarke Herb Cyperaceae
26 Cajanus scarabaeoides(L.) Thouars Climber Fabaceae
27 Calotropis gigantea (L.) R. Br. Shrub Apocynaceae
28 Canavalia virosa(Roxb.) Wight &Arn. Climber Fabaceae
29 Canthiumcoromandelicum(Burm.f.) Alston Shrub Rubiaceae
30 Capparis zeylanicaL. Straggler Capparaceae
31 Cardiospermum halicacabumL. Climber Sapindaceae
32 Carica papaya L. Tree Caricaceae
33 Carissa spinarumL. Shrub Apocynaceae
34 Cassia fistula L. Tree Fabaceae
35 Cassytha filiformisL. Climber Lauraceae
36 Catunaregam spinosa (Thunb.) Tirveng. Tree Rubiaceae
37 Celosia argentea L. Herb Amaranthaceae
38 Chloris barbataSw. Herb Poaceae
39 Chrysopogon fulvus (Spreng.) Chiov. Herb Poaceae
40 Chrysopogonzizanioides(L.) Roberty Herb Poaceae
41 Cissus quadrangularis L. Climber Vitaceae
42 CissusvitigineaL. Climber Vitaceae
43 Cleome viscosaL. Herb Cleomaceae
44 ClitoriaternateaL. Climber Fabaceae
45 Cocos nucifera L. Tree Arecaceae
46 CommelinadiffusaBurm.f. Herb Commelinaceae
47 CommelinaensifoliaR. Br. Herb Commelinaceae
48 Corchorus aestuansL. Herb Malvaceae
49 Crotalaria prostrataWilld. Herb Fabaceae
50 Croton bonplandianusBaill. Herb Euphorbiaceae
51 Ctenolepisgarcini (L.) C.B.Clarke Climber Cucurbitaceae
52 Cyanthillium cinereum (L.) H.Rob. Herb Asteraceae
53 Cymbopogon flexuosus(Nees ex Steud.) Herb Poaceae
54 Cynodondactylon(L.) Pers. Herb Poaceae
55 Cyperus castaneusWilld. Herb Cyperaceae
56 Cyperus mitis Steudel Herb Cyperaceae
57 Cyperus rotundusL. Herb Cyperaceae
58 Dactylocteniumaegyptium (L.) Beauv. Herb Poaceae

8-62
59 Dendrophthoe falcata (L.f.) Ettingsh. Tree Loranthaceae

60 Desmodiumtriflorum(L.) DC. Herb Fabaceae
61 Dicermabiarticulatum(L.) DC. Herb Fabaceae
62 Diospyros vera (Lour.) A.Chev. Tree Ebenaceae
63 Diplocyclospalmatus(L.) C. Jeffrey Climber Cucurbitaceae
64 Dodonaeaviscosasubsp. angustifolia (L.f.) J Shrub Sapindaceae
65 Dregeavolubilis(L.f.) Benth. ex Hook.f. Climber Aocynaceae
66 Echinochloacolona(L.) Link. Herb Poaceae
67 Ecliptaprostrata(L.) L. Mant. Herb Asteraceae
68 Enicostemaaxillare(Poir. ex Lam.) A.Raynal Herb Gentianaceae
69 Eragrostis riparia (Willd.) Nees Herb Poaceae
70 Eragrostistenella (L. )Beauv. ex Roemer Herb Poaceae
71 Eragrostisviscosa(Retz.) Trin. Herb Poaceae
72 Eucalyptus tereticornisSm. Tree Myrtaceae
73 Euphorbia corrigioloidesBoiss. Herb Euphorbiaceae
74 Evolvulusalsinoides(L.) L. Herb Convolvulaceae
75 Evolvulusnummularius(L.) L. Herb Convolvulaceae
76 Ficus amplissimaSm. Tree Moraceae
77 Ficus benghalensisL. Tree Moraceae
78 Ficus racemosaL. Tree Moraceae
79 Ficus religiosa L. Tree Moraceae
80 Fimbristylis argentea (Rottb.) Vahl Herb Cyperaceae
81 Fimbristylis falcata (Vahl) Kunth Herb Cyperaceae
82 Fimbristylismiliacea(L.) Vahl Herb Cyperaceae
83 Flacourtia indica (Burm.f.) Merr. Shrub Salicaceae
84 FlueggealeucopyrusWilld. Shrub Phyllanthaceae
85 Glinusoppositifolius (L.) DC. Herb Molluginaceae
86 Gmelina asiatica L. Shrub Lamiaceae
87 Grewia carpinifoliaJuss. Tree Malvaceae
88 Gymnosporiaemarginata(Willd.) Thwaites Straggler Celastraceae
89 HeliotropiumbracteatumR. Br. Herb Boraginaceae
90 Hemidesmus indicus (L.) R. Br. Climber Apocynaceae
Heteropogoncontortus(L.) Beauv. ex Roem.
91 &Schult. Herb Poaceae
92 Hibiscus vitifoliusL. Herb Malvaceae
93 Hybanthusenneaspermus(L.) F.Muell. Herb Violaceae
94 Hyptissuaveolens(L.) Poit. Herb Lamiaceae
95 Ichnocarpus frutescens (L.) R. Br. Climber Apocynaceae
96 Indigofera aspalathoidesVahl ex DC. Herb Fabaceae
97 Ixora pavettaAndr. Shrub Rubiaceae
98 Jasminum angustifolium (L.) Willd. Climber Oleaceae


8-63
99 Jatropha gossypiifoliaL. Shrub Euphorbiaceae

100 Justicia prostrata(Roxb. ex C.B. Clarke) Gamble Herb Acanthaceae
101 KyllingabrevifoliaRottb. Herb Cyperaceae
102 Lanneacoromandelica(Houtt.) Merr. Tree Anacardiaceae
103 Lantana camara L. Shrub Lamiaceae
104 Lepidagathis cristata Willd. Herb Acanthaceae
105 Leucas aspera (Willd.) Link Herb Lamiaceae
106 Leucas diffusaBenth. Herb Lamiaceae
107 Linderniaantipoda(L.) Alston Herb Linderniaceae
108 Ludwigia perennis L. Herb Onagraceae
109 Madhuca longifolia (J.Koenig ex L.) J.F.Macbr. Tree Sapotaceae
110 Mangifera indica L. Tree Anacardiaceae
111 Manilkara hexandra(Roxb.) Dubard Tree Sapotaceae
112 MelochiacorchorifoliaL. Herb Malvaceae
113 Merremiaemarginata(Burm.f.) Hallier f. Climber Convolvulaceae
114 Merremia tridentata (L.) Hallier f. Climber Convolvulaceae
115 Microstachyschamaelea (L.) Müll.Arg. Herb Euphorbiaceae
116 Mimosa pudicaL. Herb Fabaceae
117 Mitracarpusvillosus(Sw.) DC. Herb Rutaceae
118 Mollugo pentaphylla L. Herb Molluginaceae
119 MorindapubescensSmith Tree Rubiaceae
120 Mukiamaderaspatana(L.) M.Roem. Climber Cucurbitaceae
121 MuntingiacalaburaL. Tree Malvaceae
122 OcimumtenuiflorumL. Herb Lamiaceae
123 Oldenlandiaaffinis(Roem. &Schult.) DC. Herb Rubiaceae
124 OldenlandiaumbellataL. Herb Rubiaceae
125 Opuntia dillenii(Ker Gawl.) Haw. Shrub Cactaceae
126 Parthenium hysterophorusL. Herb Asteraceae
127 Paspalidiumflavidum(Retz.) Camus Herb Poaceae
128 Paspalum scrobiculatumL. Herb Poaceae
129 Passiflora foetida L. Climber Passifloraceae
130 Pavoniazeylanica(L.) Cav Herb Malvaceae
131 Peltophorumpterocarpum(DC.) Baker ex Heyne Tree Fabaceae
132 Perotis indica (L.) Kuntze Herb Poaceae
133 Phoenix sylvestris (L.) Roxb. Tree Arecaceae
134 Phyllanthus amarusSchumach. &Thonn. Herb Phyllanthaceae
135 Phyllanthus debilis Klein ex Willd. Herb Phyllanthaceae
136 Phyllanthus maderaspatensisL. Herb Phyllanthaceae
137 Phyllanthus virgatusG.Forst. Herb Phyllanthaceae
138 Physalis minima L. Herb Solanaceae
139 Polygala arvensisWilld. Herb Polygalaceae

8-64
140 Polygala rosmarinifoliaWight&Arn. Herb Polygalaceae

141 Pongamia pinnata (L.) Pierre Tree Fabaceae
142 PsydraxdicoccosGaertn. Tree Rubiaceae
143 Pterocarpus marsupium Roxb. Tree Fabaceae
144 Pycreusflavidus (Retz.) T.Koyama Herb Cyperaceae
145 Riveahypocrateriformis(Desr.) Choisy Climber Convolvulaceae
146 Sansevieria roxburghianaSchult. &Schult.f. Herb Asparagaceae
147 Sarcostemmaacidum(Roxb.) Voigt Climber Apocynaceae
148 Sauropusbacciformis(L.) Airy Shaw Herb Phyllanthaceae
149 Scoparia dulcis L. Herb Plantaginaceae
150 Senna auriculata (L.) Roxb. Shrub Fabaceae
151 Senna tora(L.) Roxb. Herb Fabaceae
152 Sesbania bispinosa(Jacq.) W. Wight Shrub Fabaceae
153 Sida acuta Burm. f. Herb Malvaceae
154 Sida cordata (Burm.f.) Borss.Waalk. Herb Malvaceae
155 Sida cordifolia L. Herb Malvaceae
156 Solenaamplexicaulis(Lam.) Gandhi Climber Cucurbitaceae
157 SpermacocearticularisL.f. Herb Rubiaceae
158 Stachytarphetajamaicensis(L.) Vahl Herb Verbenaceae
159 Striga angustifolia (D. Don) C.J. Saldanha Herb Orobanchaceae
160 Syzygiumcumini (L.) Skeels Tree Myrtaceae
161 Tarenna asiatica (L.) Kuntze ex K.Schum. Shrub Rubiaceae
162 Tectona grandis L.f. Tree Lamiaceae
163 Tephrosia pumila (Lam.) Pers. Herb Fabaceae
164 Tephrosia purpurea (L.) Pers. Herb Fabaceae
165 Tephrosia villosa (L.) Pers. Herb Fabaceae
166 Terminalia bellirica(Gaertner) Roxb. Tree Combretaceae
167 Tinospora cordifolia (Willd.) Miers Climber Menispermaceae
168 Toddalia asiatica (L.) Lam. Straggler Rutaceae
169 TriumfettarhomboideaJacq. Herb Malvaceae
170 Tylophora indica (Burm.f.) Merr. Climber Apocynaceae
171 Urena lobata L. Shrub Malvaceae
172 Vigna triloboata(L.) Verdc. Climber Fabaceae
173 Vitex negundo L. Tree Lamiaceae
174 Waltheria indica L. Herb Malvaceae
175 Ziziphus oenoplia (L.) Mill. Straggler Rhamnaceae
176 Zornia gibbosa Span. Herb Fabaceae


8-65
8.7.5.2 Endemic species recorded inside the prosed project site
Around 11 Pan-India endemic species recorded inside the proposed site, some of these
species are also distribution in Sri Lanka. Endemic tree species Buchanania axillaries
(Desr.) Ramam. in few numbers found growing along the margin bushes of the land. List
of the endemic species recorded inside the core area are
Endemic species recorded inside the project proposed site
S.No Binomial Family Endemic

1 Brachiariaramosa(L.) Stapf Poaceae India & Sri Lanka
2 Buchanania axillaries (Desr.) Ramam. Anacardiaceae India & Sri Lanka
3 CissusvitigineaL. Vitaceae India & Sri Lanka
4 Ctenolepisgarcini (L.) C.B.Clarke Cucurbitaceae India & Sri Lanka
Cymbopogon flexuosus(Nees ex Steud.)
5 W.Watson Poaceae Peninsular India
6 Euphorbia corrigioloidesBoiss. Euphorbiaceae Peninsular India
7 Jasminum angustifolium (L.) Willd. Oleaceae Peninsular India
8 Lepidagathis cristata Willd. Acanthaceae India
9 Leucas diffusaBenth. Lamiaceae India
10 Riveahypocrateriformis(Desr.) Choisy Convolvulaceae India
11 Solenaamplexicaulis(Lam.) Gandhi Cucurbitaceae Peninsular India
8.7.5.3 IUCN Red listed species recorded inside the core Zone
A total of 25 species of IUCN relisted categories were recorded inside the project
proposed site. Of which 76% are herbaceous many of them (84%) are classified as
Least Concern category. A tree speciesPterocarpus marsupium
RoxbclassifiedunderNear to threat recorded inside the proposed project site, however
were not natural and are saplings introduced by man
madeintervention.AnotherVulnerable tree species PsydraxdicoccosGaertn. of few
stumps are found growing along the bushes. List of the IUCN Red listed plant species
recorded inside the proposed project are
IUCN Red listed species recorded inside the project proposed site
S.No Binomial Family IUCN Status

1 Aeschynomene aspera L. Fabaceae Least Concern
2 Asparagus racemosusWilld. Asparagaceae Near to threat
3 Bacopa monnieri(L.) Wettst. Plantaginaceae Least Concern
4 Brachiariaramosa(L. ) Stapf Poaceae Least Concern
5 Cajanus scarabaeoides(L.) Thouars Fabaceae Least Concern
6 CommelinadiffusaBurm.f. Commelinaceae Least Concern
7 Cyperus castaneusWilld. Cyperaceae Least Concern

8-66
8 Cyperus mitis Steudel Cyperaceae Least Concern

9 Cyperus rotundusL. Cyperaceae Least Concern
10 Echinochloacolona(L.) Link. Poaceae Least Concern
11 Ecliptaprostrata(L.) L. Mant. Asteraceae Least Concern
12 Fimbristylis argentea (Rottb.) Vahl Cyperaceae Least Concern
13 Indigofera aspalathoidesVahl ex DC. Fabaceae Near to threat
14 KyllingabrevifoliaRottb. Cyperaceae Least Concern
15 Linderniaantipoda(L.) Alston Linderniaceae Least Concern
16 Ludwigia perennis L. Onagraceae Least Concern
17 Mimosa pudicaL. Fabaceae Least Concern
18 Paspalidiumflavidum(Retz.) Camus Poaceae Least Concern
19 Paspalum scrobiculatumL. Poaceae Least Concern
20 Pongamia pinnata (L.) Pierre Fabaceae Least Concern
21 PsydraxdicoccosGaertn. Rubiaceae Vulnerable
22 Pterocarpus marsupium Roxb. Fabaceae Near Threat
23 Pycreusflavidus (Retz.) T.Koyama Cyperaceae Least Concern
24 Sesbania bispinosa(Jacq.) W. Wight Fabaceae Least Concern
25 Tephrosia villosa (L.) Pers. Fabaceae Least Concern
8.7.5.4 Floral Diversity in the buffer zone
The buffer zone is to large extentwith Eucalyptus and Cashew nut plantation or
abandoned cultivated fields. Paddy is the major crop cultivated in the surrounding
villages, the other minor crops cultivated are coconut, bean, Mango, Zapota, Brinjal,
Marigold and Teak. The details of cultivated crops are
List of cultivated crop species recorded in the buffer zone
S.No Binomial Family Habit Common Name

1 Anacardium occidentale L. Anacardiaceae Tree Cashew nut
2 Cocos nucifera L. Arecaceae Tree Coconut
3 Eucalyptus tereticornisSm. Myrtaceae Tree Eucalyptus
4 Lablab purpureus(L.) Sweet Fabaceae Climber Hyacinth bean
5 Mangifera indica L. Anacardiaceae Tree Mango
6 Manilkara sapota Van Royen Sapotaceae Tree Zapota
7 Oryza sativa L. Poaceae Herb Paddy
8 Solanum melongena L. Solanaceae Shrub Brinjal
9 Tagetes erectaL. Asteraceae Herb Marigold
10 Tectona grandis L.f. Lamiaceae Tree Teak


8-67
8.7.5.5 Aquatic plant diversity in the buffer zone
Tanks in the area were also surveyed in the buffer zone viz.Erukkuvai, Kannankottai and
Karani. The grass species Chrysopogonzizanioides (L.) Roberty was predominant in the
lake area. The other species such as Abutilon indicum (L.) Sweet, Aeschynomene aspera
L., Bacopa monnieri (L.) Wettst., Brachiariaramosa (L.) Stapf, Croton
bonplandianusBaill., Cynodondactylon (L.) Pers., Cyperus castaneusWilld., C. Mitis
steudel,CrotundusL. Dactylocteniumaegyptium (L.) BeauvEchinochloacolona (L.) Link.,
Fimbristylismiliacea (L.) Vahl, Linderniaantipoda (L.) Alston, Ludwigia perennis L.,
Paspalum scrobiculatum L., Pycreusflavidus (Retz.) TKoyama, and Sesbania bispinosa
(Jacq.) W. Wight were recorded in the water side and margins.
Tree species such as Acacia leucophloea (Roxb.) Willd.,Alangiumsalviifolium (L.f.)

Wangerin, Azadirachta indica Andr., Borassus flabellifer L., Buchanania axillaries (Desr.)
Ramam., Ficus benghalensis L., Madhuca longifolia (J.Koenig ex L.) J.F.Macbr., Manilkara
hexandra (Roxb.) Dubard, Phoenix sylvestris (L.) Roxb., Syzygiumcumini (L.) Skeels,
Terminalia bellirica (Gaertner) Roxb. and Vitex negundo L. were recorded in the bund of
the tanks.
8.7.6 Faunal Diversity

8.7.6.1 Faunal diversity of the core area
The faunal diversity of the core zone includes insects such as ants, bees, spiders, flies,
grasshoppers, dragon flies, butterflies. Some of the bird species recorded were House
Crow, Myna, sparrow, Koel. The reptiles include garden lizards, skinks and poisonous
and Non-poisonous snakes. The Indian cobra, Rat snake and Russelsviperfalls under the
schedule II of the WPA, 1972. Under the Mammals, Mongoose falls under the Schedule II
category and the wild pig falls under the Schedule III category.
Buffer Zone


8-68


8-69


8-70
The list of faunal diversity found in the core zone are
Faunal diversity of the Core zone
S. Common name Scientific name Family IUCN / WLPA

No category
Birds LC
1 House Crow Corvus splendens Corvidae Schedule V
2 Common Kite Milyusmigrans Accipitriformes Schedule IV
3 Common Myna Acridotheres tristis Sturnidae LC/Schedule IV
4 House Sparrow Passer domisticus Passeridae LC/Schedule V
5 Koel Eudynamisscolopaceus Cuculidae Schedule IV
Amphibians
6 Asian common tode Bufo melanostictus Bufonidae Schedule IV
Reptiles
7 Calotes versicolor Common garden lizard Schedule IV
8 House lizard Hemidactylus frenatus Gekkonidae Schedule IV
9 Indian cobra Najanaja Elapidae Schedule II
10 Rat snake Ptyas mucosa Colubridae Schedule II
11 Russels Viper Daboia russelii Viperidae Schedule II
12 Sand boa Erycinae Boidae Schedule IV
13 Green vine snake Ahaetullanasuta Colubridae Schedule IV
Mammals
14 Wild pig (Bore) Sus scrofa Suidae Schedule III
15 Rabbit Leporidae
16 Fox
17 Forest cat Felis catus Felidae Domesticated
18 Domestic Dog Canis familiaris Canidae Domesticated
19 Squirrel Funambulus spp. Schedule IV
20 Common Mongoose Herpestesedwardsi Herpestidae Schedule II
8.7.6.2 Faunal Diversity of the buffer area
Some of the insects identified in the buffer zone includes: ants (black and red),
carpenter and weaver ant, grass hopper, dragon flies, honey bee, house fly, termites,
spiders, winged termite ant. Nearly 10 species of butterflies were recorded. It is reported
that poisonous black and red scorpions were recorded in the buffer zone.
Insects and butterflies in the buffer Zone
S.No English name S.No English name

Class: Insecta Butterflies
1 Black ant 12 Common grass yellow
2 Carpenter ant (Camponotus radiates) 13 Crimson Rose
3 Weaver ant (Oecophyllasmaragdina) 14 Chocolate pancy
4 Gasshopper 15 Dark Blue Tiger
5 Scarlet skimmer (Crocothemsservilia) 16 Tawny Coster
6 Ground skimmer (Diplacodes trivialis) 17 Yellow orange tip
7 Honey bee 18 Lime butterfly
8 Termites 19 Peacock pancy
9 Garden spider 20 Common crow
10 Crab spider
11 Winged termite ant

8-71
Class: Arachnida
1 Indian Black Scorpion 2 Red Indian Scorpion
8.7.6.3 Amphibians and Reptiles in the Buffer Zone
During the study 3 species of Amphibians, 4 species of lizards and 9 species of snakes
were reported in the buffer Zone. The repltiles falls under the schedule II category are
Indian Chameleon, Checked keel back, Indian Cobra, Rat snake, Russel‟s viper. The
details are
Amphibians and Reptiles in the buffer Zone
S. Common name Scientific Name Family IUCN /

No WLPA, 1972
Amphibians
1 Bufo Bufo malanosticus Bufonidae LC/ Schedule IV
2 Bull frog Rana tigrina Dicroglossidae LC/ Schedule IV
3 Common Tode Duttaphrynusmelanostictus Bufonidae LC/ Schedule IV
Reptiles
Lizards
1 Indian Chameleon Chamaeleozeylanicus Chameleon Schedule II
2 Oriental Garden Lizard Calotes versicolor Agamidae Schedule IV
3 Monitor Lizard Varanus Varanidae Schedule IV
4 Lizard (Skinks) Lampropholisguichenoti Scincidae Schedule IV
Snakes
1 Bronzeback tree snake Dendrelaphis tristis Colubridae Schedule IV
2 Checked Keel Back Xenochrophispiscatar Colubridae Schedule II
3 Common Krait Bungarus caeruleus Elapidae Schedule IV
4 Green vine snake Ahaetullanasuta Colubridae Schedule IV
5 Indian cobra Najanaja Elapidae Schedule II
6 Sand boa Erycinae Boidae Schedule IV
7 Rat snake Ptyas mucosa Colubridae Schedule II
8 Russels Viper Viperaruselli Viperidae Schedule II
9 Saw scaled viper Echiscarinatus Viperidae Schedule IV
8.7.6.4 Aves in the Buffer Zone
Nearly 35-species of birds were reported in the buffer zone. Mostly they are residential
falls under the schedule IV and Vcategories of the WPA, 1972. The list of avi-fauna in the
buffer Zone are
List of Aves and in the buffer Zone
S. Common Name Scientific Name Family Migratory IUCN /

No status IWPA status
1 Asian Koel Eudynamysscolopaceus Cuculidae R LC/ Schedule IV
2 Black drongo Dicrurusmacrocercus Dicruridae R LC/ Schedule IV
3 Common Myna Acridotheres tristis Sturnidae R LC/Schedule IV
4 Weaver bird Ploceusphilippinus Ploceidae R Schedule IV
5 Rose ringed Psittaculakrameri Psittacidae R Schedule IV
Parakeet


8-72
6 Indian Roller Coracias bengalensis Coraciidae R Schedule IV

7 Chestnut headed Merops leschenaultia Meropidae R Schedule IV
bee eater
8 Common king Alcedoatthis Alcedinidae R Schedule IV
fisher
9 House swift Apus nipalensis Apodidae R LC/Schedule IV
10 Common Indian Caprimulgus asiaticus Caprimulgidae R LC/Schedule IV
jar
11 Cattle Egret Bubulcus ibis Ardeidae R LC/Schedule IV
12 Pond heron Ardeolagrayii Ardeidae R LC/Schedule IV
13 Spotted Munia Uroloncha striata Estrildidae R LC/Schedule IV
14 House sparrow Passer domisticus Passeridae R LC/Schedule IV
15 Indian Cuckoo Megalaimamerulinus Cuculidae R LC/Schedule IV
16 Crow pheasant Centropus sinensis Cuculidae R LC/Schedule IV
17 Domestic Gallus gallusdomesticus Phasianidae R LC/Schedule IV
Chicken
18 Emerald dove Chalcophaps indica Columbidae R LC/ Schedule IV
19 Eurasian Hoopoe Upupa epops Upupidae R LC/ Schedule IV
20 Grey Francolin Francolinuspondicerianus Phasianidae R LC/ Schedule IV
21 Common Crow Corvus splendens Corvidae R LC/Schedule V
22 House Sparrow Passer domesticus Passeridae R LC/Schedule V
23 Indian Pond Ardeolagrayii Ardeidae R LC/ Schedule IV
heron
24 White throated HaleyonSmyrnensis Alcedinidae R Schedule IV
Kingfisher
25 Rock pigeon Columba livia ‎ olumbidae
C R LC/ Schedule IV
26 Jungle Crow Corvusmacrorhynchos Corvidae R LC/Schedule IV
27 Brahmy Myna Temenuchuspagodarum Sturnidae R LC/ Schedule IV
28 Little Erget Bubulcus ibis Ardeidae R LC/ Schedule IV
29 Mottled wood Strixacellata Strigidae R LC/ Schedule IV
Owl
30 Pied kingfisher Cerylerudis ‎ lcedinidae
A R LC/ Schedule IV
31 Intermediate Mesophoyx intermedia Ardeidae R LC/ Schedule IV
Egret
32 Little Grebe Tachybaptus ruficollis Podicipedidae M LC/ Schedule IV
33 Indian black ibis Pseudibispapillosa Threskiornithi R LC/ Schedule IV
dae
34 Spotted Dove Streptopelia chinensis Columbidae R LC/Schedule IV
35 White-browed Largepied wagtail Motacillidae R LC/Schedule IV
Wagtail
8.7.6.5 Mammals in the buffer zone
Around 19 different species of mammals were reported in the buffer zone, these includes
domesticated and the wild species. Some of the species categorized under the Schedule
IIare Mongoose, Rhesus macaque, Indian Fox and Jungle cat. The list of mammals falls
under the Schedule IIIcategory are spotted deer and Wild pig. These are mostly
aggregated in the Palavakkam Reserved Forest area. The WLPA, 1972 defines Reserve
forest as forest declared to be reserved by the State Government under section 20 of the
Indian Forest Act, 1927, or declared as such under any other State Act. The list of
mammals recoded in the buffer zone are


8-73
List of Mammals in the Buffer Zone
S.N Common Name Scientific Name Family WLPASchedul

o e
1 Domestic Asian Buffalo Bubalus bubalis Bovidae Domesticated
2 Domestic cattle Bos taurus Bovidae Domesticated
3 Sheep Domesticated
4 Domestic cat Felis catus Felidae Domesticated
5 Domestic Dog Canis familiaris Canidae Domesticated
6 House rat Rattus rattus Muridae Schedule V
7 House Mouse Mus musculus Muridae Schedule V
8 Brown Rat Rattus norvegicus Muridae Schedule V
9 Indian rat Mus rattus Muridae Schedule IV
10 Indian Hare Lepus nigricollis Leporidae Schedule IV
11 Short-nosed fruit eating bat Cynopterus sphinx Pteropodidae Schedule V
12 Bat Rhinolopus spp. Rhinolophidae Schedule IV
13 Rhesus macaque Macaca mulatta Cercopithecidae Schedule II
14 Indian Fox Vulpes bengalensis Canidae Schedule II
15 Common Mongoose Herpestesedwardsi Herpestidae Schedule II
16 Spotted deer Axis Axis Cervidae Schedule III
17 Palm squirrel Funambulusspp Sciuridae Schedule IV
18 Jungle cat Felis chaus Felidae Schedule II
19 Wild pig (Bore) Sus scrofa Suidae Schedule III
8.7.6.6 Aquatic organisms in the Buffer Zone
It is noticed that the Araniyar River is 6.0 km away from the proposed project site and
there were water bodies found inside the 10 km radius of the proposed project site,Viz.,
Kannankotttai, Erukkuvoy and Karani. The aquatic water bodies provides habitat for
fresh water fish speciessuch as Cattle, Tilapia, Rohu, catfishand mud crab. The list of
fish varieties recorded are
List of fish varieties documented in the Buffer Zone

S.No Common Name Scientific Name
1 Catla Catlacatla
2 Tilapia Oreochromis niloticus
3 Rohu Labeorohita
4 Catfish
5 Mud crab Scylla serrata
8.7.7 Conclusion
In the core Zone, 3 reptiles and one mammal species falls under the schedule II of the
WPA, 1972. Similarly, in the bufferzone, 5 species of reptiles and 4 species of mammals
listed in the Schedule II category; and 2 species of mammals falls under the schedule III
category of the WPA, 1972. These species needs adequate protection and rehabilitation.
It is suggested that any tree species were possible may be exempt from the cutting
during the developmental activities.


8-74
An endemic tree species Buchanania axillaries (Desr.) Ramam. and a Vulnerable tree
species PsydraxdicoccosGaertnareneed to be protected while undertaking the
construction activities. It may be exempt from the cutting during activities or may be
transplanted.
It is recommended to develop green belt in the core and buffer zones towards mitigating
air pollution. The following nativetree species which include endemic, threatened and
economically important species to maitain the local biodiversity and also suitable for that
regions for development of greenbelt.
S. Binomial Family Local Name

No
1 Acacia leucophloea(Roxb.) Willd. Fabaceae Velvel
2 Alangiumsalviifolium(L.f.) Wangerin Cornaceae Azhinjil
3 Albizia lebbeck(L.) Willd. Fabaceae Vaagai
4 Alstoniascholaris(L.) R. Br. Apocynaceae EzhilaiPallai
5 AtalantiamonophyllaDC. Rutaceae Kaattuelumitchai
6 Azadirachta indica Andr. Meliaceae Vembu
7 Bauhinia racemosaLam. Fabaceae Aathi
8 Borassus flabellifer L. Arecaceae Panai
9 Buchanania axillaries (Desr.) Ramam. Anacardiaceae Kaattu maa
10 Cassia fistula L. Fabaceae Manjalkonnai
11 Chloroxylon swietenia DC. Rutaceae Venpurasu
12 Dalbergia sissoo DC. Fabaceae Sissoo
13 Ficus benghalensisL. Moraceae Aal
14 LepisanthestetraphyllaRadlk. Sapindaceae Kugamathi
15 LimoniaacidissimaGroff Rutaceae Vilaa
16 Madhuca longifolia (J.Koenig ex L.) Sapotaceae Iluppai
J.F.Macbr.
17 Manilkara hexandra(Roxb.) Dubard Sapotaceae Paalai
18 Mitragynaparvifolia(Roxb.) Korth. Rubiaceae Kadambu
19 Phoenix sylvestris (L.) Roxb. Arecaceae Eatchai
20 PsydraxdicoccosGaertn. Rubiaceae Nazhuvai
21 Pterocarpus marsupium Roxb. Fabaceae Vengai
22 Pterocarpus santalinusL.f. Fabaceae Senchandhanam
23 Santalum album L. Santalatceae Sandhanam
24 SapindusemarginatusVahl Sapindaceae Poovandhikkottai
25 Strychnosnux-vomica L. Loganiaceae Etti
26 StrychnospotatorumL.f. Loganiaceae Thettran
27 Swietenia macrophylla King Meliaceae Magokani
28 Syzygiumcumini (L.) Skeels Myrtaceae Naaval
29 Tamarindus indica L. Fabaceae Puli
30 Terminalia bellirica(Gaertner) Roxb. Combretaceae Thandri


8-75
8.8 SOCIO ECONOMIC STATUS
8.8.1 STUDY AREA
10 Km radial distance with the proposed project site as the epicentre has been identified
as the General study area for assessing the baseline environmental status. The core
study area is the project area and its immediate surroundings to the tune of 1.0 Km
radius from the boundary. The project study area includes the villages covered under 10
Km radius of the project site covering GummidipoondiBlock,Ellapuram Block and
Sholavaram Block. (Gummidipoondi Taluk, Ponneri Taluk and UthukottaiTauk w.r.to
administrative boundaries) and at three Blocks level Gummudipoondi Block, Ellapuram
Block and Sholavaram Blocks.
List of Villages in Study Area (5 Km Radius)
Sl.No Village Name Taluk Block
1 Poovalambedu Gummidipoondi Gummidipoondi
2 Soorapundi Gummidipoondi Gummidipoondi
3 Vaniamallee Gummidipoondi Gummidipoondi
4 Panchalai Gummidipoondi Gummidipoondi
5 Kollanur Gummidipoondi Gummidipoondi
6 Periyapuliyur Gummidipoondi Gummidipoondi
7 Chinnapuliyur Gummidipoondi Gummidipoondi
8 Manali Gummidipoondi Gummidipoondi
9 Kanlur Gummidipoondi Gummidipoondi
10 Getnamallee Gummidipoondi Gummidipoondi
11 Sirupulapettai Gummidipoondi Gummidipoondi
12 Amirthamangalam Gummidipoondi Gummidipoondi
13 Eguvarpalayam Gummidipoondi Gummidipoondi
14 Chittornatham Gummidipoondi Gummidipoondi
15 Erukkuvoy Gummidipoondi Gummidipoondi
16 Pappankuppam Gummidipoondi Gummidipoondi
Source: Toposheet


8-76
List of Villages under Project Study Area (5to 10 Km Radius)
Sl.No Village Name Taluk Block
1 Malliankuppam Ponneri Sholavaram
2 Arani Town Ponneri Sholavaram
3 Chinnambedu Ponneri Sholavaram
4 Pondavakkam Ponneri Gummudipoondi
5 Budur Ponneri Gummudipoondi
6 Sirunium Ponneri Sholavaram
7 Sengarai Uthukottai Ellapuram
8 Kilakarmanur Uthukottai Ellapuram
9 Thoddareddykuppam Uthukottai Ellapuram
10 Mukkarambakkam Gummidipoondi Gummudipoondi
11 Ariapakkam Uthukottai Ellapuram
12 Vannankuppam Uthukottai Ellapuram
13 Periyapalayam Uthukottai Ellapuram
14 Velapakkam Uthukottai Ellapuram
15 Rallapadi Uthukottai Ellapuram
16 Seeyancheri Uthukottai Ellapuram
17 Panayancheri Uthukottai Ellapuram
18 Palavakkam Gummidipoondi Ellapuram
19 Melmudalambedu Gummidipoondi Gummudipoondi
20 Kilmudalambedu Gummidipoondi Gummudipoondi
21 Thandalacheri Gummidipoondi Gummudipoondi
22 AnnappaNaickankuppam Gummidipoondi Gummudipoondi
23 Verkadu Gummidipoondi Gummudipoondi
24 Pudugummidipundi Gummidipoondi Gummudipoondi
25 Nangapallam Gummidipoondi Gummudipoondi
26 Gummidipoondi Town Gummidipoondi Gummudipoondi
27 Karumbupakkam Gummidipoondi Gummudipoondi
28 Peddikuppam TP Gummidipoondi Gummudipoondi
29 Pappankuppam Gummidipoondi Gummudipoondi
30 Chinnaobulapuram Gummidipoondi Gummudipoondi


8-77
31 Periaobulapuram Gummidipoondi Gummudipoondi
32 Edur Gummidipoondi Gummudipoondi
33 Poovalai Gummidipoondi Gummudipoondi
34 Pallavada Gummidipoondi Gummudipoondi
35 Sanapudur Gummidipoondi Gummudipoondi
36 Theruali Gummidipoondi Gummudipoondi
37 Thurapallam Gummidipoondi Gummudipoondi
38 Chedilpakkam Gummidipoondi Gummudipoondi
39 Nemalur Gummidipoondi Gummudipoondi
40 Manellore Gummidipoondi Gummudipoondi
41 Siruvada Gummidipoondi Gummudipoondi
42 KannanKottai Gummidipoondi Gummudipoondi
43 Karadipudur Gummidipoondi Gummudipoondi
44 Thervoy Gummidipoondi Gummudipoondi
45 Sepedu Gummidipoondi Gummudipoondi
46 Erukkuvoy Gummidipoondi Gummudipoondi
47 Venkuzhi Gummidipoondi Gummudipoondi
48 Karani Gummidipoondi Ellapuram
49 Pudupalayam Gummidipoondi Gummudipoondi
50 Mangalam Gummidipoondi Gummudipoondi
51 Madaharpakkam Gummidipoondi Gummudipoondi
Source: Toposheet


8-78
8.8.2 PROJECT INFLUENCED AREA
The Project Influenced area is 10 Km radial distance with the proposed project site and
its surroundings, & project site as epicentre is identified as the Influenced study area for
assessing the social economic status.
8.8.3 METHODOLOGY FOR THE SOCIO – ECONOMIC STUDY
A socio-economic study was undertaken in assessing aspects which are dealing with
social and cultural conditions, and economic status in the project study area(10 Km
Radius from the project site).
8.8.3.1 METHODOLOGY ADOPTED
Secondary Data (Census and District Hand Bank and from Government
Departments).District level census data published by National Informatics Centre (NIC)
was also collected for a detailed analysis on the socio-economic aspects. Based on the
socioeconomic survey, a need-based Community Development Plan under Corporate
Social Responsibility (CSR) is suggested. Since, there are no settlements at the
proposed Project site, detailed Rehabilitation and Resettlement studies are not
envisaged under this study.
The project falls under the “S3” Category of Social impacts with no impacts to any
families. Hence does not warrants the need for a Resettlement Action Plan.
The project study area includes the three Blocks namely GummidipoondiBlock,Ellapuram
Block and Sholavaram Block. The project study area is covered under three Taluks
namely Gummidipoondi Taluk, Ponneri Taluk and Uthukottai Taluk with respect to
administrative boundaries. The socio-economic status was captured pertaining to Block
level, Taluk Level and at District level (Project Influenced Area) based on the availability
of secondary data.
The study provides information such as demographic structure, population dynamics,

infrastructure resources, and the status of human health and economic attributes like
employment, per-capita income, agriculture, trade, and industrial development in the
study area. The study of these characteristic helps in identificationand assessment of
impacts on socio-economic parameters of human interest due to proposed project
development. The parameters
includesdemographicdetails,socialaspects,Economicaspects, health


8-79
status,culturalattributesand awareness and opinion of people on Industrial development

in the area.
8.8.4 DEMOGRAPHIC PROFILE
The total population in the entire district of Thiruvallur, Tamilnadu as per 2011 census is
37,28,104 comprising of 18,76,072 males & 18,52,042 females.
8.8.4.1 DEMOGRAPHIC PROFILE - PROJECT STUDY AREA (5 TO 10 KM)
a. Demographic Profile - Project Study Area -5 Km Radius
Sl.No Village Name Particulars Total No. of Population Child SC ST

Households (0-6)
1 Poovalambedu Total 268 1,056 110 692 0

Male - 547 53 361 0
Female - 509 57 331 0
2 Soorapundi Total 403 1,480 171 746 117
Male - 740 85 375 55
Female - 740 86 371 62
3 Vaniamallee Total 416 1,518 165 672 112
Male - 755 80 326 61
Female - 763 85 346 51
4 Panchalai Total 417 1,505 161 540 4
Male - 738 77 263 2
Female - 767 84 277 2
5 Kollanur Total 164 525 52 0 0
Male - 262 28 0 0
Female - 263 24 0 0
6 Periyapuliyur Total 195 683 50 405 0
Male - 345 22 200 0
Female - 338 28 205 0
7 Chinnapuliyur Total 76 291 34 16 0
Male - 143 17 7 0
Female - 148 17 9 0
8 Manali Total 88 311 35 118 0
Male - 166 20 66 0
Female - 145 15 52 0
9 Kanlur Total 208 858 135 193 87
Male - 430 66 94 45


8-80
Female - 428 69 99 42
10 Getnamallee Total 383 1,465 151 3 0
Male - 712 77 1 0
Female - 753 74 2 0
11 Sirupulapettai Total 1,104 4,346 503 828 226
Male - 2,230 268 402 110
Female - 2,116 235 426 116
12 Amirthamangalam Total 169 627 75 321 25
Male - 301 39 161 10
Female - 326 36 160 15
13 Eguvarpalayam Total 1,130 4,052 465 1,843 305
Male - 2,033 252 933 150
Female - 2,019 213 910 155
14 Chittornatham Total 176 668 91 191 25
Male - 325 49 90 16
Female - 343 42 101 9
15 Erukkuvoy Total 198 711 102 321 19
Male - 363 52 165 11
Female - 348 50 156 8
16 Pappankuppam Total 1,113 4,209 500 979 226
Male - 2,099 258 467 111
Female - 2,110 242 512 115
Source: Census ,2011.
b. Demographic Profile - Project Study Area -5 to 10 Km Radius

Sl.No Village Name Particulars Total Population Child SC ST
No. of (0-
Houses 6)
1 Malliankuppam Total 291 1,056 118 0 0

Male - 513 55 0 0
Female - 543 63 0 0
2 Arani Town Total 3,328 12,833 1372 2,020 370
Male - 6,392 678 985 193
Female - 6,441 694 1,035 177
3 Chinnambedu Total 1,051 4,175 420 1,885 87
Male - 2,201 227 953 45
Female - 1,974 193 932 42
4 Pondavakkam Total 278 1,005 117 0 117
Male - 501 56 0 56
Female - 504 61 0 61
5 Budur Total 462 1,784 184 798 190
Male - 915 107 408 101
Female - 869 77 390 89

8-81
6 Sirunium Total 337 1,329 154 728 0

Male - 680 78 384 0
Female - 649 76 344 0
7 Sengarai Total 372 1,368 178 427 123
Male - 670 83 219 52
Female - 698 95 208 71
8 Kilakarmanur Total 166 633 69 463 0
Male - 309 34 235 0
Female - 324 35 228 0
9 Thoddareddykuppam Total 76 242 17 25 0
Male - 120 5 8 0
Female - 122 12 17 0
10 Mukkarambakkam Total 869 3,488 420 1,829 341
Male - 1,768 225 934 176
Female - 1,720 195 895 165
11 Ariapakkam Total 109 423 40 364 0
Male - 215 17 188 0
Female - 208 23 176 0
12 Vannankuppam Total 350 1,390 160 360 0
Male - 699 86 194 0
Female - 691 74 166 0
13 Periyapalayam Total 1,895 7,311 881 3,032 38
Male - 3,621 470 1,497 20
Female - 3,690 411 1,535 18
14 Velapakkam Total 76 261 25 0 0
Male - 128 14 0 0
Female - 133 11 0 0
15 Rallapadi Total 1,030 4,104 452 1,122 158
Male - 2,067 236 556 78
Female - 2,037 216 566 80
16 Seeyancheri Total 59 220 22 0 0
Male - 110 8 0 0
Female - 110 14 0 0
17 Panayancheri Total 417 1,582 178 642 0
Male - 816 104 327 0
Female - 766 74 315 0
18 Palavakkam Total 219 800 93 544 30
Male - 418 55 287 19
Female - 382 38 257 11
19 Melmudalambedu Total 408 1,534 153 1,175 0
Male - 771 78 587 0
Female - 763 75 588 0
20 Kilmudalambedu Total 2,195 8,648 935 2,196 6

8-82
Male - 4,375 487 1,078 3

Female - 4,273 448 1,118 3
20 Thandalacheri Total 417 1,574 169 555 0
Male - 794 89 279 0
Female - 780 80 276 0
21 AnnappaNaickankuppam Total 624 2,424 277 1,006 0
Male - 1,215 131 492 0
Female - 1,209 146 514 0
22 Verkadu Total 227 794 96 9 4
Male - 423 56 5 2
Female - 371 40 4 2
23 Pudugummidipundi Total 1,406 5,491 620 281 139
Male - 2,785 326 144 66
Female - 2,706 294 137 73
24 Nangapallam Total 83 321 38 155 0
Male - 158 13 80 0
Female - 163 25 75 0
25 Gummidipoondi Town Total 4,787 18,891 2243 1,981 52
Male 9,590 990 25
Female 9,301 991 27
25 Karumbupakkam Total 387 1,457 182 596 28
Male - 718 95 288 16
Female - 739 87 308 12
26 Peddikuppam TP Total 2,100 8,044 994 769 9
Male 4,081 506 388 3
Female 3,963 488 381 6
27 Pappankuppam Total 1,113 4,209 500 979 226
Male - 2,099 258 467 111
Female - 2,110 242 512 115
28 Chinnaobulapuram Total 915 3,412 354 1,000 0
Male - 1,812 168 471 0
Female - 1,600 186 529 0
29 Periaobulapuram Total 733 2,810 347 587 4
Male - 1,406 168 288 1
Female - 1,404 179 299 3
29 Edur Total 760 2,939 294 1,169 30
Male - 1,480 142 599 11
Female - 1,459 152 570 19
30 Poovalai Total 235 1,033 158 447 93
Male - 523 81 234 48
Female - 510 77 213 45
31 Pallavada Total 512 1,709 161 785 103
Male - 833 85 390 52

8-83
Female - 876 76 395 51

32 Sanapudur Total 750 2,891 340 1,794 166
Male - 1,473 181 916 81
Female - 1,418 159 878 85
33 Theruali Total 1,640 6,216 686 362 123
Male - 3,118 356 181 65
Female - 3,098 330 181 58
34 Thurapallam Total 877 3,371 410 72 7
Male - 1,658 207 39 4
Female - 1,713 203 33 3
35 Chedilpakkam Total 329 1,369 163 724 2
Male - 671 83 346 2
Female - 698 80 378 0
36 Nemalur Total 1,106 4,251 416 1,724 476
Male - 2,086 204 845 237
Female - 2,165 212 879 239
37 Manellore Total 1,203 4,534 483 1,568 381
Male - 2,174 223 759 189
Female - 2,360 260 809 192
38 Siruvada Total 196 795 82 524 0
Male - 393 41 249 0
Female - 402 41 275 0
39 KannanKottai Total 538 2,008 227 1,256 75
Male - 987 120 619 36
Female - 1,021 107 637 39
40 karadipudur Total 500 1,926 220 718 28
Male - 963 97 359 12
Female - 963 123 359 16
41 Thervoy Total 792 3,122 359 2,433 4
Male - 1,558 188 1,220 3
Female - 1,564 171 1,213 1
42 Sepedu Total 61 231 23 205 0
Male - 113 8 101 0
Female - 118 15 104 0
43 Erukkuvoy Total 198 711 102 321 19
Male - 363 52 165 11
Female - 348 50 156 8
44 Venkuzhi Total 13 45 6 9 1
Male - 22 4 5 1
Female - 23 2 4 0
45 Karani Total 212 755 80 70 51
Male - 367 42 36 21
Female - 388 38 34 30

8-84
46 Pudupalayam Total 200 741 86 130 0

Male - 352 34 61 0
Female - 389 52 69 0
47 Mangalam Total 224 847 93 272 24
Male - 432 50 133 14
Female - 415 43 139 10
48 Madaharpakkam Total 1171 4737 502 1145 24209
Male 2391 253 576 92
Female 2346 239 569 117
8.8.5 SEX RATIO
The average Sex ratio of the study area is comparatively more than the district average
of 987.
Details of Sex Ratio of Project Study Area
Sl.No Block Name Sex SC ST

Ratio
1 Ellapuram 1021 1015 1002
2 Gummidipoondi 989 1009 1025
3 Sholavaram 992 1006 984
Tiruvallur District 987 1001 994
TamilNadu 996
Source: Census,2011.
8.8.6 LITERACY
Male and female literacy rates in Tiruvallur district are comparatively better than the
State. The Literacy rates of the project area and the influenced area are given below:
 Literacy Profile - Study Area -5 Km Radius
Sl.No Village Name Particulars Population Literacy

1 Poovalambedu Total 1,056 72.73%
Male 547 83.40%
Female 509 61.06%
2 Soorapundi Total 1,480 73.64%
Male 740 81.07%
Female 740 66.21%
3 Vaniamallee Total 1,518 52.48%
Male 755 60.59%
Female 763 44.40%


8-85
4 Panchalai Total 1,505 58.33%

Male 738 66.72%
Female 767 50.22%
5 Kollanur Total 525 78.01%
Male 262 86.75%
Female 263 69.46%
6 Periyapuliyur Total 683 67.46%
Male 345 74.61%
Female 338 60.00%
7 Chinnapuliyur Total 291 69.26%
Male 143 82.54%
Female 148 56.49%
8 Manali Total 311 57.97%
Male 166 65.75%
Female 145 49.23%
9 Kanlur Total 858 66.39%
Male 430 72.80%
Female 428 59.89%
10 Getnamallee Total 1,465 67.28%
Male 712 77.64%
Female 753 57.58%
11 Sirupulapettai Total 4,346 75.23%
Male 2,230 82.93%
Female 2,116 67.20%
12 Amirthamangalam Total 627 67.57%
Male 301 76.72%
Female 326 59.31%
13 Eguvarpalayam Total 4,052 68.02%
Male 2,033 76.25%
Female 2,019 59.91%
14 Chittornatham Total 668 59.62%
Male 325 63.41%
Female 343 56.15%
15 Erukkuvoy Total 711 57.96%
Male 363 65.27%
Female 348 50.34%
16 Pappankuppam Total 4,209 73.71%
Male 2,099 81.42%
Female 2,110 66.11%


8-86
 Literacy Profile - Project Study Area -5 to 10 Km Radius
Sl.No Village Name Particulars Population Literacy

1 Malliankuppam Total 1,056 66.42%
Male 513 77.73%
Female 543 55.63%
2 Arani Town Total 12,833 80.60%
Male 6,392 88.66%
Female 6,441 72.63%
3 Chinnambedu Total 4,175 75.66%
Male 2,201 81.46%
Female 1,974 69.23%
4 Pondavakkam Total 1,005 74.77%
Male 501 82.92%
Female 504 66.59%
5 Budur Total 1,784 73.88%
Male 915 82.30%
Female 869 65.28%
6 Sirunium Total 1,329 77.36%
Male 680 84.88%
Female 649 69.46%
7 Sengarai Total 1,368 68.15%
Male 670 74.62%
Female 698 61.86%
8 Kilakarmanur Total 633 70.74%
Male 309 77.45%
Female 324 64.36%
9 Thoddareddykuppam Total 242 70.67%
Male 120 79.13%
Female 122 61.82%
10 Mukkarambakkam Total 3,488 67.93%
Male 1,768 75.76%
Female 1,720 60.00%
11 Ariapakkam Total 423 67.89%
Male 215 80.81%
Female 208 54.05%
12 Vannankuppam Total 1,390 68.54%
Male 699 79.93%
Female 691 57.21%
13 Periyapalayam Total 7,311 82.08%
Male 3,621 88.61%
Female 3,690 75.82%


8-87
14 Velapakkam Total 261 71.61%

Male 128 85.96%
Female 133 58.20%
15 Rallapadi Total 4,104 78.15%
Male 2,067 86.56%
Female 2,037 69.69%
16 Seeyancheri Total 220 69.70%
Male 110 71.57%
Female 110 67.71%
17 Panayancheri Total 1,582 65.74%
Male 816 75.28%
Female 766 55.92%
18 Palavakkam Total 800 67.47%
Male 418 75.48%
Female 382 59.01%
19 Melmudalambedu Total 1,534 78.06%
Male 771 82.83%
Female 763 73.26%
20 Kilmudalambedu Total 8,648 81.75%
Male 4,375 88.73%
Female 4,273 74.64%
20 Thandalacheri Total 1,574 78.86%
Male 794 87.38%
Female 780 70.29%
21 AnnappaNaickankuppam Total 2,424 68.93%
Male 1,215 79.15%
Female 1,209 58.51%
22 Verkadu Total 794 92.98%
Male 423 96.46%
Female 371 89.12%
23 Pudugummidipundi Total 5,491 78.05%
Male 2,785 85.12%
Female 2,706 70.85%
24 Nangapallam Total 321 68.90%
Male 158 75.17%
Female 163 62.32%
25 Gummidipoondi Town Total 18,891 84.90%
Male 9,590 91.15%
Female 9,301 78.39%
25 Karumbupakkam Total 1,457 65.25%
Male 718 74.80%
Female 739 56.13%
26 Peddikuppam TP Total 8,044 85.43%

8-88
Male 4,081 90.13%

Female 3,963 80.60
%.
27 Pappankuppam Total 4,209 73.71%
Male 2,099 81.42%
Female 2,110 66.11%
28 Chinnaobulapuram Total 3,412 76.10%
Male 1,812 84.67%
Female 1,600 66.12%
29 Periaobulapuram Total 2,810 68.74%
Male 1,406 80.29%
Female 1,404 57.06%
29 Edur Total 2,939 65.18%
Male 1,480 74.51%
Female 1,459 55.62%
30 Poovalai Total 1,033 55.54%
Male 523 60.18%
Female 510 50.81%
31 Pallavada Total 1,709 63.24%
Male 833 72.19%
Female 876 54.88%
32 Sanapudur Total 2,891 62.29%
Male 1,473 69.66%
Female 1,418 54.73%
33 Theruali Total 6,216 80.25%
Male 3,118 88.41%
Female 3,098 72.11%
34 Thurapallam Total 3,371 78.08%
Male 1,658 87.87%
Female 1,713 68.68%
35 Chedilpakkam Total 1,369 61.28%
Male 671 70.07%
Female 698 52.91%
36 Nemalur Total 4,251 66.96%
Male 2,086 74.02%
Female 2,165 60.16%
37 Manellore Total 4,534 74.20%
Male 2,174 82.83%
Female 2,360 66.19%
38 Siruvada Total 795 72.93%
Male 393 80.68%
Female 402 65.37%
39 KannanKottai Total 2,008 66.20%


8-89
Male 987 72.66%

Female 1,021 60.07%
40 Karadipudur Total 1,926 64.48%
Male 963 74.94%
Female 963 53.69%
41 Thervoy Total 3,122 68.98%
Male 1,558 77.37%
Female 1,564 60.73%
42 Sepedu Total 231 48.56%
Male 113 49.52%
Female 118 47.57%
43 Erukkuvoy Total 711 57.96%
Male 363 65.27%
Female 348 50.34%
44 Venkuzhi Total 45 51.28%
Male 22 50.00%
Female 23 52.38%
45 Karani Total 755 73.19%
Male 367 84.62%
Female 388 62.57%
46 Pudupalayam Total 741 61.22%
Male 352 71.38%
Female 389 51.63%
47 Mangalam Total 847 60.08%
Male 432 69.11%
Female 415 50.81%
48 Madaharpakkam Total 4737 71%
Male 2391 81%
Female 2346 64%


8-90
8.8.7 WORK FORCE PROFILE
The workforce in the district shows, the rural workers are employed in agriculture
and allied activities, the urban workforce is employed in industries. There was a total
of 1,538,054 workers, comprising 60,436 cultivators, 173,150 main agricultural
labourers, 41,742 in house hold industries, 972,590 other workers, 290,136 marginal
workers, 13,008 marginal cultivators, 97,436 marginal agricultural labourers, 16,498
marginal workers in household industries and 163,194 other marginal workers.
Agriculture is the main occupation of the district, but the district being close to
Chennai and fast industrialization in the district, has resulted in shift in occupation
pattern.
8.8.7.1 WORK FORCE PROFILE –STUDY AREA
a. Work force –VillagewiseProfile - Project Study Area -5 Km Radius
Sl.No Village Name Particulars Total Main Marginal

Workers Worker Worker
1 Poovalambedu Total 381 306 75
Male 266 - 47
Female 115 - 28
2 Soorapundi Total 811 182 629
Male 432 - 292
Female 379 - 337
3 Vaniamallee Total 513 418 95
Male 283 - 47
Female 230 - 48
4 Panchalai Total 817 426 391
Male 468 - 197
Female 349 - 194
5 Kollanur Total 294 256 38
Male 172 - 14
Female 122 - 24
6 Periyapuliyur Total 289 281 8
Male 195 - 4
Female 94 - 4
7 Chinnapuliyur Total 125 123 2
Male 79 - 2
Female 46 - 0
8 Manali Total 107 107 0


8-91
Male 90 - 0
Female 17 - 0
9 Kanlur Total 411 345 66
Male 278 - 39
Female 133 - 27
10 Getnamallee Total 813 533 280
Male 435 - 98
Female 378 - 182
11 Sirupulapettai Total 1,931 1,407 524
Male 1,400 - 321
Female 531 - 203
12 Amirthamangalam Total 291 67 224
Male 178 - 119
Female 113 - 105
13 Eguvarpalayam Total 1,694 1,192 502
Male 1,178 - 245
Female 516 - 257
14 Chittornatham Total 341 48 293
Male 214 - 185
Female 127 - 108
15 Erukkuvoy Total 436 401 35
Male 233 - 9
Female 203 - 26
16 Pappankuppam Total 1,859 1,238 621
Male 1,263 - 355
Female 596 - 266


8-92
b. Work force – Village wise Profile - Study Area -5 to 10Km Radius
Sl.No Village Name Particulars Total Main Marginal

Workers Worker Worker
1 Malliankuppam Total 479 475 4
Male 350 - 2
Female 129 - 2
2 Arani Town Total 5,661 5,041 620
Male 3,990 3,665 325
Female 1,671 1,376 295
3 Chinnambedu Total 1,908 1,839 69
Male 1,463 - 41
Female 445 - 28
4 Pondavakkam Total 539 373 166
Male 322 - 89
Female 217 - 77
5 Budur Total 859 761 98
Male 563 - 16
Female 296 - 82
6 Sirunium Total 499 483 16
Male 402 - 8
Female 97 - 8
7 Sengarai Total 616 514 102
Male 393 - 24
Female 223 - 78
8 Kilakarmanur Total 332 325 7
Male 183 - 5
Female 149 - 2
9 Thoddareddykuppam Total 157 142 15
Male 85 - 2
Female 72 - 13
10 Mukkarambakkam Total 2,000 1,596 404
Male 1,144 - 167
Female 856 - 237
11 Ariapakkam Total 254 254 0
Male 129 - 0
Female 125 - 0
12 Vannankuppam Total 841 827 14
Male 441 - 7
Female 400 - 7
13 Periyapalayam Total 2,444 2,368 76
Male 2,001 - 41
Female 443 - 35
14 Velapakkam Total 143 140 3

8-93
Male 83 - 2
Female 60 - 1
15 Rallapadi Total 1,888 1,820 68
Male 1,240 - 26
Female 648 - 42
16 Seeyancheri Total 130 130 0
Male 74 - 0
Female 56 - 0
17 Panayancheri Total 801 660 141
Male 484 - 67
Female 317 - 74
18 Palavakkam Total 404 238 166
Male 235 - 86
Female 169 - 80
19 Melmudalambedu Total 871 487 384
Male 466 - 192
Female 405 - 192
20 Kilmudalambedu Total 3,410 2,321 1,089
Male 2,451 - 598
Female 959 - 491
20 Thandalacheri Total 720 701 19
Male 423 - 8
Female 297 - 11
21 AnnappaNaickankuppam Total 1,308 1,022 286
Male 805 - 157
Female 503 - 129
22 Verkadu Total 290 280 10
Male 254 - 3
Female 36 - 7
23 Pudugummidipundi Total 2,043 1,925 118
Male 1,643 - 36
Female 400 - 82
24 Nangapallam Total 126 122 4
Male 102 - 1
Female 24 - 3
25 Gummidipoondi Town Total 6,822 5,649 1,173
Male 5,519 4,694 825
Female 1,303 955 348
25 Karumbupakkam Total 694 278 416
Male 445 - 216
Female 249 - 200
26 Peddikuppam TP Total 2835 2689 146
Male 2311 2209 102

8-94
Female 524 480 44

27 Pappankuppam Total 1,859 1,238 621
Male 1,263 - 355
Female 596 - 266
28 Chinnaobulapuram Total 1,647 1,308 339
Male 1,195 - 113
Female 452 - 226
29 Periaobulapuram Total 1,213 1,101 112
Male 902 - 43
Female 311 - 69
29 Edur Total 1,258 1,218 40
Male 829 - 19
Female 429 - 21
30 Poovalai Total 579 574
Male 323 -
Female 256 -
31 Pallavada Total 1,038 940 98
Male 575 - 9
Female 463 - 89
32 Sanapudur Total 1,608 1,249 359
Male 877 - 163
Female 731 - 196
33 Theruali Total 2,336 1,795 541
Male 1,812 - 312
Female 524 - 229
34 Thurapallam Total 1,390 804 586
Male 981 - 366
Female 409 - 220
35 Chedilpakkam Total 771 765 6
Male 415 - 3
Female 356 - 3
36 Nemalur Total 2,222 2,077 145
Male 1,304 - 81
Female 918 - 64
37 Manellore Total 1,916 971 945
Male 1,323 - 515
Female 593 - 430
38 Siruvada Total 442 310 132
Male 247 - 48
Female 195 - 84
39 KannanKottai Total 1,049 1,000 49
Male 581 - 13
Female 468 - 36

8-95
40 karadipudur Total 769 391 378

Male 566 - 214
Female 203 - 164
41 Thervoy Total 1,638 499 1,139
Male 919 - 502
Female 719 - 637
42 Sepedu Total 76 76 0
Male 71 - 0
Female 5 - 0
43 Erukkuvoy Total 436 401 35
Male 233 - 9
Female 203 - 26
44 Venkuzhi Total 17 17 0
Male 14 - 0
Female 3 - 0
45 Karani Total 387 368 19
Male 224 - 9
Female 163 - 10
46 Pudupalayam Total 315 294 21
Male 252 - 8
Female 63 - 13
47 Mangalam Total 367 362 5
Male 252 - 2
Female 115 - 3
48 Madaharpakkam Total 1953 1725 228
Male 1458 1311 147
Female 495 414 81
Source: Census, 2011.
c. Work force Profile - Study Area – Overall
Sl.No Block Name Total Workers Main Marginal Non Total

Workers workers Workers
1 Ellapuram 62150 50439 11711 65770 127920
2 Gummidipoondi 85410 65422 19988 105131 190541
3 Sholavaram 67286 52735 14551 89256 156542
Total 214846 168596 46250 260157 475003
District Total 1538054 1247918 1247918 2190050 3728104
Source: Census, 2011.


8-96
8.8.7.2 WORK FORCE PARTICIPATION RATE
Workers Participation Rate (WPR) is the proportion of workers to the total population.
While total population in this district has increased from 2,754,761 in 2001 to 3,728,104
registering an increase by 35.33%; there is no significant change in the workers
participation rate as well as proportion of main, marginal and non-workers to overall
worker population during the same period. A lower proportion of marginal workers
indicate that majority of the employed population has had employment for more than
180 days in a year.
Workforce participation is viewed with social vulnerability, gender and social group
perspectives as the key analytical tools. The female work participation out of total female
population was 23.46% in the district in 2011.
8.8.7.3 WOMEN IN WORKFORCE
Women‟s work participation in Gummidipoondiis(29.28 %) which is higher than the

district average (23.46) as per 2011, which could be rather attributed to MGNREGA.
Mobilization of women into groups and facilitation of small enterprises, mobilization of

farmers into cooperative farming activities and skilling the youth, women and farmers
paved way for promotingwomens workforce.
8.8.7.4 SHIFT IN CULTIVATION
It is observed that, there is a shift in occupation from cultivation to salaried jobs.

Farmers are now looking for alternative livelihood.
Gummidipoondi prides on housing two industrial parks of SIPCOT besides an array of

industries. Resulted in working population having jobs with private companies or are
self-employed.
8.8.8 ECONOMIC PROFILE OF THE STUDY AREA

8.8.8.1 PER CAPITA INCOME
Income, besides other economic parameters, determines the standard of living andlevel
of human development. Per Capita Income (PCI) in the district has remained consistently
higher compared to PCI in the State over past few years. PCI in the area also indicates a
higher percentage increase (43.0 %) in the subsequent years as compared to the
increase of PCI in the State (38.2 %) The faster growth in areas PCI is attributed mainly
to the phenomenal growth in service, and industry sector in that order.


8-97
Details of Per Capita Income of Thiruvallur District
Sl.No Per Capita 2007-08 2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-12

1 Tiruvallur 58464 61588 72366 78930 83594
2 TamilNadu 46293 48473 53359 59967 63996
Source:Dept of Economics and Statistics
8.8.8.2 GDDP
Thesector-wise contribution in the GDDP during the year2011-12 suggests that a major
share of the income of the district is contributed by tertiary sector 62.9 %, followed by
secondary sector (34.1 %), with the primary sector contributing just 3.04 % to the
GDDP. Respective Sectoral contribution to district income is comparable to the State
level contribution of primary, secondary and tertiary sectors which is 8.94 %, 30.1 %
and 61.0 % respectively.
Although the large share of secondary and tertiary sectors in both the district as well as
State income is good for the economy; there is a concern about the low growth of the
primary sector resulting in the declining food production and food security to the human
resources. Primarysector also provides employment opportunities to the unorganized
unskilled workers in the district as well as those from neighboring districts.
8.8.9 HOUSEHOLDS - BELOW POVERTY LINE
Sl.No Block Name Total HH Households living %

Below Poverty Line
1 Ellapuram 27794 9970 36%
2 Gummidipoondi 38321 14771 39%
3 Sholavaram 38654 19038 49%
Total 104769 43779 42%
Tiruvallur District 373151 141201 37%
Source :MahalirThittam, PuduVazhvu Project,2014
8.8.10 MGNREGA PROGRAM
Of the 298937 households in Tiruvallur district, 122617 households, i.e. 41.02 % of the
households were given employment under MGNREGA as on July 2013. Among the


8-98
blocks, Ellapuram, Tiruttani, Tiruvalangadu, Pallipet and R.K.Pet had more than 50 % of
the families working under the programme. R.K. Pet topped the list with 69.66 %
households participating in MGNREGA, which also has the second largest share of Below
Poverty Line (BPL) families (42.16 %), next only to Pallipet Rural (63.09 % BPL
families), where 54.96 % families were covered under MGNREGA.
Details of Beneficiaries Under MGNREGA 100 Days Employment Scheme
Sl.No Block Name No of No of Rural No of No of No of Man-

Habitat Household HHs Physically days
s s Regd Challenged Generated
Worked
1 Ellapuram 247 32073 24017 87 4917
2 Sholavaram 340 23560 16257 114 8103
3 Gummidipoond 410 41932 34857 74 3777
i
Total 997 97565 9856 275 16797
2
Source: MGNREGA Scheme, Thiruvallur District
8.8.11 WOMEN WORK PARTICIPATION
Women‟s work participation in Gummidipoondiis(29.28 %) which is is higher than the

district average (23.46) as per 2011, which could be rather attributed to MGNREGA.
Mobilization of women into groups and facilitation of small enterprises, mobilization of

farmers into cooperative farming activities and skilling the youth, women and farmers
can be the right way forward. Natural resource management could also help optimal
utilization of the abundant water resources, and to make agriculture a profitable venture.
Two thirds of the working population, for whom unskilled casual labour is the only
livelihood option, has received employment from MGNREGA and which is also
instrumental in raising the minimum wages.
On the flipside MGNREGA has reduced labour availability of agriculture. People are not
inclined to undertake labour intensive jobswhere unlike on MGNREGA sites, their output
is keenly measured.


8-99
8.8.12 EDUCATION PROFILE
8.8.12.1 SCHOOL PROFILE
The education profile of the project area shows availability of 235 primary schools, 71
Middle schools and 25 higher secondary schools.
Details of Schools under Project Study Area
Sl.No Block Name Primary Middle High Higher

School School School Secondary
School
1 Ellapuram 82 21 9 6
2 Gummidipoondi 57 18 8 8
3 Sholavaram 96 32 8 11
Total 235 71 25 25
Tiruvallur District 1078 286 162 137
Source: SSA, Thiruvallur
8.8.12.2 STUDENTS ENROLMENT
The student‟s enrolment in the project area shows that the enrolment of girls and boys
are observed to be equal.
Sl.No Block Name Students Enrolment

Boys Girls Total
Students Student Students
1 Ellapuram 5975 6483 12458
2 Sholavaram 6697 7308 14005
Total 22334 24693 47027
Tiruvallur District 113676 130648 244324
Source: SSA, Thiruvallur
8.8.12.3 COLLEGE PROFILE
The District has a well established setup for the students to pursue higher education with
colleges and polytechnics. The following table portrays the number of colleges in the
area.


8-100
Details of Colleges in Project Study Area
Sl.No Description No of Colleges

1 Government Colleges 2
2 Aided colleges 1
3 Unaided colleges / Self finance 29
4 Govt Engineering Colleges 0
5 Self-financing Engineering colleges 43
6 Government Polytechnic college 1
7 Government Polytechnic- Aided colleges 2
8 Self-financing Polytechnic colleges 20
9 Hotel Management 1
10 Anna University College 0
Source: Joint Director of college Education, DPI, Chennai&Source, Directorate of
Technical Education, Chennai – 25.
The Government also provides hostel facilities for the SC/ST,MBC and BC students from
remote part of the district. Around 76 hostels are functioning in the district.
8.8.12.4 Library
Thiruvallur District has 148 Libraries with knowledgeable books and magazine to
inculcate the reading habits of the villagers and student community. With respect to the
project area, In Ellapuram Block libraries are present at Periyapalayam, Kosavanpettai
and Uthukottai. In Gummidipoondi Block, libraries at Sunnambukulam, Nediam,
Manellur, Padhirivedu,Arampakkam,Thervai, Ponneri,
PudhuGummidipoondi,PeriyaOpulapuram, Rosanagaram, Gummidipoondi, Satankuppam,
KavaraiPettai. Sholavaram Block had libraries at Sholavaram, Aathur and Padiyanallur
Details of Libraries in Study Area
Sl.No Description Nos

1 District Central Library 01
2 Branch Library 73
3 Village Library 51
4 Part Time Library 22
5 Central Library 01
Total 148
Source: District Library Authority Committee, Tiruvallur


8-101
8.8.13 HEALTH ASPECTS

8.8.13.1 HOSPITALS
Details of Hospitalsin the District
Sl.No Health facilities Nos

1 District Head Quarter Hospital 1
2 Government Hospital 12
3 Primary Health Centres 57
4 Health Sub centres 314
5 Private hospitals Homeopathy 32
6 Private hospitals Allopathy 734
Source: Joint Director of Animal Husbandry, Tiruvallur.
The district has one District Head Quarter Hospital, 12 Government Hospitals, 57 Primary
Health Centres and 314 Sub centers to cater the health needs of the community.
Details of Hospitals in Study Area
Sl.No Block Name Primary Sub Centres Total Units

Health Centres
1 Ellapuram 5 26 31
2 Sholavaram 5 21 26
Total 16 77 93
Tiruvallur 57 276 333
District
Source: JD (Health Services), Tiruvallur
The study area compromises of 16 PHCs, 77 Sub centers.
8.8.13.2 INFANT MORTALITY RATE (IMR)
Details of Infant Mortality Rate (IMR) in Study Area
Sl.No Block Name IMR deaths per

100,000 live births
1 Ellapuram 110.7
2 Gummidipoondi 117.6
3 Sholavaram 40.3
Tiruvallur District 79.5
TamilNadu 68
Source: Deputy Director of Health Services, Tiruvallur &IPH,
Poonamallee


8-102
Based on the discussion with the local villagers, it is observed that the villages are
scattered and have problem in accessing the PHCs on time. In Gummidipoondi, there are
some villages where even 108 ambulances are either not available or refuse to go
because of bad roads. Kannankottai PHC in Gummidipoondi block is located in a remote
place hard to reach. Non-availability of technical services such as blood transfusion in
some of the PHCs further worsens the situation.
On a positive note, benefits from Dr.Muthulaxmi Reddy Maternal Benefit Scheme have
resulted in increasing number of deliveries conducted at the PHCs, and reduction in IMR
and MMR. The ANMs are the front liners who closely follow up and ensure safe deliveries
case by case. Continued efforts such as „community pregnancy celebrations‟ for creating
awareness on the ANC will help to improve the health parameters for the mothers and
the new born.
8.8.13.3 Sanitation Condition
Details of Sanitation Condition in Study Area
Sl.No Block Name HHs with Toilet

Facilities
1 Ellapuram 13104
2 Gummidipoondi 19074
3 Sholavaram 23134
Tiruvallur District 624701
Source : BDOs, Town panchayats, Municipalities, Zones
Household having toilets places the study area far behind the goals of Total Sanitation
Campaign (TSC). As open defection is practiced by both the genders in rural areas; even
by members of households where toilets are available; utilization of toilets is a good
indicator of sanitation rather than that of availability of toilets.It is observed during the
local informal group discussions in Gummidipoondimany households practice open
defecation., inspite of some of these households might actually have toilets. The reason
for practice of open defecation could be just a matter of choice, besides, lack of access
to a „functional‟ toilet, complete with facility for water and adequate drainage system.
Even among the upper caste households that have a latrine constructed within the
premises, only the women use the toilets while the men practice open defecation. Socio-
cultural and operational reasons are preventing people from using the toilets, which
demands the need for behavioral training by corporates, NGOs and Government.
8.8.14 ANIMAL HUSBANDRY AND FISHERIES

8.8.14.1 ANIMAL HUSBANDRY
The 2007 Livestock Census revealed that there are 2,37,868 Cattle in this district. The
other Livestock population is 3,27,945 The Government has established 5 Veterinary
Hospitals, 87 Veterinary Dispensaries, 25 Sub-centres and 1 mobile unit in the district.


8-103
Sl.No Veterinary Hospitals Nos

1 Poly Clinic -
2 Veterinary Hospital 5
3 Dispensary 87
4 Veterinary Sub centres 25
5 Veterinary -Mobile Unit 1
Source: Joint Director of Animal Husbandry, Tiruvallur
8.8.14.2 FISHERIES
The total coastal area of the district is about 49803 ha and has a coast line of 80 kms for
marine fisheries. Prawn/shrimp culture is famous at the coast line of Gummidipoondi and
Minjur, which however does not fall under the study area. The total fish production is to
the tune of 11372 tonnes.
8.8.15 FOREST RESOURCES
Forests occupy 5.8% of the total area. The total extent of Reserved Forests and Reserve
lands are 19,791 ha The forest types available in the district are tropical in nature and
they fall under dry thorn and dry evergreen types. Much of the natural forests have been
converted into man-made forests since the late 1950s. However, chunks of natural
forests still exist.
No Tribal families observed to be affected due to the project dependent on forest

resources.
8.8.16 WELFARE ASPECTS

8.8.16.1 PUBLIC DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM (FAIR PRICE SHOPS)
Just as thegovernment programmes and schemes that address poverty, and there are
also systems spreading protective cover around the poor. Universal Food Security
Scheme in the form of Public Distribution System (PDS) for food grains through ration
shops with the provision of family cards is one such scheme spreading a protective cover
of food security around the poor. Family includes those who live in the same structure,
related by blood or marriage and whose incomes and expenses are commonly used for
running the household. However, there could be more number of nuclear family units
residing in a single household who manage their lives and economy independently.
1119 - Fair Price Shops are located in the study area.


8-104
Sl.No Taluk Name No of Fair price shops

1 Ponneri 251
2 Gummidipoondi 119
3 Uthukottai 121
Total 491
Tiruvallur District 1119
No of Ration cards 550397
Source: District Supply Officer,Collectorate, Tiruvallur
The fair price shops issues Rice, Wheat,Sugar, Kerosene, Toor Dhall, Palmoil for the card
holders every month free of cost or at nominal fair based on the type of the card.
8.8.16.2 NUTRITIOUS MEAL PROGRAMME CENTERS
1760ICDS Centres with93967 Beneficiaries are functioning at District level. 423 ICDS
centers are located in the Study area. CSR program shall be focused for the kids in these
ICDS centers.
Details of ICDS / Anganwadi in Study Area
Sl.No Block Name Anganwadis Age Group

6months to 3 3 to 5 Total
years years
1 Ellapuram 125 3315 2540 5855
2 Sholavaram 109 3829 2390 6219
3 Gummidipoondi 189 4803 4580 9383
Total 423 11947 12370 24317
Tiruvallur 1760 49362 44605 93967
District
Source: ICDS, Tiruvallur
8.8.16.3 ASSISTANCE AND WELFARE PROGRAM FOR THE VULNERABLE WOMEN AND
PHYSICALLY CHALLENGED
Sl.No Taluk Name Pension and Assistance

pension(DD
Pension(IG
Challenged
(IGNDP S)
(IGNWPS)
Physically
Total
Destitute
( DAPS)
NOAPS)
Old Age
women
Widow
(DWP)
(UWP)
WP)
1 Uthukottai 4829 730 2238 279 16 52 1109 9253

2 Ponneri 14520 1565 3190 482 102 185 6516 26560
3 Gummidipoondi 7162 922 4664 174 45 69 2561 15597
Total 26511 3217 10092 935 163 306 10186 51410
Tiruvallur Dt. 71982 8791 21460 3335 512 1588 25841 133509


8-105
8.8.16.4 LPG SOURCE OF FUEL FOR DOMESTIC
It is observed that 220466 households with Single (Cylinder) and 195777 with double
cylinders. (Source: District Supply Officer, Collectorate, Tiruvallur)
8.8.17 COMMUNICATION FACILITIES
Thiruvallur District has well connected network system. It is equipped with 84 Sub Post
office and branch office is functioning at Tiruvallur District.(Source: Head Post Office,
Tiruvallur& Head Post Office, Tambaram). 83 Telephone exchanges are operating in
Tiruvallur District.
8.8.17.1 ROAD NETWORK
The district is well connected with roads connecting the major towns and other districts.
The major roads includes NH4, NH16 (Previously NH5) and NH 205& State Highways.
8.8.17.2 POLICE STATIONS
40 Police stations functioning in the study area to ensure law and order of the state.
8.8.18 CULTURAL ASPECTS

8.8.18.1 RECREATIONAL FACILITIES
37 Theatres are located within the Study area.66 Lions Club / Rotary Club (Source: M-
Section, District Collectorate. Tiruvallur).
8.8.18.2 LANGUAGES SPOKEN
The languages spoken in the district are Tamil, Telugu, Hindi, Malayalam and Urdu. The
district is dominated by the Hindus, while people belonging to other religions are also
present.


8-106
8.8.19 INFERENCE
The proposed project has a positive impact by providing employment to about 300
people in the area improving the standard of living and quality of life.
The project to manufacture products to have certain positive impacts on socio economic
environment.
Various modes of indirect employment i.e. increased business opportunities will reflect in
the improved quality of life of the people in the study area.
Thus, it can be said that the proposed project will have significant beneficial impact on
the socio-economic scenario in the study area.


8-107
8.9 TRAFFIC STUDY
The traffic studies have been conducted to know the prevailing traffic volumes on the
existing roads. It is essential to consider these details for assessing the anticipated future
traffic volumes as a part of overall impacts assessment for the plant.
The variations of traffic densities depend upon the working days and time and also vary in
day and night times. In order to assess the prevailing traffic volumes on the roads, the
survey was conducted during normal working day of the week by avoiding local holidays or
abnormal situations to reflect the true picture of the traffic densities. The traffic study was
conducted at two locations for 24 hours.
The traffic assessment is restricted to the actual corridor within the study area consisting
of National Highway ie NH 16 (Previously NH 5) connecting Chennai & Kolkata, which is
7.7 kms from the proposed site, and State Highway ie SH 52 connecting Kavarapettai
Junction to Satyavedu near the proposed site..
8.9.1 METHODOLOGY
8.9.1.1 VEHICLE COUNT
The existing data on traffic forming the baseline status was generated by a typical
classified count at the major intersection in the 10 kms radius of the plant site. The
classified count of the vehicle typically involved Bullock Cart, Two-Wheeler, Auto
Rickshaw, Tractor, LMV, MMV & HMV.
The vehicles passing through the road (in both ways) were counted separately for 24 hours
at the two selected locations from 0600 hrs to 0600 hrs next day continuously. Category-
wise vehicle counting has been done continuously and recorded in the traffic volume count
on hourly basis under respective categories.
The traffic impact assessment is restricted to the actual corridor within the study area
consisting of National Highway ie NH 16 (Previously NH 5) connecting Chennai & Kolkata,
which is 7.7 kms from the proposed site, and State Highway ie SH 52 connecting
Kavarapettai Junction to Satyavedu near the proposed site.


8-108
8.9.1.2 CATEGORIZATION OF TRAFFIC
The engine driven vehicles were categorized into various heads viz. Trucks/Bus, Light
carriage Vehicles (LCV), Car/Jeep, Multi Axle Vehicles, Two/Three Wheelers and
Cycles/others.
The vehicle count was converted into PCU based on the following
VEHICLE PCU
Two Wheeler 0.5
Auto Rickshaws 3.0
Car 1.0
Bus/Trucks/Tractor 4.0
Bullock Cart 6.0
8.9.2 TRAFFIC DENSITIES

8.9.2.1 AT THE KAVARAIPETTAI JUNCTION (DAY-IN)
At the Kavaraipettai Junction for day-in on NH16 (Previously NH5) which is 7.7 Km from
project site, with a specific GPS as 13°21‟59.927”N & 80°08‟20.379”E


8-109
S.No Time(hrs) Two Tractor Auto LMV MMV HMV

wheeler Rickshaw
1 06-07 am 263 38 95 113 113 65
2 07-08 am 785 58 150 208 170 95
3 08-09 am 1333 38 208 260 113 133
4 09-10 am 1275 30 170 283 188 60
5 10-11 am 1013 20 148 255 245 95
6 11-12 am 938 38 95 410 128 133
7 12-01 pm 733 28 98 315 120 110
8 01-02 pm 788 23 103 260 148 133
9 02-03 pm 1028 38 170 148 95 90
10 03-04 pm 1295 50 150 178 170 58
11 04-05 pm 1013 58 133 223 193 188
12 05-06 pm 598 15 75 245 195 170
13 06-07 pm 525 8 58 263 225 158
14 07-08 pm 608 38 38 170 215 95
15 08-09 pm 335 20 95 128 113 65
16 09-10 pm 208 15 163 155 170 170
17 10-11 pm 103 28 65 95 208 188
18 11-12 pm 38 - 75 58 103 283
19 12-01am 38 - 8 95 110 185
20 01-02 am 75 - 20 128 58 208
21 02-03 am 58 - 15 58 95 170
22 03-04 am 38 13 5 30 58 223
23 04-05 am 95 45 23 43 110 150
24 05-06 am 335 38 43 73 185 158
TOTAL 13498 623 2180 4168 3503 3358
8.9.2.2 VEHICLE COUNT IN PCU
VEHICLE PCU
Two Wheeler 6749
Auto Rickshaws 6540
Car 7671
Bus/Trucks/Tractor 15924
Bullock Cart 0


8-110
8.9.2.3 AT THE KAVARAIPETTAI JUNCTION (DAY-OUT)
At the Kavaraipettai Junction for day-out on NH16 (Previously NH5) WHICH IS 7.7 Km
from project site, with a specific GPS as 13°21‟59.91”N & 80°08‟18.603”E
S.No Time(hrs) Two Tractor Auto LMV MMV HMV

wheeler Rickshaw
1 06-07 am 240 94 154 169 75 184
2 07-08 am 450 38 131 90 135 90
3 08-09 am 1013 34 75 146 169 154
4 09-10 am 900 19 128 259 146 38
5 10-11 am 731 15 101 356 169 56
6 11-12 am 750 56 56 274 90 94
7 12-01 pm 619 19 90 281 56 83
8 01-02 pm 1031 8 56 169 90 94
9 02-03 pm 645 45 109 165 56 169
10 03-04 pm 1013 60 128 281 94 146
11 04-05 pm 731 53 109 356 214 244
12 05-06 pm 784 30 94 281 240 270
13 06-07 pm 709 19 75 300 251 116
14 07-08 pm 788 26 56 214 225 154


8-111
15 08-09 pm 469 15 128 154 169 90

16 09-10 pm 319 11 90 199 109 146
17 10-11 pm 169 19 56 128 169 150
18 11-12 pm 53 - 56 94 128 131
19 12-01am 64 - 15 124 64 319
20 01-02 am 56 - 23 90 90 278
21 02-03 am 38 - 19 71 128 225
22 03-04 am 56 4 11 49 79 169
23 04-05 am 131 11 38 64 128 113
24 05-06 am 244 4 29 63 123 108
TOTAL 12000 578 1825 4375 3194 3618
VEHICLE PCU
Two Wheeler 6000
Auto Rickshaws 5475
Car 7569
Bullock Cart -
8.9.2.5 AT SATYAVEDU JUNCTION (DAY-IN)
At the Satyavedu Junction for day-in on Madharpakkam Sathyavedu Road which is 7.5
Km from project site, with a specific GPS as 13°26‟12.456”N & 79°57‟23.982”E


8-112
S.No Time(hrs) Bullock Two Tractor Auto LMV MMV HMV

cart wheeler Rickshaw
1 06-07 am 0 128 6 16 15 5 6
2 07-08 am - 172 12 22 24 6 4
3 08-09 am 2 192 11 19 27 5 4
4 09-10 am - 164 9 16 36 8 5
5 10-11 am - 129 12 13 40 6 4
6 11-12 am 1 133 8 12 40 7 5
7 12-01 pm 128 4 14 15 5 6
8 01-02 pm - 158 3 8 18 10 9
9 02-03 pm - 115 6 7 19 7 10
10 03-04 pm 2 98 7 16 34 12 8
11 04-05 pm 120 9 21 39 13 6
12 05-06 pm 145 15 12 45 7 5
13 06-07 pm 172 12 16 50 6 4
14 07-08 pm 160 5 13 47 7 4
15 08-09 pm 152 4 15 30 5 3
16 09-10 pm 1 124 3 9 22 6 4
17 10-11 pm 101 5 6 12 8 10
18 11-12 pm 71 6 7 13 12 14
19 12-01am 48 9 2 8 13 12
20 01-02 am 45 3 3 5 15 12
21 02-03 am 32 2 4 7 10 7
22 03-04 am 63 2 6 11 9 9
23 04-05 am 124 8 15 24 11 14
24 05-06 am 159 4 15 35 12 11
TOTAL 6 2933 165 287 616 205 176
VEHICLE PCU
Two Wheeler 1467
Auto Rickshaws 861
Car 821
Bullock Cart 36


8-113
8.9.2.7 AT SATYAVEDU JUNCTION (DAY-OUT)
At the Satyavedu Junction for day-out on Madharpakkam Sathyavedu Road which is 7.5
Km from project site, with a specific GPS as 13°26‟12.33”N & 79°57‟23.58”E
S.No Time(hrs) Bullock Two Tractor Auto LMV MMV HMV

cart wheeler Rickshaw
1 06-07 am 1 156 4 12 12 4 8
2 07-08 am 185 10 25 30 12 7
3 08-09 am 1 213 9 23 50 5 2
4 09-10 am 172 7 15 18 10 3
5 10-11 am 132 10 16 29 9 3
6 11-12 am 1 160 6 15 31 4 2
7 12-01 pm 144 5 17 19 8 3
8 01-02 pm 132 2 11 24 12 4
9 02-03 pm 156 8 6 25 5 9
10 03-04 pm 1 109 12 13 27 10 10
11 04-05 pm 132 6 16 28 10 7
12 05-06 pm 131 7 13 53 5 4
13 06-07 pm 134 10 12 48 4 3
14 07-08 pm 147 8 12 51 3 2
15 08-09 pm 161 7 10 26 14 3
16 09-10 pm 0 132 2 11 19 7 2
17 10-11 pm 98 4 5 8 13 5


8-114
18 11-12 pm 64 8 5 10 9 11
19 12-01am 36 3 1 9 12 15
20 01-02 am 29 4 6 7 19 10
21 02-03 am 39 3 5 5 16 5
22 03-04 am 72 1 3 20 10 6
23 04-05 am 148 6 12 32 13 10
24 05-06 am 164 5 14 49 15 17
TOTAL 4 3046 147 278 630 229 151
VEHICLE PCU
Two Wheeler 1523
Auto Rickshaws 834
Car 859
Bullock Cart 24


8-115
9 IMPACT ASSESSMENT & ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN
9.1 AIR IMPACT ASSESSMENT
9.1.1 IMPACT PREDICTION
The prediction of incremental pollutants on the ambient air quality is done through GPM
(Gaussian Plume Model), and requires various parameters such as emission release rate,
atmospheric turbulence, wind speed, dispersion coefficients, effective stack height etc.
The on-site meteorological data, atmospheric stability, effective stack height & mixing
height were based on the Assessment of Impact to Air Environment: Guidelines for
conducting Air Quality Modelling of CPCB, Delhi & Atlas of Hourly Mixing Height and
Assimilative Capacity of Atmosphere in India of India Meteorological Department, New
Delhi.
Upon dispersion of Air Pollutants, these emissions are subject to various Atmospheric
processes such as vertical plume rise, buoyancy, momentum of discharge, transport in
the direction of wind, diffusion by turbulence, and thus are these mathematical models
that relate emission rate to atmospheric concentration.
Air prediction model, therefore had assumed the following
- The solution is time variant

- The wind speed is not a function of position
- The diffusivities are not a function of position
- Diffusion in downward direction is insignificant compared with mean
flow
9.1.1.1 INPUT DATA - METEOROLOGY
Near surface meteorological data was derived from the 1- season site specific
meteorological collected during the winter season ie from December 20, 2019-March 20,
2020 for wind speed & direction, atmospheric temperature, & cloud cover and averaged
to 24 hrs data for use as an input for prediction modelling.
The terrain characteristics considered in the present study is rural as less than 50% of
the land within 3 kms of the plant site is built up, and is mostly vacant or sparsely
developed.
Absolute reference point is taken as the point sources of emission, and receptors taken
at the radial distances from the sources as per guidelines.


9-1
24 HOURLY METEOROLOGICAL DATA
Wind Wind Mixing

Temperature Stability
Hour Speed Direction Height
(oK) Class
(m/s) (Deg) (m)
09.00 0.81 90.0 298.6 C 400

10.00 0.67 90.0 298.3 C 600
11.00 0.57 95.6 298.0 B 800
12.00 0.36 101.3 297.7 B 1000
13.00 0.41 84.4 297.5 A 1300
14.00 0.35 78.8 297.2 A 1400
15.00 0.38 84.4 297.1 A 1500
16.00 0.62 90.0 297.8 B 1400
17.00 1.12 78.8 300.1 C 1200
18.00 1.94 90.0 301.4 C 1000
19.00 2.38 101.3 302.6 D 800
20.00 2.52 112.5 303.3 D 550
21.00 2.87 106.9 303.6 E 450
22.00 2.82 106.9 303.6 E 400
23.00 2.88 112.5 303.4 E 300
00.00 2.57 101.3 302.9 E 300
01.00 2.47 95.6 302.1 F 200
02.00 2.11 101.3 301.0 F 200
03.00 1.82 106.9 300.4 F 200
04.00 1.79 123.8 300.0 F 200
05.00 1.69 82.5 299.7 E 200
06.00 1.53 82.5 299.5 E 200
07.00 1.16 90.0 299.3 D 50
08.00 1.10 90.0 299.0 D 150
9.1.1.2 INPUT DATA – EMISSION & STACK DETAILS
The entire plant capacity was taken into consideration in determining the parameters of
emission & stack with respect to quantities of raw materials, the characteristics of raw
material, stack height & its diameter, and the flue gas characteristics with respect to flow
rate, velocity, temperature, emission rate of pollutants.
The proposed plant does have multiple stacks, and hence the buoyancy of the combined
plume, there fore the combined height to which the plume would rise will be much
higher and thus provides an advantageous situation in ameliorating the ground level
concentration.


9-2
9.1.1.2.1 STACK CHARACTERISTICS
Stack No 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Material of Construction RCC M.S M.S M.S M.S M.S M.S M.S
Stack attached to Rotary Kiln Induction Induction Induction Re-Heating Power Plant D.G. Set D.G. Set
2x Furnace Furnace Furnace Furnace 16 MW 750 KVA 625 KVA
350TPD/WHRB 40T 40T 30T 40T (CFBC – 65
TPH)
Stack height Above the ground 50.0 30.0 30.0 30.0 30.0 41.0 9.0 9.0
level, in m
Stack top Round or Circular Circular Circular Circular Circular Circular Circular Circular
Circular
Inside dimensions of the stack at 2000 1390 1390 1320 800 1150 150 140
top, mm
3
Gas quantity – m /hr 249200 120000 120000 90000 40000 75000 1500 1200
o
Flue gas temperature, C 160 115 115 105 110 140 300 250
Exit velocity of the gas, m/s 22.0 22 22 22 21 21.0 19 19
3
Emission concentration, mg/m
SO - --- --- --- 300 100 432 420
2
NO - --- --- --- 400 100 72 60

x
SPM 50 50 50 50 50 30 2.4 3
Emission rate, g/s
SO - --- --- --- 3.34 2.084 0.18 0.14
2
NO - --- --- --- 4.45 2.084 0.03 0.02

x
SPM 3.46 1.67 1.67 1.25 0.55 0.625 0.001 0.001


9-3
9.1.1.3 INCREMENTAL & CUMULATIVE GROUND LEVEL CONCENTRATION
CONCENTRATION (µg/Nm3)
PARAMETER
BASELINE INCREMENTAL CUMULATIVE
SO2 11.60 10.39 21.99
NOX 15.20 3.06 18.26
SPM 77.00 1.07 78.07


9-4
9.1.1.4 ISOPLETHS
9.1.1.4.1 SO2


9-5
9.1.1.4.2 NOX


9-6
9.1.1.4.3 SPM


9-7
9.1.2 POINT SOURCE EMISSION CONTROL
EMISSION
SOURCE CONTROL MEASURE LIMIT(Mg/Nm3)
SO2 NOX SPM
350 T DRI Kiln ESP Common - -

Stack 50
350 T DRI Kiln ESP - -
40 T Induction Furnace Bag Filter/Stack - - 50
Reheating Furnace Scrubber/Stack 300 400 50
16 MW CFBC Boiler ESP/Stack 100 100 30
The emission control measures elucidated above with respect to the stationery point
sources of emission, which in fact are the major probable sources of emission & the
control measures thus proposed will be designed to meet the respective permissible
levels as per standard.
9.1.3 FUGITIVE EMISSION CONTROL
SOURCES CONTROL MEASURES

Coal Storage Closed Shed & Water Sprinklers
Iron Ore Storage Closed Shed & Water Sprinklers
Dolomite Storage Closed Shed & Water Sprinklers
Sponge Iron Storage Closed Shed with Wind Screens
Scrap Yard Concrete Surfaces
Raw Material Conveyors Closed Gantry Conveyors
Raw Material Transfer Points Bag Filters
Roads Concreted/Black Topped
Completely Covered Trucks & Emission

Vehicles Under Control Certificates, & where ever
feasible BS VI Compliant vehicles


9-8
Apart from above control measures thick green belt all around the plant boundary, to a
width of 6 metres along the boundary, and covering an area of 15.9 Acres ie 33% of the
total land will further mitigate & reduce any semblance of air pollution in and around the
area in addition to the specific control measures proposed in the plant.
9.2 WATER QUALITY MODELLING
There will be no discharge of waste water treated or un-treated from the plant, because
the entire waste water will be treated in the tertiary treatment plant, and the treated
waste water will be entirely used back in the process, and the rejects from the tertiary
treatment plant meeting the discharge standards will used for dust suppression in the
coal/iron ore storage area and in the off-site premises apart from use in green belt.
Hence due to non-discharge of waste water of any kind into the local drains etc, the
requirement of modelling is not applicable.
9.3 TRAFFIC IMPACT ASSESSMENT
Traffic impact assessment is a primary requirement to ensure that the proposed project
has sufficient means to mitigate the adverse impact due to additional traffic and/or at
least quantified & understood. Also, to understand the impact the proposed project will
have on the traffic of the surrounding environment & thus enable the proponent to
devise an appropriate measure to enable operation of the proposed project with least
interference to the local traffic.
The existing data on traffic forming the baseline status was generated by a typical
classified count at the major intersection in the 10 kms radius of the plant site. The
classified count of the vehicle typically involved Bullock Cart, Two-Wheeler, Auto
Rickshaw, Tractor, LMV, MMV & HMV.
The traffic impact assessment is restricted to the actual corridor within the study area
consisting of National Highway ie NH 16 (Previously NH 5) connecting Chennai & Kolkata,
which is 7.7 kms from the proposed site and State Highway ie SH 52 connecting
Kavarapettai Junction to Satyavedu near the proposed site.
The vehicle count was converted into PCU based on the following
VEHICLE PCU
Two Wheeler 0.5
Auto Rickshaws 3.0
Car 1.0
Bus/Trucks/Tractor 4.0
Bullock Cart 6.0


9-9
VEHICLE PCU
Two Wheeler 12749
Auto Rickshaws 12015
Car 15240
Bullock Cart -
The Major Part of traffic from the proposed project will be trucks carrying raw material &
products.
The raw material per day transported into the plant will be
S. RAW MATERIAL QUANTITY

NO. (TPD)
1. Pellet/Iron Ore 1290
2. Imported Coal 818
3. Dolomite/Limestone/Quartz 45
4. Melting Scrap 1121
5. Ramming Mars 4
6. Refractories 2
7. Furnace Oil 1
8. Imported Coal 106
TOTAL 3387
The products produced that will be transported out of the plant will be
PRODUCTS QUANTITY (TPD)

FINAL PRODUCT
ROLLED STEEL PRODUCT
1602
(M.S. Rounds, Flats, Angles, etc)
Thus, the total tonnage of movements of raw materials will be 3387 TPD, and final
product ie Rolled Steel Products will be 1667 TPD.
At 20 Tonnes per trucks the no. of truck movement will be 252 per day.
However, it is proposed to use 40 T Volvo Trucks, thus bring the no. of truck movement
to 126 Nos per day which is 5 Trucks per Hourand thus reduce impact.


9-10
9.4 WASTE WATER TREAMENT & RE USE
The cooling requirements in the WHRB (Waste Heat Recovery Boilers), CFBC (Circulating
Fluidized Bed Combustion Boiler) for the main condensate as also for Auxiliary Cooling in
the Power plants are predominantly through Air Cooled Systems, and hence obviates
generation of any cooling water blow down, and no waste water generation from these
processes.
Further use of Dry Adiabatic Cooling Towers for Induction Coil Cooling in the Induction
Furnace also obviates any generation of waste water from the blow downs that could
have resulted in water cooled systems.
And hence, the sources of generation of waste water will predominantly be from the
cooling requirements of the Rotary Kiln Coolers, Concast Mill, and the Rolling Mills, apart
from semblance of waste water from the Boiler Blow Down of the Feed used for steam
generation & D M (De-Mineralization) Plant that meets the DMWater requirements.
The waste water generation will there-fore be as follows

BOILER BLOW DOWN
5 CFBC 9
6 WHRB 9
7 DMPLANT REGENRATION 15
8 DOMESTIC SEWAGE 9
TOTAL 194
to collect composite waste water, and will then be the feed to ROPlant for re-use of the
treated waste water back into the process, and the treatment scheme will be as follows.


9-11
COMPOSITE WASTE WATER
170 KLD
D M REGENERATION WASTE
NEUTRALIZATION PIT GUARD POND
15 KLD
185 KLD
RE USE
R O PLANT
148 KLD
REJECT 37 KLD
COAL DUST SUPPRESSION / GREEN BELT
9.5 HAZARDOUS WASTE GENERATION & DISPOSAL
The large portion of solid waste generated is Non-Hazardous in Nature such as

Dolochar from Sponge Iron Kiln, which is used in the CFBC Boiler for power generation,
Slag from the Steel Melting Shop, which finds useful application in production of slag
cement or as an admixture in concrete road making, and Fly-Ash/Bottom-Ash, which
also finds useful application in Cement Production/Brick Making.
WASTE WASTE SOURCE WASTE QUANITY DISPOSAL

CATEGORY DESCRIPTION (TPA)
HAZARDOUS WASTE
5.1 Lubrication Used 2.0 TSDF
/Maintenance or Spent Oil Of
5.2 Lubrication Waste 2.0 TNPCB/CPCB
/Maintenance Containing Oil
SOLID WASTE
- Sponge Iron Kiln Dolochar 26250 Captive Power Generation
- Melting Furnace Slag 6000 Slag Cement Manufacturers
- CFBC Boiler Fly-Ash 10000 Cement Manufacturers &
- CFBC Boiler Bottom-Ash 2000 Fly Ash Brick Producers
The scrapping policy of Government of India will ensure that quality scrap is available for
the steel industry. Scrap is an important input for the electric furnaces. If quality scrap is
provided as the charge to the electric furnaces, then the furnaces can produce high

9-12
grade steel. High Grade Steel Scrap will not have the impurities if processing is done
with the scrap processing centres and by shredders etc. The high-grade steel scrap willl
be recycled to produce high grade steel again, to be used in the industries such as
equipment manufacturing, automobiles and other down stream industries. Scrap with
less or no impurities shall result in better long products that are commonly used in
construction
Scrap based steel making is one of the important means to reduce GHG emission
intensity. Scrap based steel making results in adoption of principle of 6 R’s: REDUCE,
RE-USE, RECYCLE, RECOVER, REDESIGN and REMANUFACTURE to avoid any
adverse impact on the environment and strengthening the foundation of sustainable
development.
The use of every ton of scrap shall save 1.1 ton of iron ore, 630 kg of coking coal and 55
kg of limestone. There shall be considerable saving in specific energy consumption also
as the same will reduce from around 14 MJ/Kg in BF/BOF route to less than 11 MJ/ Kg in
EAF/IF route, i.e. savings in energy by 16- 17%. It also reduces the water consumption
and GHG emission by 40% and 58% respectively.
9.6 FLYASH UTILIZATION
The entire fly ash generated of 60000 TPA , and Bottom Ash of 15000 TPA will be
disposed to cement, ash based brick fencing poles pavement blocks, aerated brick
manufacturers and will thus ensure 100% usage of the fly ash generated being used in
down stream& up stream industries thus adding value to the waste.
9.7 GREEN BELT DEVELOPMENT
Green belt plays a major part in containment of air pollution from the industry, and as
an incentive adds rich aesthetics to the façade of the plant site. Green belts form a
surface capable of absorbing pollutants, and forming sink for pollutants. Leaves with vast
area in the tree crown, absorb pollutants on their surface, and thereby effectively reduce
the concentration of pollutants in the ambient air. The absorbed pollutants are
incorporated in the metabolism, and the air is thus purified. However, the important
aspect to be considered is that plants are a living organism with a threshold limit for
tolerance, and hence crossing this limit would also damage the trees/plants.
National Agricultural Research Project had divided the country into 15-agro climatic
regions, and in this the present proposed plant site falls under the “Southern Plateau &
East Coast Plains”. This region has further been divided to sub zones based on rain fall,


9-13
soil, and typologies (land productivity level, relative pressure on land, and environmental
factors).
The green belt proposed thus takes into account, that there is sufficient nutritional
supply, absence of water stress and will have sufficient exposure to atmospheric
condition of light & breeze. Further, the species chosen had taken into consideration the
following,
- Tolerance towards pollutants from the proposed plant

- Longer Duration of Foliage
- Adequate height of the crown
- Openness of Foliage
- Stomata well exposed
- Big leaves (long & broad laminar surface)
- Large number of stomatal aperture
- Leaves supported on firm petioles
- Roughness of the Bark
- Epidermal out growths on petioles
- Abundance of auxiliary hairs
- Hairs or scales on laminar surface
- Stomata Protected (wax, arches, hairs etc)
The proposed plant site falls under the Bio-Climatic Zone of East Coast Plains & Hill
Region under the sub zone of North Coastal Tamilnadu, and hence the species proposed
are
S.
Binomial Family Local Name
No
1 Acacia leucophloea(Roxb.) Willd. Fabaceae Velvel
2 Alangiumsalviifolium(L.f.) Wangerin Cornaceae Azhinjil
3 Albizia lebbeck(L.) Willd. Fabaceae Vaagai
4 Alstoniascholaris(L.) R. Br. Apocynaceae EzhilaiPallai
5 AtalantiamonophyllaDC. Rutaceae Kaattuelumitchai
6 Azadirachta indica Andr. Meliaceae Vembu
7 Bauhinia racemosaLam. Fabaceae Aathi

9-14
8 Borassus flabellifer L. Arecaceae Panai

9 Buchanania axillaries (Desr.) Ramam. Anacardiaceae Kaattu maa
10 Cassia fistula L. Fabaceae Manjalkonnai
11 Chloroxylon swietenia DC. Rutaceae Venpurasu
12 Dalbergia sissoo DC. Fabaceae Sissoo
13 Ficus benghalensisL. Moraceae Aal
14 LepisanthestetraphyllaRadlk. Sapindaceae Kugamathi
15 LimoniaacidissimaGroff Rutaceae Vilaa
Madhuca longifolia (J.Koenig ex L.) Sapotaceae Iluppai
16 J.F.Macbr.
17 Manilkara hexandra(Roxb.) Dubard Sapotaceae Paalai
18 Mitragynaparvifolia(Roxb.) Korth. Rubiaceae Kadambu
19 Phoenix sylvestris (L.) Roxb. Arecaceae Eatchai
20 PsydraxdicoccosGaertn. Rubiaceae Nazhuvai
21 Pterocarpus marsupium Roxb. Fabaceae Vengai
22 Pterocarpus santalinusL.f. Fabaceae Senchandhanam
23 Santalum album L. Santalatceae Sandhanam
24 SapindusemarginatusVahl Sapindaceae Poovandhikkottai
25 Strychnosnux-vomica L. Loganiaceae Etti
26 StrychnospotatorumL.f. Loganiaceae Thettran
27 Swietenia macrophylla King Meliaceae Magokani
28 Syzygiumcumini (L.) Skeels Myrtaceae Naaval
29 Tamarindus indica L. Fabaceae Puli
30 Terminalia bellirica(Gaertner) Roxb. Combretaceae Thandri


9-15
9.8 RAIN WATER HARVESTING
The climate of the study area is warm and temperate. In winter, there is much
more rainfall in Tiruvallur District than in summer. The minimum and maximum
temperature are 21°C & 37°C. The day time heat is oppressive and the temperature is
as high as 43°C.
The study area receives fairly good amount of rainfall during Northeast monsoon. 25
years rainfall collected for the Tiruvallur District is presented below:


9-16
From the monthly average rainfall for the past 25 years, it is clear that the North East
monsoon is effective in the study area. Out of 25 years, 16 years the study area
recivedbelow normal rainfall. The highest rainfall is 2019.3 mm (2015) and lowest
rainfall is 733.4 mm (2018) in the past 25 years. The season wise rainfall of the study
area is as follows:
Period Rainfall in mm Percentage

Winter Period (January to February) 18.4 1.6
Summer Period (March – May) 88.0 7.4
South west Monsoon (June to September) 448.9 38.0
North east Monsoon (October to December) 626.5 53.0
Annual Average Rainfall 1181.8 100
9.8.1 Rain Water Harvesting Calculation
Post Project Runoff

Location Area (Sq.M) Runoff Coefficient Runoff (Cu.m/Y)
Paved Area 43745 0.85 37183.25
Greenbelt Area 56680 0.25 14170.00
Roof Top Area 72875 0.90 65587.50
Total 173300 116940.75
Total Post Project Runoff 138188.88
Month Rainfall (mm) No. of Rainy Days Total Post Project
Runoff in Cu.m
January 8.0 1 935.53
February 10.4 1 1216.18
March 9.3 1 1087.55
April 22.1 2 2584.39
May 56.6 3 6618.85
June 71.3 6 8337.88
July 93.2 9 10898.88
August 138.0 10 16137.82
September 146.3 10 17108.43
October 247.0 13 28884.37
November 240.7 11 28147.64
December 138.8 5 16231.38
TOTAL 1181.8 73 138188.88


9-17
• Total Water Available for Rain Water Harvesting (Normal rainfall

days)=138188.88Cum/Year
• Total Water Requirement = 55224.00 Cum/Year
• Requirement will be only 39.96% of the total Rain Water Available for Harvesting
within proposed project site.
• Hence, the available quantity of harvested rain water will be 250%.
• There-fore even during drought years when the rainfall is < 50% of normal
rainfall, the water requirement for the project can be met out from the
harvested water.
The rain water harvesting is planned to conserve the naturally available water resource.
Rain water will be collected in a reservoir and will be reused and recycled for suitable
purpose.
The rain water harvesting plan leads to recharge about 250% of the ground water
drawn. This will thus result in minimum drawal of ground water, and hence will not have
any impact compared to the draft available at Gummidipoondi.
9.9 POLLUTION CONTROL COST
Below is the break-up of proposed Pollution Control Cost

Environmental Management Pollution Control Cost (Rs. In Crores)
CAPITAL COST RECURRING COST
Construction Phase
Site Sanitation Facilities - 0.15
Air Pollution Control Measures - 0.10
Operation Phase
Air Pollution Control Equipments 25.0 0.20
Waste Water Management 2.0 0.10
Solid Waste Management 2.0 0.10
Personal Protective Equipment 0.35 0.15
Post Project Monitoring 1.5 0.15
Greenbelt Development 0.15 0.04
Total 31.00 0.74


9-18
9.10 POST PROJECT ENVIRONMENT MONITORING

9.10.1 AMBIENT ENVIRONMENT MONITORING
Area of Number and Frequency of Parameters to be

Monitoring location of sampling analysed
sampling stations
Ambient Air Quality 4 stations Once a month As per NAAQS
Stack Emission Stack emission Once every 15- days SPM, SO2 and NOx
measurement – All
Stacks
Surface Water 1 nearest surface Once every 3- Physical, chemical

Quality water bodies months and biological
parameters
Ground Water 4 locations adjacent Once every 3- Physical, chemical

Quality to the ambient air months and bacteriological
quality stations. parameters. Heavy
metals and toxic
constituents.
Soils At the plant site and Once every 3- Physical, chemical,

from close to the air months cat ion exchange
quality monitoring value, permeability,
stations. heavy metals
Noise 4 locations Once every month Ambient soundlevels

(Leqvalues).
9.10.2 ONLINE CONTINUOUS MONITORING
Online Continuous Stack Emission Monitoring for Flue Gas Analysis based on Ultraviolet
Spectroscopic AbsorbtionSpectrogscopy is proposed to be installed for SO2 & NOX
Monitoring, whereas, Laser Back Scattering Based high stability Laser Traversing
Instrument for Particulate Emission Monitoring is proposed to be installed.
ONLINE CONTINUOUS EMISSION MONITOIRNG

EQUIPMENT PARAMETER
DRI Kiln Particulate Matter
CFBC Boiler SO2, NOX, Particulate Matter
Electric Induction Furnace Particulate Matter
This will be linked to the “CARE AIR CENTER” of TNPCB, for continuous monitoring.


9-19
9.11 RISK ASSESSMENT & DISASTER MANAGEMENT

9.11.1 RISK ASSESSMENT
9.11.1.1 INTRODUCTION
Hazard & Risk Identification are of paramount importance to ensure safety of people
within & surrounding areas of the plant, equipment & the surrounding environment. A
vital tool to minimise the chances of any occurrence of unto ward incidents or accidents
which can lead to hazardous situation. Hence, the primary objective in this present study
is to identify the causes, which can lead to deviation from the intended process, & thus
could result in hazards or operability problems. Therefore, the plant systems including
use/storage of raw materials & process operations were analysed to derive the probable
scenarios causing hazard.
Risk Management can be done in 2- ways
Risk = Hazard x Exposure
The present plant process uses major raw material such as Iron-Ore, Coal and MS Scrap,
and transportation of these raw materials through conveyors to the process equipment‟s.
The major processes involved are oxidation of Iron-Ore in the presence of Coal/Air to
produce Sponge Iron, the Sponge Iron thus produced is fed along with M S Scraps to
produce Molten Metal. The Molten Metal is then transferred through Ladle to the Billet
Casters. The hot Billets are then rolled into various Steel Rolled Products.



9-20
9.11.1.2 IDENTIFICATION OF HAZARD& RISK
S.N0 CAUSES CONSEQUENCES SAFEGUARDS RECOMMENDATIONS

STORAGE & TRANSPORTATION
1.0 Coal Stored beyond a certain height Fire & Dust Water Sprinklers Coal stock Height < 1.6 m
2.0 Finer Particles of Coal Fire & Dust Constant Water Sprinkling
3.0 Finer Particles of Iron Ore Dust Constant Water Sprinkling
4.0 Dry Coal & Higher Ambient Temperature Fire & Dust Constant Water Sprinkling
5.0 Wrong Line up of Coal Conveyor instead of Iron Ore Quality of the Product & Affect Constant Control on
6.0 Wrong Line up of Iron Ore Conveyor instead of Coal Process Operations Material Movement
7.0 Jamming of Conveyor belt Breakage & Physical Injury or Regular Maintenance &
Damage to Electrical systems& Check
Injury
8.0 Conveyor Motor Malfunction/Failure Rupture Fall & Injury Regular Maintenance &
Standby
9.0 Breakage of Conveyor Belt Physical Injury or Damage to Regular Maintenance &
Electrical SYSTEMS & Injury Check
10.0 Conveyor being Overloaded Rupture , Breakage & Injury Provision of sensors
11.0 Mis-alignment of Crane/Conveyor Injury to workers Provision of PLC Control
12.0 Damage of Crane Ropes Fall of material & Injury to workers Regular Maintenance &
Check
13.0 Over Load of Crane Injury ro workers Provision of sensors
14.0 Malfunction of Lifting Motor in the Crane Sudden Failure & Injury to workers Regular Maintenance &
Standby
15.0 Crane Operator Error Injury to workers Training of Operators
16.0 Limiting Failure of Gantry Crane Damage to structure Injury to Provision of sensors
workers because of falling objects
17.0 Malfunction of Silo Hopper Valve – Iron Ore Overloading & Failure of Handling Provision of PLC Control
System & Damage to Material &
Men
18.0 Malfunction of Silo Hopper Valve – Coal Overloading & Failure of Handling Provision of PLC Control
System & Damage to Material &
Men
19.0 Malfunction of Silo Weight Feeder -Iron Ore Affect the quality of product Provision of PLC Control
20.0 Malfunction of Silo Weight Feeder –Coal Provision of PLC Control


9-21
MOLTEN METAL TRANSFER

21.0 Over Filling of Ladle Spillage & Injury to Workers Training of Operators
22.0 Crane Rope Damage Injury to Workers Regular Maintenance &
Check
23.0 Damaged Ladle Hot Molten Metal Leakage & Regular Maintenance &
Injury to workers Check
24.0 Rail Damage in Ladle Crane System Falling Objects or Molten Regular Maintenance &
Metal & Injury to workers Check
25.0 Operator Error Hot Molten Metal Falling on Training of Operators
the Workers
26.0 Presence of earlier batch Material in the Ladle Accidental spillage & Hurting Proper SOP & Training of
the Workers Operators
27.0 Presence of Water Around Molten Metal Handling Explosion & Fatal Accident Proper SOP & Training of
Operators
28.0 Inadvertent Touching of Hot Billet By workers Burns & Serious Injury Proper SOP & Training of
Operators
29.0 Malfunctioning of Hydraulic System in Electric Induction Spillage of Hot Molten Metal & Provision of PLC Control &
Furnace Serious Injury Regular Maintenance &
Check
30.0 Malfunctioning of Electric Induction Furnace Tilting Provision of PLC Control
ROTARY KILN
31.0 Higher Temperature in Kiln Thyristor Based
32.0 Lower Temperature in the Kiln Affect the Quality of Product Temperature Sensor
33.0 Higher Coal to Air Ratio Provision of Online

34.0 Lower Coal to Air Ratio Flow Meters
35.0 Blockage in Exhaust Line Provision of Manometer

36.0 Rupture in Exhaust Line Regular Maintenance &
Check
37.0 Incompatible Material with Raw Material Regular Maintenance &
Check
38.0 Higher Feed Rate of Coal
39.0 Higher Feed Rate of Iron Ore


9-22
40.0 Lower Feed Rate of Coal

41.0 Lower Feed Rate of Iron Ore
Provision of Online
42.0 Higher Primary Air Feed Rate Flow Meters
43.0 Lower Primary Air Feed Rate
44.0 Higher Secondary Air Feed Rate
45.0 Lower Secondary Air Feed Rate
46.0 Higher RPM of the Kiln Provision of Speed
47.0 Lower RPM of the Kiln Moderators
48.0 Malfunction of Kiln Provision of PLC Control Implementation of Rigid

where ever feasible & SOP
Regular Maintenance &
Check
49.0 Damage of Coal Injection System Provision of Online Flow
Meter
50.0 Malfunction of Temperature Indicator
51.0 Malfunction of Temperature Control System Daily Calibration
ELECTRIC INDUCTION FURNACE

52.0 Explosive Material in MS Scrap Serious & Fatal Accident Stringent Inspection &
Control
53.0 Moisture in MS Scrap Explosion & Serious Accident Storage in Closed Shed Stringent Inspection &
Control
54.0 Induction Coil Damage Short Circuit & Fire Provision of Sensor
Control
55.0 Entry of Cooling Water into Molten Metal Explosion & Serious Accident Provision of Leak
Detectors
56.0 Short Circuit in Induction Furnace Fire Explosion & Serious Provision of Globage
Accident Leak Detectors & Circuit
Breakers
57.0 Higher Rate of Cooling Water Affect Melting Process Provision of Online Flow
58.0 LowerRate of Cooling Water Meters
59.0 Malfunctioning of Temperature Indicator Daily Calibration

60.0 Malfunctioning of Temperature Control System


9-23
61.0 Damage in Refractory Lining Molten Metal Leaking into Regular Maintenance &
62.0 Rupture in Refractory Induction Coil & Serious/Fatal Check & Use of High
Accident Quality Ramming Mass
Consisting of Boron
GENERAL MAINTENANCE
63.0 Unsafe Disposal of Oil Waste Fire & Cause Pollution to Soil Proper Collection Storage
& Ground Water & Disposal


9-24
9.11.2 DISASTER MANAGEMENT
9.11.2.1 Introduction
Disasters are major accidents, which cause wide spread disruption of human and
commercial activities. Normally, the community absorbs common accidents, but
disasters are major accidents and community cannot absorb them with their own
resources. Most of the disaster, natural or man made have sudden onset and give very
short notice or no time to prevent the occurrence. Disasters may cause loss of human
life, injuries and long term disablement of people working in the organisation and local
community around the industrial area. Normally, losses of lives, total or partial disability
have more impact on the community than damage to the properties. Damage to the
property has a long-term social impact like loss of revenue, employment and rebuilding
cost and lead to severe economic constraints.
9.11.2.2 Definition of Emergency
The type of emergency primarily considered here is the major emergency which may be
defined as one which has the potential to cause serious danger to persons and / or
damage to property and which tends to cause disruption inside and / or outside the site.
Emergency is a general term implying hazardous situation both inside and outside the
factory premises. Thus the emergency is termed “on-site” when it confines itself within
the factory even though it may require external help and “off-site” when it extends
beyond its premises. It is to be understood here, that if an emergency occurs inside the
plant and could not be controlled, it may lead to an off-site emergency.
9.11.2.3 Objective of the Plan
Emergency planning or preparedness is a comprehensive response plan to react to a

number of foreseeable emergencies anticipated in the works and to contain the loss of
human life, property and provide speedy and effective remedial measures. An important
pre-requisite for emergency planning is to foresee an accident scenario which leads to a
major fire, explosion, toxic release, their spread or extent and their damage potential.
This informationis used in conjunction with layout of the units in the work, and adjacent
communities in the preparation of the contingency plan.
The important elements of emergency planning can be broadly classified as follows:
 Identifying the potential disaster scenarios and advance planning to combat,

minimise the damage.
 Disaster phase, i.e., warning, protective actions like evacuation of personnel etc.
 Containment of disaster by isolating, fire fighting etc.


9-25
 Rescue, relief, assistance to the people affected in the works/community effectively

and efficiently based on the actual needs and on the information collected locally
both in advance of the disaster and as soon as possible after the disaster has
occurred.
 Finally when the situation is contained, efforts are to be made to return back to near
normal conditions.
Of the above points the first four are most relevant to the immediate attention to works
management. The areas affected by each accident scenario can be identified by their
consequences like explosions, over-pressure, fireball, pool fire, flash fire, and missile‟s
effects. It would be appropriate to classify the hazards around the plant (both for
extremely rare large accident and more likely but smaller events for which it is more
reasonable to plan) and to provide emergency measures in the area both onsite or
offsite (if the zone extends).
9.11.2.4 Identification and Assessment of Emergency Scenarios
The primary step in any disaster management planning is identification and assessment
of the emergency scenarios. For the purpose of making disaster management plan the
following scenarios are considered taking into account their inventories and criticality of
service conditions.

An attempt is made to estimate the damage to life and properties, which can form the
basis for planning for containment, relief and rescue operation for each case listed
above.
Immediate actions to be taken are, in case of fire,
 Start the sprinklers systemalongwith other protective measures.

 Evacuate personnel from affected areas.
 Call fire-fighting crew to fight the fire.
 Fire fighting team should have proximity suits and other protection equipment to
work near the fire. The radiation levels near the fire would be very high. Firemen
with protective suit can stand/work only for a few minutes. A relay team of fire
fighting people is to be employed. Thirty minutes (with proximity suit) fire fighting
requires about two hours rest for the firemen. The fire fighting team is to be planned
as per the above norms.


9-26
 As the firemen and others are subjected to the radiation, they lose extensive body
fluids. The recuperative fluids, like cool drinks, fruit juices, anti dehydration
medicines are to be stocked in the medical centre.
9.11.2.5 Organisation
Identification of scenarios and their consequences form an important element in the

disaster planning. The type of scenarios and their consequence determine the
emergency response. The action plan should cover all credible accident scenarios.
Identification of scenarios and mitigation include the detection of abnormal conditions,
assessing the potential consequences and immediate measures to mitigate the
situations. They also include emergency response action, which must be taken to
protect the health and the safety of the plant personnel and the public. Responsibility
for accident assessment normally resides with the individual plans in the complex, which
are in the best position to accomplish this function.
As the plant operating parameters give an indication of potential uncontrollable

parameters of potential consequences in advance of actual occurrence, these are to be
identified and should be integrated into the plant's emergency classification system and
operating procedures. These are used to generate early warnings to the plant personnel
and advice the public officials.
Emergencies very rarely occur as such they are not a day to day activity or a planned
activity at a fixed time schedule. The activities during the emergencies are to be co-
ordinated and this could be achieved by an organisation approach, which has quick
response capabilities.
This organisation should be capable of quick response any time of the day or night to
meet the disasters. The emergency response co-ordination is critical to the protection of
properties and lives of the workers and the community. To ensure the effective
response performance under any combination of circumstances, inter-departmental
organization of works is to be created with a central authority. The functions of the
authority are as follows:
 Co-ordination on-site emergency activities;

 Establish plans and procedures with all departments and agencies (including civic
authorities) to deal with disaster;
 Maintaining communication with state/local agencies;
 To create a chain of command;
 Assign responsibilities for each functions like, communication, information gathering
and updating the records and documentation;
 Implementing and reviewing the emergency response and procedure for the plan;
 Conducting the training courses, emergency drills;
 Controlling inventory and reviewing resources for emergency response;
 Establish and operate emergency control centre;
 Provide medical facilities;


9-27
 Plans for restarting the complex partially or fully depending upon the destruction;
and
 Preparing records, documentation and maintaining them.
Typical Organisation Chart for Emergency Preparedness
WORKS INCIDENT CONTROLLER
SHIFT
IN-CHARGE
SAFETY SECURITY FIRE MEDICAL WELFARE

CHIEF CHIEF CHIEF CHIEF CHIEF
TRANSPORT
CHIEF
EVACUATION
TRANSPORT TRANSPORT
CHIEF CHIEF


9-28
9.11.2.5.1 Works Incident Controller (WIC)
Works incident controller is the person to head the group during emergency situation.
Chief of operations may assume the position of works incident controller. In their
absence, for example, during shift operation, Shift-in-charge will play this role till the
arrival of designed works incident controller. In their absence, for example, during shift
operations, Shift-in-charge will play this role till the arrival of designed works incident
controller. He is responsible for finalising the emergency plan, organising transportation,
establishing control centre communication arrangement etc. Work incident controller will
assess, declare emergency and activate the relevant plan. Because of his wide
knowledge of plant, he will be in a position to decide whether to shut down the plant or
not. He takes the necessary input from the Shift-in-charge/shift supervisors. Work
incident controller normally operates from the emergency control centre delegating the
Shift-in-Charge to take charge at site. He should see that the procedures laid out for
emergency are strictly followed. He should invoke mutual aid plans whenever outside
assistance is needed. The responsibility of works incident controller during the
emergency may be summarised as follows:
 Announce emergency and activate the plan;

 Decide whether the offsite emergency plan is to be initiated or not depending on the
level of emergency. Continuous review and monitoring of the emergency situation
and take corrective action with the help of other senior members;
 Coordination with the various internal and external agencies for augmenting
resources.
 Ensure that the key personnel are called in;
 Ensure that the essential emergency services are called in and directed to the site;
 Direct the shutting down of the plant in a safe manner so that the consequences are
minimised;
 Control of traffic and transportation facilities for the emergency;
 Ensure that the casualties are receiving adequate attention. Arrange for additional
help, if required;
 Arrange for chronological record of the emergency;
 If the emergency is prolonged, arrange for the replacement of emergency handling
members; and
 Ensure accounting of personnel.
9.11.2.5.2 Shift Incharge
As mentioned earlier, Shift-in-Charge is to take control of the emergency till the Works
Incident Controller arrives and takes charge. He works closely with the shift supervisor
of the plant and takes control at emergency site for tackling the situation and co-
ordianating the activities of various agencies. Shift-in-Charge has also to take care of
the following important functions at the time of emergency:
 Appraise the situation and maintain close liaison with Works Incident Controller;
 Containment and isolation of the damaged area;

9-29
 Warn all the employees in the section and evacuate them to a predetermined place if
need arises;
 Start fire fighting facilities (if required) till fire crew come to take control;
 Initiate rescue activities; and first aid need to be given to injured persons pending
arrival of ambulance;
 Notify the adjacent areas;
 Ensure that only persons having authorised duties enter their area; and Spectator
control is a must during emergency and lack of it only leads to confusion.
The functions of the other discipline are broadly indicated below:
9.11.2.5.3 Fire Chief
 Work in close association with Works Incident Controller;

 Render technical guidance and logistics to fire personnel;
 Establish danger zone and barricade if necessary;
 Request for assistance or special services that may be required;
 Arrange and keep necessary appliances and supplies;
 Plan and organise the evacuation services and train its members;
 Accounting of personnel in the respective area;
 Arranging mock drills and periodic fire fighting exercises every month;
 Inspection and maintaining adequate quality of fire fighting materials every month;
and
 Inspection and maintaining adequate quantity of fire fightingequipments like fire
tenders, fire water system including fixed fire installations, sprinklers, smoke/fire
detectors, gas detectors along with respective alarms and the foam required for the
fighting of storage tank fire.
9.11.2.5.4 Medical Chief
 Preparation of plant dispensary under readiness for emergency;

 Arrange for alternate/additional medical centres;
 Assigning of doctor‟s first-aid personnel to specific duties;
 Arrange and keep medical supplies, antidotes and related drugs and equipment.
 Arrange ambulance for transporting casualties. Type of accident must be identified
before sending victims to hospital so that prompt action can be initiated. He should
acquaint himself with hazardous chemicals handled and be aware of the specific
treatment to be administered;
 Impart first aid knowledge to plant personnel for handling emergency situation; and
 Impart health education to workers and train them in the methods of dealing with
different levels of disasters like toxic gas release and fire.
9.11.2.5.5 Personnel/Welfare Chief
 Arrange canteen facilities; arrange special food as per medical advice.

 Arrange to meet emergency clothing requirement.
 Arrange to contact the families of the injured.


9-30
 Maintaining public relation and arrange media briefing wherever necessary.

 Assist in plant evacuation operation and neighbouring people, if necessary.
 Additionally, Chief of services likes electrical, mechanical, instrument, civil etc. should
also be available with works Incident controller for rendering necessary help.
9.11.2.5.6 Transport Chief
 Keep all the vehicles and drivers in readiness and send vehicles as per the
requirement of different coordinators and officials.
 Requisition of vehicle from outside agencies of necessary, for this he should keep a
list of local transport agencies and be in touch with them.
9.11.2.5.7 Security Chief
 Instruct all the security personnel to help in maintaining the law and order.
 Help and take the lead in evacuation, if necessary.
 Close all visitors‟ gates, control traffic and allow only authorised persons to enter,
send out contract and casual labourers and employees who are not involved in
emergency operations. This is to be in consultation with WIC/Shift-in-Charge.
 Cordon off the area of accident and coordinate with external security personnel if
necessary.
 Direct the external help/authorities to respective coordinators.
 Ensure that systematic efforts are launched and no confusion or panic is created.
9.11.2.5.8 Chain of Command
Organisation structure should lay stress on the execution and speedy implementation of
the response plans. At the same time it should be flexible enough to tune itself to the
fast changing situations in the affected area. All actions are to be coordinated well so
that overall situation is under control.
The duties and responsibilities are to be fixed of each individual coordinator such that
the actions are taken with logical approach. If any changes are to be made in the
procedure, or in actions, the front-end area coordinator should be able to create with
tiered structure so that the supervisors can take a few independent decisions to achieve
the overall objectives.
The chain of command should clearly spell out the duties of each coordinator and the
area supervisor commands. The technicians and operators should understand from
whom they have to take instructions. The chain of command should spell out, the
alternative co-ordinator or person if a particular co-ordinator is not available.
The chain of command naturally corresponds to the organisation structure with clear
understanding of the nature of duties and objectives. Every coordinator responsible for
his area should see that right type of trained people are deployed for the jobs to be
done. Here, it may be pointed out that conducting mock emergency drills on a regular
basis will help the coordinators to understand the duties and responsibilities well.


9-31
With feed back and experience gained from these drills, the command structure can be
improved.
The coordinators should not leave the command post unattended. If the Coordinator is
required to leave the command post for any reason, he has to depute an alternate to
attend the functions.
9.11.2.5.9 Duty of Shift/Plant Personnel
i) Any one noticing a fire, explosion or gas leak must:

 operate emergency alarm signal to control room and inform nearest Shift-in-Charge,
ii) Shift Incharge will:

 Sound emergency Siren;
 Inform work incident controller over pone. Both intercom and P&T phone should be
available at work incident controller's office and residence. Await further message
from WIC and follow instruction; and
 Operate public address system (public address communication system is required to
be provided for effective and quick communication). Also inform
 Communication Coordinator;
 Fire Station;
 Shift plant Engineer;
 Security; and
 Shift maintenance Engineer;
iii) Shift Fire Supervisor will:
 Put all the available safety appliances in service.

 Work under the direction of Shift Plant Engineer till the arrival of Fire
 Fighting Coordinator.
iv) Shift Security Supervisor will:
 Send available guards immediately to assist Shift Fire supervisor.

 Inform central first-aid facility.
 Inform all senior officers of the plant.
 Deploy security guards to control panic.
 Control traffics and allows only authorised employees to enter.
 Inform factory medical Officer for reporting to in-plant first aid station.
 Send out contractors and casual labourers.
 Pool departmental transports and keeps vehicles ready for use.
 Reinforce security force as required.


9-32
v) Shift Medical Officer will:
On receiving information, reach central first-aid facility immediately and take the
following actions:
 Keep necessary first-aid medicines and artificial respiration equipment ready;

 Inform local doctors to be ready for attending serious burn injury and gas poisoning
cases; and
 Inform nearby major hospital authorities to keep themselves ready for treatment of
serious cases, if any.
Note:
In the absence of the shift medical Officer, the other medical staff will prepare for
emergency. Rush ambulances to the scene of emergency and inform the Medical
Coordinator.
9.11.2.6 Internal Resources
9.11.2.6.1 Communication
Communication includes physical and administrative means by which plant operators can
rapidly notify plant management and offsite emergency response actions, which must be
taken to protect health and safety of the plant personnel and the public.
During the disaster the communication channels the communication channels are to be
kept open to the emergency control centre (ECC) and outside agencies. The
communication system may be planned as follows:
9.11.2.6.1.1 Voice Communication Channels.
1) ECC to :
 Civilian hospitals;
 Civic authorities including police;
 Local fire fighting brigade;
 Local division of the company; and
 Company corporate office or Headquarters;
2) ECC to :
 Field control room unit (Plant control room); and
 Industrial medical centre (first aid station)
3) ECC to:
 Fire water pump house;
 Offsite operators station; and
 Security gate.


9-33
9.11.2.6.1.2 Audio Communication Channels (ACC) (Alarms).
1) ACC to :
 Disaster warning siren; and
 Central warning system (fire).
2) Plant alarm :
 For minor leaks which are confined to the plant alone are to alert the foreman, shift
incharge and every in the foreman, shift incharge and everyone in the plant and
inform fire station and fire water pump house; and
 For major leaks, which may endanger the other plants, the ECC is to be given and so
alert all the sections of the complex. If it is a major fire or a fire at a critical sector,
the ECC is to be immediately activated.
9.11.2.7 Fire Fighting System and Fire Engines
Plant should be equipped with portable as well mobile fire fighting equipment.
9.11.2.7.1 Portable fire fighting equipment
Following major portable fire fighting equipment shall be provided in the Thermal Power
Plant.
 Dry chemical powder extinguishers,

 CO2 extinguishers,
 Portable halon extinguishers and
 Steam lancers.
However, details of equipment, number and location should be decided based on OISD-
116 norms.
9.11.2.7.2 Mobile fire fighting equipment
The following mobile fire fighting equipment should be kept available in the Thermal
Power Plant.
 Atleast 3 to 4 no. of foam tenders;
 DCP tenders with N2 as expellant gas;
 Emergency rescue Equipment/Tender;
 Foam tank trailers with water cum foam monitors;
 Trolley mounted water cum foam monitors;
 Fire jeeps; and
 Ambulance fitted with medical aid.
However detail of equipment, accessories and number should be decided based on OISD
116 norms.


9-34
9.11.2.8 Medical Resources
The medical aspects are to be covered on normal and routine accidents like personnel
injury not due to process risks and also for providing quick aid during the initial phase of
disaster.
The medical centre is to be situated at almost a no risk area. The medical centre is to be
equipped to deal with atleast ten injured persons at a time to treat burn injuries,
multiple fractures, shock etc. and antidote for toxic.
9.11.2.9 Transport
Adequate transport vehicles are to be provided for medical treatment, communication,

evacuation and the movement of emergency staff. The vehicles are to be placed in the
area where the medical centre is situated. For example the vehicles of following types
are to be stationed:
 Ambulance which can accommodate two stretcher cases;
 Pick up van preferably with radio communication system (i.e. walkie-talkie); and
 General-purpose vehicle (jeeps).
9.11.2.10 Emergency Control Centre
This is a common centre of the works and is permanently installed. The staff can be
called at certain level of danger and the selected people perform the activities. The
control centre is to be located outside the reasonable area of hazard, suitably fortified
and easily approachable. It may be desirable to select two centres for controlling
major/minor disaster. The two control centres should be placed against two
predominant wind directions.
Emergency control centre should provide shelter to its occupant‟s against most
anticipated accidental releases and especially against infiltration of toxic vapours.
Control centre should be supplied with uninterrupted power supply (UPS). The centre is
also to be equipped with emergency power, duplicated means of communication to the
plant area and outside the complex with civic authorities. The control room should have
the following additional information/provisions:
 Plant layout of the complex;

 Technical documentation of the complex;
 P&ID, process data, equipment data;
 Safety data sheets;
 Identified hazard zones for the type of scenarios considered;
 Maps marked with escape routes;
 Evacuation plans in case of total evacuation of the complex and surroundings;
 Information regarding the fire fighting and medical services;
 Refreshments;
 Personnel protective equipment;


9-35
 Medical first aids facilities to handle two or three people at a time; and
 A pick-up van with radio communication systems.
A small meteorological station should be located nearby to monitor wind direction and
velocity.
The emergency control centre need not be manned always. During emergency,
concerned persons should be shifted here and direct all activities from here.
For directing and advising special operations the expert/specialist support team is to be
identified which can provide the specialist assistance to the emergency control room
staff. The expert‟s team may contain specialist from the company, outside the company
(civic authorities, other industries, specialist in medical care, fire service, and
government agencies). This team involvement helps in minimizing the errors in decision
making and consequently limits liability of exposure associated with the action during the
emergencies.
The emergency control centre is to be located away from the plant area. It is required
to be providing with emergency breathing air arrangement so that in the event of toxic
gas release, the centre can be pressurized with emergency air and thus protecting the
personnel from exposure to toxic gas. An emergency exit on other side of plant near
product handling gate is also recommended as an escape route.
9.11.2.11 Coordination with outside agencies
Responsibility of information on necessary measures in the event of damage and

warning the population rests with civic authorities and other governmental agencies.
Intimation/warning is to be given by the plant management. The decision as to when
the population be warned in the event of damage lies with the civic authorities based on
the information supplied by the plant management at the time of crisis and also on prior
planning on the likely scenarios of disaster.
Depending upon the methodology adopted for the coordination of various aspects of
disaster management, specific responsibility have to be fixed for civic and government
agencies. Outside agencies support is required for the emergency responses like:
 Augmentation of the fire fighting service and fire water;

 Emergency medical help for the injured personnel of the plant;
 Evacuation of the personnel;
 Law enforcement and traffic control and crime protection;
 Co-ordination with the other industrial establishment;
 Special purpose fire protection equipment for rescue of the trapped persons in the
plant;
 Communication facilities etc.; and
 Procuring constable like foam compound, fire hoses etc.


9-36
9.11.2.12 Training program for handling emergencies and crisis
Authority should impart the following training program to their employee for handling
emergencies and crisis:
a) Fire training
This is required to fight fire during emergencies. In house and outside training to be
given to the employees. As a example employees can be sent to recognised training
institute.
b) First aid training
Each employee should know the necessary first aid method required handling minor
injuries etc. during emergencies.
c) Safety training
This includes training for handling hazardous chemicals. All employees should have
thorough knowledge of hazardous chemicals handled in the plant, their properties, and
hazard consequences.
d) Awareness program for outside population
Authority should give lectures to the adjacent villagers on the expected hazards and
action plan required for handling those hazard situation. During toxic release people
should move inside the room only and stop all air handling systems.


9-37
10 OCUPATIONAL HEALTH
10.1 OCCUPATIONAL HAZARD & SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
10.1.1 OBJECTIVE
The objective is to ensure Health & Safety of the workers at the site during operation,
and hence reduce any long time health impacts of the employees by removing unsafe
conditions, and ensuring safe hygienic practices by involving every one, and all activities
viz.,
 Involving Management & Employees in Tandem

 Assigning responsibility to each worker
 Maintaining safe working conditions
 Imparting Safety Training
 Provision of Medical & First-Aid
 Accident Reporting
With a well laid out policy towards ensuring that each employee take substantial care of
all the workers to maintain health, hygiene& safety, and as also to implement all the
measures JR METAL CHENNAI LIMITED Proposes in implementing the practices towards
good hygiene, health & safety.
10.1.2 HEALTH & SAFETY RULES & GUIDELINES
 Smoking within factory will be strictly prohibited including that of use of match
sticks, cigarette, lighter, gutka, mobile phone, camera etc,
 Ensure assembly of all employees at designated points during emergency
 Mandatory use of Personnel Protective Equipments
 Prohibition of Entry of any person less than 18 Years
 Use of safety belts at all vulnerable points
 Prevention of spillage of moltenmetal
 Permit work only with valid work permits for entry into plant area
 Strictly follow all Safety Norms, Procedures & Instructions within factory
 Access to Safety Showers, Safety Equipment‟s& Emergency Exits will always be
kept free of any Hindrance with easy accessibility
 Vehicle strictly ensured to maintain speed limit of 20 km/hr or less within factory
premises
 Meticulous reporting of any Abnormality, sound, vibration, miss, accident or any
Unsafe Condition
 Dis-Obedience to any Safety Norms, Precautions, Practices will attract strict
punishment


10-1
10.1.3 WORK AREA SAFETY & HEALTH PRECAUTIONS
 Disposable gowns made of fabric that fire resistant, with closed fonts & cuffs.
 Powder free gloves, labelled & tested with drugs used for chemotherapy, made of
latex, neoprene or nitrile
 Face & Eye protection to prevent splashing
 Approved respirators to prevent inhaling of aerosols
 Provision of adequate ventilation & exhausts
 Adequate storing facility with defined inventory norms
 Storing hazardous chemicals in compatible mode
 Adequate scrubbing system with suitable scrubbing solution
 Periodic Inspection of pipeline (pressure & corrosion test)
10.1.4 OPERATIONAL INSTRUCTION TO WORKERS
 Not to operate any machine or equipment not assigned to a employee

 No employee shall touch any machine/equipment they are not operating
 Only plant operating personnel are allowed to cranes, valves, or any other critical
equipment
 Before starting any job, it will be ensured proper work permit is obtained with due
safety precaution as in work permit
 Avoid contact with any hazard that can cause injury.
 Personnel protective equipment & proper respiratory protective equipment will be
used.
 In case the area with fresh water for atleast 15 Minutes
 In case of cloth contamination with oil, remove the cloth immediately and wash
the body part affected with plenty of water
 Workers are ensured to keep suitable PPE‟s while going inside the plant & use
safety harness while working on hazardous area.
10.1.5 APPROACH TO ELIMINATE UNSAFE ACTS/CONDITIONS
10.1.5.1 Unsafe acts are eliminated by following means
 Personnel attention & care

 Safety Education &Training
 Adequate Supervision
 Discipline
 Knowledge of Risks
 Proper usage of applicable PPE
 Adherence to Permit system
10.1.5.2 Unsafe Condition Controlled/Eliminated by Following Means
 Engineering Intervention
 Modification to Safe Operation
 Close Supervision
 Regular Inspection/Audit

10-2
 Safety Discipline
 Implementation of Corrective & Preventive Action
 Periodic & Preventive Maintenance of Machine
 Safety Built in Design, Procedure & Process
 Work Area Clearance Procedure post Work Completion
 Training
 Good House Keeping
10.1.6 Personnel protective equipment
10.1.6.1 CRITERIA USED FOR SELECTION OF PPE

 Nature of Hazard
 Degree of Protection Required
 Acceptable Exposure Concentration
 Ease of use by Employee
Personnel Protective Equipment is divided into 2- groups
- Non Respiratory& Respiratory

- General Protection
10.1.6.2 NON RESPIRATORY PPE
These are used to protect body parts
S.No TYPE OF SAFETY BODY PARTS RECOMMENDED USE

IN OPERATION
1 Safety Goggle, Eye Protection Chipping, buffing,
Spectacles grinding, drilling
Welding Google, Shield Welding, cutting
2 Face Shield Face Protection Hot metal flash
3 Ear Plug Ear Muff Ear Protection Noise pollution area
4 Safety Helmet & Cap Head Protection Risk of falling object
5 Apron Fire Suit made of Body Protection Risk of dust, spark,
Leather, Rubber, Plastic fumes, etc.
6 Gloves – Acid Proof, Hand Protection Operation where risk of
Alkali Proof, Shock Proof, Electrical contacts,
Leather, Asbestos Hot surface contact,
Cold burn, etc.
Barrier Cream Used against protection
from oil and solvent.
7 Safety Shoe with Toe Foot & Leg Protection Where potential hazard
Protection of foot injury due to
falling objects while
holding heavy material


10-3
10.1.6.3 RESPIRATORY PROTECTION
Proper Respiratory PPE will be provided with Adequate Protection
RESPIRATORY PROTECTION
BREATHING APPARATUS AIR PURIFYING TYPE
SCBA Airline Pressure Chemical Mechanical

(Self Contained Respirator Hose Mask Filter Filter
Breathing Apparatus)
10.1.6.4 General Protection
 Safety Belt with Life Line will be used while working at height and confined spaces
to protect the person from falling
 Safety Shower & Eye Wash will be used for washing dust etc in case of splash of
dust in eye and/or body
10.1.7 INDUSTRIAL HYGIENE
 Implementation of Integrated Industrial Hygiene Management from design to

finished goods
 Work Place Monitoring will Include
- Carbon Mono Oxide
- SO2, NOX
- Light Sensitivity
- Noise Levels
- Temperature
- Humidity
- Carbon Di Oxide
- Particulate Matter
 Further Monitoring will also include
- Grooming levels & standards of each of the employees

- That each employee meet good hygienic practice & safety
requirements
- Use of chewing gum/tobacco will be strictly prohibited inside factory
premises
- Ensure each employee wears clean & washed clothes
- Use of disposable hairnet to cover hair


10-4
- Use of Apron while working in the factory promises

- Use of clean & washed socks, footwear etc
- Consumption of food only in designated areas
- Persons with Illness, Infectious Disease & Lesions prohibited from
entering the processing & production areas
- Health condition of each employee recorded in the Log Book of the
security before entering the plant
- Spitting within factory premises strictly prohibited
- Use of flower strictly prohibited within factory premises
- Use of Personnel Protective Equipment viz., Googles, Gloves,
Facemask, ensured in the manufacturing area & while working in areas
with risk
- Employees & Visitors strictly ensured to follow SOP‟s at Entry & Exit
 Establishment of Occupational Exposure Limits

 Assignment of Occupational Exposure Bands
 Occupational Exposure Bands will be established by following Criteria
HAZARD UOM OEB1 OEB2 OEB3 OEB4 OEB5

OEL, Dust µg/m3 1000-5000 100-1000 10-100 10-1 <1
OEL, Fumes ppm >1000 100-1000 10<100 1<10 <1
Therapeutic Mg/day 100<TDD 10<TDD<100 1<TDD<10 0.1<TDD<1 <0.1

Daily Dose
Oral toxicity, LD Mg/kg >2000 300-2000 50-300 5-50 <5
50
Dermal Toxicity, Mg/kg >2000 400-2000 50-400 1-50 <1
LD 50
Chronic Health Half Minutes Hours Days Weeks Hours
Effect Life
Corrosivity pH 6-9 5-6 or 9-10 3-5 or 10- 1-3 or 12- <1 or >14
12 14
R-Phrases - Nil Class 1 Class 2 Class 3 Class 4
10.1.7.1 HAND WASHING FACILITIES
 Adequate hand washing & sanitizing facilities will be provided

 Will be adequately equipped with clean water, liquid soap & sanitizer
 Each employee will be ensured to maintain short, clean & polish free finger nails
 Employees will be ensured to wash hands & sanitize them thoroughly
- Before start of work & entering the premises

- After handling soiled & contaminated material
- Immediately after use of toilet
- After receiving/dispatching/packing material etc
- After coughing or sneezing
- After cleaning/handling materials

10-5
- After any other unsanitary tasks

- Between each task performed and after changing disposable gloves
 Hands are ensured to be washed vigoursly& thoroughly with soap & water
 Hands will be ensured to be washed only in designated sinks earmarked
 Sign Boards indicating hand washing & sanitizing procedures
 Toilets are completely enclosed & provided with doors
10.1.7.2 LOCKER ROOM/CHANGE ROOM
 Change rooms will be provided with individual lockers to each employee & shoe
racks that do not directly lead to processing areas and are ventilated &
maintained
10.1.7.3 HEALTH STATUS
 No personnel suffering from disease will be allowed to enter the plant

 Routine medical & health check-up of all employees will be done as per plan, and
 Medical & Health check-ups will be done regularly as per Standard Operating
Procedure
10.1.7.4 ILLNESS & INJURIES
 All employees to report any symptoms of Disease like Flu, Fever, Diarrhoea, and
Vomiting to respective HOD/HR
 Employees with these symptoms are adviced to consult doctor for treatment and
further fitness for work. Incase illness is more than 3-days, the affected employee
has to furnish a medical certificate, which states he is fit to resume work, and a
record injury/illness log format will be maintained for future reference.
 While working on duty any injury happens, will be reported to HOD/HR, and
covered with bright coloureddressing, recorded in the Illness/Injury recording Log
Book Format
10.1.7.5 PREMISES
 Premises will be located away from any open sewage, drain, public lavatory to
avoid risk of contamination from chemical / biological emissions, odor/fumes etc.
 Interior surfaces, walls, floors and ceilings will be smooth, free from cracks and
open joints, and will not shed particulate matter and will permit effective cleaning
and disinfection.
 Appropriately designed Temperature, airlocks, pressure differentials and air
supply / exhaust system will be provided


10-6
 Pipe work, light fittings, ventilation points and utility services will be designed in
such a way to avoid the creation of gaps, cracks, hiding surfaces and
contamination.Wherever possible, adopt closed systems during manufacturing.
 The building will be designed and equipped with maximum protection against the
entry of insects or other pests.
 Entry of unauthorized persons will be prevented in areas of Production, packing,

QC and stores.
 Premise will be maintained with proper preventive maintenance to ensure that,

manufacturing operations carried out in the premises does not pose any threat to
product quality.
 Food canteen and toilets will be located away from certain designated
manufacturing areas.
 Laboratory areas/operations will normally be separated from production areas.

Some laboratory areas, in particular those used for in-process controls, will be
located in production areas, provided the operations of the production process do
not adversely affect the accuracy of the laboratory measurements and the
laboratory and its operations do not adversely affect the production process.
 Separate washing area will be provided, which will be located away from critical
manufacturing area and provided with drains.
 Drains will be designed / installed with mechanical device / air break with slope to
avoid back flow.
 Sampling and dispensing areas will be provided for handling of sampling and
dispensing activities.
 Adequate storage area will be provided for orderly and logical positioning of
equipment and materials wherever applicable.
 Adequate in-process storage area will be provided to minimize risk of mix-up.
10.1.7.6 MATERIAL
 All materials upon receipt and before acceptance, each container or group of
containers will be examined visually for correct labeling, container damage,
broken seals and evidence of tampering or external contamination.
 Use tested and approved Raw materials.
10.1.7.7 EQUIPMENT/INSTRUMENT
 Equipment will be installed in such a way that there is no risk of contamination to

product.
 Product contact surfaces will be inert and will not be additive or absorptive or
reactive and will be suitable for cleaning and sanitization.
 Water distribution pipelines will have sanitary couplings, slope for drainage and
positive pressure at point of use to avoid suck back of air.


10-7
 All Equipment / instruments will be subjected to routine preventive maintenance

Programmed.
 Production equipment will be cleaned thoroughly on scheduled basis as per
approved SOPs.
 Cleaning aids that shed particles, raise dust or generate contamination will not be
used. (Use of bristle brushes, fibre-shedding clothes will be avoided.
 Vacuum cleaners will be fitted with appropriate dust retaining filters. Dedicated
vacuum cleaners will be provided for dust extraction in areas.
 Wherever possible, equipment seals on rotating shaft such as agitators, pumps
and compressors will not come in contact with the workers. If this contact is
unavoidable, seal lubricants will be used.
10.1.7.8 UTILITIES
 Air intakes will be situated near area located under clean surroundings (closed
area mezzanine floor with filtered ventilation supply will be preferred)
 AHUs will be designed with suitable temperature and pressure differentials as per
product / process requirements.
 Classified HVAC systems with appropriate filters will be installed in all the critical
areas.
 The risk of contamination caused by recirculation (or) re-entry of untreated (or)
insufficiently treated air will be minimized.
 Air supply and exhaust points will not be so close to each other as it restricts the
supply of clean air.
 The air flow pattern and re-circulated air will be designed to afford adequate
protection to the product as well as operator.
 Appropriate dust extraction systems will be provided wherever applicable.
10.1.7.9 PROCESS CONTROL OPERATIONS
 All process operations will be carried out as per the approved instructions and
relevant SOPs.
 The premises will be cleaned, disinfected, sanitized and routine housekeeping will
be followed as per relevant SOP.
 All critical manufacturing areas, classified areas, will undergo periodic
environmental monitoring and in case of out of limits, immediate necessary
corrective / preventive actions will be taken to avoid product contamination.
 Line clearance procedures will be adhered as per SOPs to avoid cross
contamination.
 AHU Return filters will be cleaned regularly.
 Care will be taken before starting of any operation in the processing area for
absence of product residues or documents of previous product.
 Wherever possible adopt Use of „Closed System‟ while handling of materials.
 At every stage of processing product or material will be protected.
 In-process controls will be carried out within the production area provided they do
not carry any risk for production.


10-8
10.1.8 MEASURES TO PROMOTE HEALTH SAFETY & HYGIENE
 Safety, Hygiene Education & Training

 Safety & Hygiene Meeting
 First Aid Training
 Safety Inspection
 Hygiene Inspection
 Safety Audit
 Hygiene Audit
 Safety Committee
 Hygiene Committee
 Job Safety Analysis
 Job Hygiene Analysis
 Hazop Study
 Process Safety Study
 Process Hygiene Study
 Safety & Hygiene Suggestion Scheme
 Accident, Incident Investigation & CAPA
 Display of Safety & Hygiene Slogan, Poster, Cartoon & Poems
 Safety Performance Evaluation System
ZERO ACCIDENT & ZERO INCIDENT IS THE GOAL


10-9
10.2 PROPOSED HEALTH STATUS EVALUATION
10.2.1 STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE (MEDICAL EXAMINATION)
All employees will be subject to Annual Medical Examination without fail

It will be ensured that all employees are medically fit, and record maintained by
HR Department
 An agreement will be made with Approved Medical Practitioner/Clinical Laboratory
for carrying out Medical Tests
 HR Prepares Annual Health Medical Check Up Plan/Schedule, and organize for
Annual Medical Examination in consultation with approved Medical
Practitioner/Clinical Laboratory
 All employees medical checkup will be verified by HR personnel on the receipt
from hospital, to ensure the availability of sign & seal along with registration
number.
 If any abnormalities observed in the annual medical examination report, the
same will be reported to concerned employee and HOD of the respective
department. The concerned employee will be instructed for further examination at
his cost. Employee will be allowed to continue the work after getting the fitness
certificate and correction action to be taken till he / she deemed fit.
 Respective department heads will identify the person who are involved in specific
nature of work to undergo compulsorily the medical test which are specified
 Appointment of new recruits is subjects to their medical fitness. The new recruited
employee will undergo medical examination including vaccination for Hepatitis-B &
Typhoid, Covid as directed by company and will have to submit their pre-employment
medical certificate on or before 03 days after joining. The fitness certificates are
retained in HRA.
 Vaccination is Mandatory for all employees.


10-10
10.2.2 ANNUAL MEDICAL CHECK-UP PLAN/SCHEDULE
Medical Next
S.N
Employee Name Emp. ID DOJ Check-Up Due Remarks
o
Done Date Date
Prepared By: Checked by: Approved by:

HR: HR-HOD: QA-HOD/FSTL:


10-11
10.2.3 MEDICAL EXAMINATION FOR NEW EMPLOYEE
S.No Types of test & Description

1) Blood & Urine Test
i HB %
ii Total Count
iii Different Count
iv Erythrocyte Sedimentation Rate
v Red Blood Cell
vi Packed Cell Volume
vii Platelets
viii Mean Corpuscular Volume
ix Mean Corpuscular Hemoglobin Count
x Random Blood Sugar
xi Blood grouping
xii Urine routine
2) Vision Screening
i Color vision
ii Refraction
iii Depth Perception
3) Dermatological screening/visibly infected skin problems
4) Past history enquiry
i Jaundice
ii Continuous Diarrhea
iii Vomiting
iv Fever
v Sore throat with fever etc
5) Physical Examination
i Height
ii Weight
iii Chest - Inspiration and Expiration
iv BP
6) Audiometric Check Up
7) Chest X Ray & Tuberculosis
8) Vaccination (Typhoid & Hepatitis B Vaccination)
9) ECG ( For persons above age 40 years)
10) Pulmonary (For persons involved in powder handling)


10-12
11 CORPORATE ENVIRONMENT POLICY
11.1 ENVIRONMENT POLICY
J R Metal Chennai will maintain a healthy Environment Management System to ensure

Sustainable Development
 By ensuring compliance to all regulations, rules, laws, codes, standards

with respect to environment
 By ensuring appropriate communication methods in training and skilling all
employees on the objectives, rules, laws, codes, standards of environment
and more so the requirements under Environment Management System
 By promoting all the supplier‟s, vendors, contractors, customers, to
wholesomely involve in meeting the responsibilities towards environment.
 By continually improving the effectiveness of its environment management
to prevent, mitigate, control any environmental impacts in its operation
across its plant.
 By educating all the stake holders on the environmental issues, laws,
regulations, and its compliance.
 By ensuring efficient use of natural resources, energy, and plant
equipments.
 By ensuring reuse and recycling waste, reduction in emission, waste water
and solid waste.
 By ensuring development of adequate green belt.
 By reporting non-compliance to any environment laws & regulation to the
management.
11.2 STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE
J R Metal Chennai Limited has identified the various aspects of environmental impacts,
and have
 Established & Maintained SOP to check deviation from environmental laws &
legislation
 Established & Maintained Rules and Regulation register
 Review Control Measures &SOP‟s on regular basis and,


11-1
- Ensure operation of all air pollution control measures of DRI Plant,

Electric Induction and the Boiler in the Power Plant
- All points of control measures in the fugitive emission control will be
ensured to operate , and maintain meticulously
- Ensure operation of all air cooling system‟s meticulously to conserve
water
- Ensure Operation of waste water treatment system properly to enable
reuse of treated waste water back in the process
- Ensure at all times to meet zero waste water discharge
- Ensure disposal of solid waste such as slag & ash for use ful
downstream purposes
- Ensure 100% utilization of Dolochar in the power plant
- Ensure disposal of hazardous waste to the Authorized TSDF operated
by TNPCB
- Ensure maintenance of 33% of Green in the Proposed Plant
11.3 ENVIRONMENT CELL
A 3- member environmental cell will responsible for all the issues of environment viz.,
* Liaisoning;
* Environmental Monitoring;
* Environmental Training & Awareness;
* Maintenance of Pollution abatement equipments;
* Maintenance of green belt;
* Implementation of Environmental Management System; and
* Upgrading applicable environmental information with respect to
manufacturing facility.
The cell will be responsible for all the aforesaid tasks upon operation, and will also be
responsible for any Non-Compliance/Infringement/Deviation/Violation of Environmental
Laws and will report to the Management.


11-2
12 LABOUR INFRASTRUCTURE
12.1 DWELLING UNITS

There will be approximately 150 Labours including skilled and unskilled that will be
required during the construction phase, and each family of the labour will be provided
with A C Sheet roofed pucca houses at an elevated structure to prevent any ingress of
rain water. Each dwelling unit will have 2 rooms, and a Kitchen.
12.2 SANITATION
Each of 2- No Dwelling units will have a Toilet & Bathroom Facility with piped water
supply from over head tanks constructed at the Labour Colony during the construction
phase.
12.3 DRINKING WATER

A miniR.O Plant will be set up at the Labour Colony during construction phase for supply
of drinking water conforming to drinking water standards for supply to all the Labours
during the construction phase
12.4 WASH AREA

Each of the 5 – Dwelling Units will be provided with wash area for washing cloth&
cooking utensils etc.
12.5 GROCERY & VEGETABLES

A grocery & vegetable outlet will be set up at the labour colony during construction
phase to meet the requirement of the Labourers to be given at a subsidized price.
12.6 DOCTOR
A medical center will be set up at the Labour Colony during construction phase, where a
Doctor will visit daily to enable consultation for the labourers on a regular basis
12.7 HEALTH CHECK UP

All labourers will be subject to pre-employment medical check up‟s, and will also be
subjected to monthly general check up‟s on a regular basis. A first aid facility will also be
provided at the construction site. Further, a tie up will be made with a local hospital
nearby to meet any exigency medical treatments.
12.8 EDUCATION
Arrangements will also be made with nearby schools for education of the children of the
Labourers during construction phase.
12.9 FUEL FOR COOKING

Arrangements will be made for supply of free fire woods for cooking during the
construction to all the dwelling units in the labour colony.


12-1
13 CORPORATE ENVIRONMENTAL RESPONSIBILITY
TOR TERMS OF REFERENCE

REFERENCE
Corporate Environment Responsibility (CER)
i. To address the Public Hearing issues, an amount as specified under

st
Ministry’s Office Memorandum vide F.No. 22-65/2017-IA.III dated 1 May
2018 amounting to Rs. _____ Crores shall be earmarked by the distinct CER
projects shall be carved out based on the local public hearing issues.
Project estimate shall be prepared based on PWD schedule of rates for
each distinct item and schedule for time bound action plan shall be
11. prepared. The CER projects as indicated by the project proponent shall be
implemented alongwith the main project. Implementation of such program
shall be ensured by constituting a Committee comprising of the project
proponent, representatives of village Panchayat & District Administration.
Action taken report in this regard shall be submitted to the Ministry’s
Regional Office. No free distribution/donations and or free camps shall be
included in the above CER budget.
Upon Completion of Public Hearing, issues will be addressed, and amount based on
issues will be allocated as per OM F.No.22-65/2017-IA-II dated 01/05/2018.


13-1
14 LITIGATION IF ANY
There is no litigation at present against the project of any sort at present.


14-1

Metal

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Metal

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

RU/FORMAT/030/JR Metal Chennai Ltd

DRAFT REIA-EMP REPORT

2 x 350 TPD SPONGE IRON / 2 x 8 MW WHRB / 16 MW CFBC /

3 a (b) – Primary Metallurgical Industry – SPONGE IRON Manufacturing  200 TPD

Survey # 91 to 95 & 97 to 103

AMIRTHAMANGALAM VILLAGE, GUMMIDIPOONDI TK, THIRUVALLUR DT, TAMIL NADU

DECEMBER 20, 2019 – MARCH 20, 2020

A-Super-19, TVK Industrial Estate,

Certificate No. NABET/EIA/1922/IA0045

A-Super-19, TVK Industrial Estate,

Certificate No. NABET/EIA/1922/IA0045

5 PROJECT DESCRIPTION .........................................................................................................................5-1

A-Super-19, TVK Industrial Estate,

Certificate No. NABET/EIA/1922/IA0045

8 BASELINE ENVIRONMENTAL STATUS ....................................................................................................8-1

A-Super-19, TVK Industrial Estate,

Certificate No. NABET/EIA/1922/IA0045

8.8.8 ECONOMIC PROFILE OF THE STUDY AREA ................................................................................... 8-97

A-Super-19, TVK Industrial Estate,

Certificate No. NABET/EIA/1922/IA0045

10.2 PROPOSED HEALTH STATUS EVALUATION ..................................................................................... 10-10

A-Super-19, TVK Industrial Estate,

Certificate No. NABET/EIA/1922/IA0045

1 APPROVED TERMS OF REFERENCE (TOR)

A-Super-19, TVK Industrial Estate,

Certificate No. NABET/EIA/1922/IA0045

A-Super-19, TVK Industrial Estate,

Certificate No. NABET/EIA/1922/IA0045

A-Super-19, TVK Industrial Estate,

Certificate No. NABET/EIA/1922/IA0045

A-Super-19, TVK Industrial Estate,

Certificate No. NABET/EIA/1922/IA0045

A-Super-19, TVK Industrial Estate,

Certificate No. NABET/EIA/1922/IA0045

A-Super-19, TVK Industrial Estate,

Certificate No. NABET/EIA/1922/IA0045

A-Super-19, TVK Industrial Estate,

Certificate No. NABET/EIA/1922/IA0045

A-Super-19, TVK Industrial Estate,

Certificate No. NABET/EIA/1922/IA0045

A-Super-19, TVK Industrial Estate,

Certificate No. NABET/EIA/1922/IA0045

A-Super-19, TVK Industrial Estate,

Certificate No. NABET/EIA/1922/IA0045

A-Super-19, TVK Industrial Estate,

Certificate No. NABET/EIA/1922/IA0045

A-Super-19, TVK Industrial Estate,

Certificate No. NABET/EIA/1922/IA0045

2 MATRIX TOR COMPLIANCE

TOR REIA-EMP REPORT CHAPTER REFERENCE REMARKS

APPROVED TERMS OF REFERENCE (TOR) 1 1-1

MATRIX TOR COMPLIANCE 2 2-1

STANDARD TERMS OF REFERENCE

1. EXECUTIVE SUMMARY 3 3-1

i. Details of the EIA Consultant including 4.1 4-1

ii. Information about the project proponent 4.2 4-4

iii. Importance and benefits of the project 4.3 4-6

i. Cost of project and time ofcompletion. 5.1 5-1

A-Super-19, TVK Industrial Estate,

Certificate No. NABET/EIA/1922/IA0045

TOR REIA-EMP REPORT CHAPTER REFERENCE REMARKS

v. Other chemicals and materials required with -- -- NOT APPLICABLE

vi. Details of Emission, effluents, hazardous waste 5.5 5-9

vii. Requirement of water, power, with source of supply, 5.6 5-14